senses
aE
3
PRESENTED
» BY
Che Trustees
OF
THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
ala
Ny 5 ¥ if. 7
cr)
J
Lh
\
“hine
My ; sf ; ‘ ¥
+ ea
Win anne: © n " “a
thy
ic
het pietes, oh lnc ye C a)
| Cua et Cah ot
ae Ltt
1
a yi eo |
; - We
MLC Gr eees ch eo,
Pe he Det eS ic en
UE iM 7 ay Ave id
ae ae - oh oe
q 4 | is 7 7 ik, er ;
; wl a in BAT a i
hee ea : | a. a
.
TAL
a
iv
ee
- 7
rs!
j
ne *
CATALOGUE
OF THE
BRITISH ECHINODERMS
IN THE
BRITISH MUSEUM
(NATURAL HISTORY).
=,
(26374 / \
BY Abn ni i< 5
/
F. JEFFREY BELL, Tea”:
LONDON:
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.
SOLD BY
LONGMANS & Co., 39 PATERNOSTER BOW;
B, QUARITCH, 15 PICCADILLY; DULAU & Co.,37 SOHO SQUARE;
KEGAN PAUL & Co., PATERNOSTER HOUSE, CHARING CROSS ROAD;
AND AT THE
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), CROMWELL ROAD, 8.W
1892.
acerp © rruammam,
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,
PREFACE.
eee
Tue efforts which have been made of recent years to investigate the
Fauna of the seas surrounding the British Islands have supplied
large and important contributions to the Collection of Echinoderms
in the British Museum, which previously was singularly poor in
specimens of this part of the indigenous Fauna. Much time and
labour has been given to the study and arrangement of these additions ;
and it seemed to be expedient to prepare, together with the nominal
list of the specimens, a complete account of all the species hitherto
found in British seas—descriptive so far as to define the limits of a
species as understood by the author, and to supply at the same time
the means by which the collector could identify his specimens. As
no such guide exists, it is expected that much encouragement
will be given to the study of Echinoderms by the present volume,
and especially that the deficiencies which still exist in the series
of specimens in the National Collection will be supplied by those who
may use, and profit by, this work.
ALBERT GUNTHER,
Keeper of the Department of Zoology.
British Museum (N. H.),
16th November, 1892.
INTRODUCTION.
Onz of the objects of the present Catalogue is to supply the students
of the British marine fauna with a handbook by means of which, it
is hoped, they may be able to recognize such members of the very
well-defined group of Echinoderma as they may collect in their
expeditions to the sea-shore or in more extended dredging excur-
sions. ‘The study of Starfishes and Sea-Urchins, which may be
taken as the English for Echinoderma, has long been a favourite
pursuit with British naturalists, owing largely to the peculiar
charm of one of the most popular of Mr. Van Voorst’s well-known
series, Professor Edward Forbes’s ‘ British Starfishes.’ So far as
that volume is the work of an enthusiastic and experienced field-
naturalist, it does and will always hold the chief place in the regard
of every lover of Natural History, and what follows here must not
be thought of as attempting to oust Forbes’s book from its position.
Unfortunately, however, the progress of zoological science is still
marked by considerable changes in nomenclature, and from this
point of view Forbes’s work has long been out of date. On the
other hand progress is, fortunately, marked by the discovery of new
or exotic species in our seas, and by the union of forms which have
been incorrectly regarded as specifically distinct. While Forbes
enumerated (omitting the Gephyrea, which are not now regarded as
Echinoderms) tifty-five species, there are contained in the present
Catalogue one hundred and thirty-two; but of the fifty-five, eight
are here regarded as synonyms, one (Arachnoides placenta) is expelled
from the list, and Psolinus brevis remains as great a mystery to me
as to many others. ‘The great increase in the number of species is
due, ghietly, to the dredgings at depths which Forbes believed to be
azoic, The inclusion of species known fromthe Faeroe Channel, which
Vi INTRODUCTION.
may serve as the northernmost boundary of our area, is responsible
for a considerable proportion of the increase ; but, so long as the
species belong to groups which are not essentially abyssal forms, it
is better to include than exclude them from a work which differs
widely from that of Forbes in that it is published at a time when
dredging at considerable depths is becoming a pastime as well as a
serious business.
In the preparation of the diagnoses I hope I shall not be thought
to have erred on the side of brevity ; if I have been brief, I have
done my best to avoid being obscure. Where a writer fills page
after page with description he will indubitably fail if his object be to
make himself intelligible to others. My first object has been to
make every point clear, and I have not stinted myself in the use of
keys, artificial or otherwise, which would show what I meant.
If in the portion of this work which deals with the Asteroidea I have
_ in any way failed to give an accurate account of Mr. Sladen’s opinions
or diagnoses,,I must ask to be accounted innocent. I have devoted
many hours to his Report on the Starfishes of the ‘ Challenger,’ but
in consequence of the minuteness of his descriptions of species, the
frequent absence of any indication of the diagnostic characters of
his genera, and the repeated expression of views for which he does not
give (I do not say does not possess) adequate reasons, they have not
been as fruitful as I could have wished. That the number of species
and genera which Mr. Sladen has created will be largely reduced I
am convinced, and I feel confident that the majority of naturalists
who devote themselves to the study of Starfishes will agree that the
species vary greatly. I cannot say how deeply I regret the extreme
divergence that exists between Mr. Sladen’s views a well as methods
and my own. But I cannot assent to or approve of a mode of study
which practically results in the description of specimens instead of *
the diagnosis of species, and I note with satisfaction that the
accomplished student of Echinoderms at the Jardin des Plantes
ranges himself on the same side as myself.
To me, indeed, and, I believe, to many others, one of the reasons
why the study of Echinoderms is so fascinating is that they present
so many and such striking variations ; these very variations are, of
course, the cause of the difficulty of the study, in which there is a
INTRODUCTION. Vi
constant need for caution and reflection. Before the beginner yields
to the temptation of describing ‘ new species,” which is easy enough,
let him first gain the knowledge and experience which will teach
him how one form links on to another, and thus avoid the undue
multiplication of synonyms.
Till quite recently our collection of Echinoderms was particularly
poor in British specimens ; that we have now a splendid series illus-
trative of the fauna of the West coast of Scotland is due to Dr. John
Murray, as the repeated citation of his name will abundantly show,
and he deserves our sincerest thanks ; the Hon. Alfred E. Gathorne-
Hardy has from time to time presented us with valuable and well-
preserved specimens from Loch Craignish; while from the East
of Scotland I have been much aided in forming a collection by
Dr. Sutherland of Invergordon, Mr. W. Duncan of Montrose, and
Mr. George Sim of Aberdeen. For specimens from the East coast
of Ireland we have been aided by the gifts of the Belfast Natural
History Society; I owe to the friendly kindness ‘and scientific
enthusiasm of Professor A. C. Haddon numerous opportunities of
inspecting, and ofttimes keeping for our Collection, the results of
dredgings in the Irish Seas, made under the auspices of the Royal
Irish Academy or the Royal Dublin Society. The deep-sea expe-
dition of 1889, which Dr. Giinther induced the Rev. W. S.
Green to undertake in the ‘ Flying Fox,’ resulted in a very valuable
and instructive series of Echinoderms. My thanks are also due to
Lord Walsingham, F.R.S., Prof. Herdman, F.R.S., Prof. McIntosh,
F.R.S., Mr. Howse of Newcastle, to Mr. G. C. Bourne, formerly of
the Marine Biological Laboratory at Plymouth, and Dr. Grenfell, for
assistance offered and given. Mr. R. L. Spencer has repeatedly
sent me objects of interest from the Channel Islands. I have kept
to the last, because I desire it to be mentioned by itself, the name of
the Rev. Canon Norman, F.R.S., whose interest in the marine
British fauna is such that, in the midst of arduous and responsible
duties, he has always found time to answer the numerous questions
I have asked him, or to lend or give me specimens which would help
me in my work.
As many of our species are more familiar to Scandinavian natu-
ralists than ourselves, 1 have had to ask for, and have received,
Vili INTRODUCTION.
assistance from Dr. Danielssen of Bergen, Dr. Sturm of Trondhjem-
fjord, and Prof. Quennerstedt of Lund. In these inquiries, as in so
many of which Echinoderms have been the subject, I owe a special
debt of gratitude to my venerable friend Prof. Lovén for advice,
assistance, and the gift or loan of numerous specimens.
The names of donors of specimens are in all cases given ; when
the column is left blank it is to be understood that the specimens
were acquired by purchase.
F. JEFFREY BELL.
British Museum (N. H.),
8th November, 1892.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Inrropucrory REMARKS.
Page
Genera] Sketch of the Characters of Echinoderms and of their
Dems epaiib. se ea oe oi ae ek ae
I. GENERAL PART.
Tae Curr Divistons or rue Ecuinopprwa. . . . . . « 12
PI MGRIMEMUATA. 925.82 DOS owt. ee
Penmneiraneeniiigtt. . << . s gt au ls * We
je BOPGTHUBRIOIDEA , @ % < . a. 2,74
ACD AR OIE At a we fawn, ee ae
B eanburmat, 2 oie ear. os ee
SUR RRUMONGP WROD R i i 2. a Ae
i’ DENDROOCHIEGIR. tapi tte aes, em eg AG
tap Dpenolore = Fea. oa 3) se ace PE
(iy Polychitdties yo. fo 2 '-ta ea eee
is Agprioonenora. © eta? > jn aay lie
PC eACUG REN se ee, ee oc eg ete eee
Mes BPempeRMGIGhh ~~ a9 dei wy yA et. eo ca oe
ie ee chee. yay rhe eG Px be Pe
El -CRINGINM Are (4, Fe os, Sea
i, AUREL. ne Sele. 1 ti) sia ae, Bee
QB. ELECUTHEROZOA Bear). ss wt we AS
Ah YG Ori ee a sea Os ee,
ILL ABBR oe a a A a ee US
iP Pee OE ae sk ee ee
i, Spee EP ee
Pararchasterine . . . . . . =... 219
Pigtonastemine’. 925 6 ot ee we AD
h
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
ii, PorcRELLANASTERIDE. . .
@fenodiscince yin ane
iii, ASTROPECTINIDH . . . .
Astropectinine. . . .
Lbuidunes.. 2: 22 eee
iv. PENTAGONASTERIDE . . .
Pentagonasterine . . .
Mimasterine .. .
vy. GYMNASTERIIDH . .. .
vi. ABSERRINTD Ay, oosleeen es
B. CRYPTRORON TAS ee!
i. STICHASTERIDH . .. .
ii, SoLASTHREDAL. .) . .
ili, CoRETHRASTERIDE .
iv. PrERASUERIDM . . . .
v. EcHINASTERIDE . . .
Echinasterine. . . .
Vi. ASTRRITD een ees
vii. BRIsINGIDE .
LV. OPHIVRO MDE Ae ne
a. ZYG@OPHIURE
i, OPHIOLEPIDID®
i. AwPHUEIaD ss Gee ee eee
lil. OpHiocoMIDE
lv. OPHIOTHRICID.®
. . . .
B. STREPTOPHIURS®
y- CLADOPHIURE.
. .
Astronycine .
Gorgonocephaline .
ZO BOM Aa G
V. ECHINOIDEA.
EUECHINOIDEA.
(a) Rerevrarta
(i.) Endobranchiata
1. Crparip”
Page
21
22
22
TABLE OF CONTENTS. xi
Page
Ci.) Ectobranchiata «+. . . « s 28
ii, -HOHIROTMUBINOM hee le ce «(29
lil, MAI ae Se ee ee en BO
Pichwasagsereee a ee) ae are +s “sO
(5) teeeernepre gape Ate, og! = oO
Gi) Gnathestomate ys. . 0
iVo CEVPRASERI DM TN ra RPMS lue, te ee, SSL
(ii) Nodostomata fo. a Ok BL
V.MODA DANGER AM 277) So) 20,30 re wee ee aE
Cannabis: o's, LHe Sr eo: ren St es, OL
DPSLATeIa 6." ay oq RS GH 4 gh Sh eee
ie, EPYMNAMStCR Cele et eps OO
bp Prymmedeenta: cig) (0. sia)ue wi. OL
Il. SPECIAL PART.
A. Descriprion or THE GENERA AND SPECIES.
I. HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
Synapte, Hschscholiz..\ s° we sfc se verte wells es 82
TOREECHE, Wie, TOU: on Soe a Meee wa Ut ee
Wi CMICTVIWOSI cy (ae os Won ea Sak atts. SE
Uigntata, Monta 2.’ 02 fo be Ve AT ee 5, :
ucumerin. Fores. 36 UA PROP PA om, 4 ee
hyndmant,, Thompson. un) ee eg oe PSE
Plane Crna so ane a ee ee PB ae Oe
Pentactes, monte 4 205 PR Ae ee ee
tremula, Gurnee ae 3S Be A ee ee
NIGVA, UE eek ee aw GS te ORS Oe ee eee
aspera, Bell. a> Se AS et Sete ee
Stichopus natans, MiSare. oo 0% 5 9S = 8 ee
tizardi,, Théel - 2. eae a eS
II. CRINOIDEA.
Antedon, de Prim. Gels 6 Ws. os Ce ST ee oe
eschrichtind ime. 8 © eo loa el it. on ees
bifida. Peniyey hseke ese WE Ae
pebasuss ib. Go uhor se... 2. 5 Seo es eee ene
tenellaietz. S045. 3} ire. shee oe ee on
PROM Ma UGA iy oy so a Noche ga te | eee
phalanoium, J. Mill. yoamate. Weer ee eee cee
III, ASTEROIDEA.
Pontaster,(Sladw 4 - 282.25". SVs eae? eee ee ee
tenuispinis, Dibog Mor. «0.0 eee eee eae ee
Plutonaster, Slag... 20-452 < 12a) eee
bifrons, Wyv. Thoms... .., «ve 0 ee) een ee
pareli, Dub. Gy) Bor. os 2
Ctenodiscus, MW. Tr. ole ot eae Re ere, ere
crispatus, Retz. 52 es det oS Ree
Leptoptychaster, Smith... 4.) 4) U. Soeee ee eee
arcticus, AL wSare, -..-.. %) a eS ee
Astropecten, ;Schulize. <2 4-2 0% ste ae
irregnilaris; Penn. <2 <, .. : °°.) 0 ees os
sphenoplax, Bell. i. 4. °.: Eee a es
TABLE OF CONTENTS. xiii
Patlaster, \Stids. 1 epee tN cb ae bt) fs jae 08
andromeda, Moet eeeece eee ie ay se OD
Bathybisster, Daw. dari tes ec «= 88
Voullifer: Weyus inom Ban ihe ah atin ce «LO
pudine Bornes ee el PO eee ce ae dit. aN
ciliaris, Johnston . 7
sarsi, Dub. §- Kor.
Pentagonaster, Schultze
granularis, Retz. .
ES
Sap ea ea
ww wo
greeni, Bell
Nymphaster, Slad. . 75
subspinosus, Per. 75
Hippasterias, Gray . 76
phrygiana, Parel. . 76
Mimaster, Slad. 78
tizardi, Slad. 78
Porania, Gray : 79
pulvillus, O. #. Mull. 79
Rhegaster, S/ad. 80
murrayl, Slad., 80
PU ROUENSHOR MNP hee, ot oe en Raa Se oe
PERIOTIOGUA: MUG er fate ele. sr | OL
FER AAREAT SIG mm. sn ge ce eter eet, x] a BE
Rp ULE S/T We oo 7 A gee AEN 2 Oa ee 3 |
PUA Gixtit matte a 1) es er re sie erent cr Pen mange SP <
1 Oe a ee ee ae ee Bere eh St
Pali pete deeios Gor ek es aN a an athe oe ee
PlaeSrieiggl CNUs oe) oe oe wits ecb hee Oe
SUC HODERE een rete bia) ieee adit ue NS SNA hy db ot
TORU Chee pele a EL gro See pit pho.
Neomorphasterpiiite ole! .- 97 SS. aide» cyte OF
CLStICL Reena an Pe alate a es | VE
ARTGRAGOT, PY ai ace ewe ee en Gl So ogy we bie OE
fulvons; gue mais ee at. eink we SO
DBolaster,../prode weeree eo, sees iigets- atpepigis & os 8S
Pap DORUS. Mere ey le i yell» a BB
-——-, var, septentrionalis, Slad. . . . « . . 690
Xi1V
DV.
TABLE OF CONTENTS,
Solaster (cont.).
endeca, Linn.
furcifer, Dub. 5: Kor.
Corethraster, Wyv. Thoms.
hispidus, Wyv. Thoms. .
Pteraster, 7. Tr.
militaris, O. #. Mill.
, var. prolata, Slad,
personatus, Slad.
Hymenaster, Wyv. Thoms.
pellucidus, Wyv. Thoms.
giganteus, Slad.
Henricia, Gray :
sanguinolenta, O. F. Mull. .
, var. curta, Norm.
Asterias, Vorman
glacialis, L.
muelleri, Sars .
rubens, LZ. .
, var. attenuata, Hodge
murrayl, Bell .
hispida, Penn.
Brisinga, Ashjprnsen
endecacnemos, Ashjprnsen
coronata, G. O. Sars .
Odinia, Perr.
pandina, Slad.
OPHIUROIDEA.
Ophiura, Agass.
ciliaris, LZ, :
albida, Forbes .
sarsi, Liitk.
robusta, Ayres
signata, Vern. .
affinis, Lith.
aurantiaca, Verr. .
, var. abyssicola, Norm.
Page
90
91
92
92
93
93
93
04
TABLE QF CONTENTS.
Ophiocten, Lith.
sericeum, Forbes .
Ophiochiton, Lym. .
ternispinis, Lym. .
Ophiomusium, Lym.
lymani, Wyv. Thoms,
Ophioenida, Lym.
brachiata, ont.
Amphiura, Forbes
chiajil, Forbes .
filiformis, O. F. Mill.
elegans, Leach .
securigera, Dib. § Kor.
borealis, G. O. Sars .
bellis, var. tritonis, Hoyle
Ophiactis, Lith.
abyssicola, Sars
balli, Thompson
Ophiopus, Ljwagm.
arcticus, Ljungm.
Ophiopholis, Lith. .
aculeata, Z.
Ophiacantha, WW. 7’.
bidentata, Retz.
spectabilis, G. O. Sars
“abyssicola, @. O. Sars
Ophiocoma, Agass. .
nigra, Abilg.
Ophiopsila, Forbes
annulosa, Sars
Ophiothrix, MW. 7’.
fragilis, Abzlg.
luetkeni, Wyv. Thoms. .
Ophioscolex, M. 7’.
glacialis, W. Tr. .
purpurea, Diih, & Kor.
xv
Page
1138
115
114
114
115
115
116
116
117
117
119
119
120
121
121
122
123
123
124
124
125
125
127
127
128
128
128
129
130
130
130
131
133
154
134
154
xvi TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page
Ophiobyrsa, Lym. 2 5 oc -+~ a)
hystricis; Lym: 9. {3 ys) a) SE eee 135
Ophiomyxa, Mo-Tr. +. -* 0s 6s See 136
serpentaria, Lym... GV 0.) ae eae cee 136
Astronyx, M. Tr. =e: ae Ue eee bce ke
Asthenosoma,: Gre i) ies see as ae) oe ee eee
hystrix, Woyv.sThomsy. Ss ct a en ee
Phormosoma, Wyv. Thoms).
aga =
‘vapyskp) aozoyeupsdy Pa
) Polychirote Dendrochirote.
Bell, P. Z, 8S. 1884, p. 254.
Dendrochirot, in which there are more than five pairs of ten-
tacles. |
One genus: Phyllophorus. <
Family 2. ASPIDOCHIROTA.
Aspidochirote, Brandt, Prodr. descr. An. (1835) p. 53; Grube (sens.
emend.), Act. etc. Mittelm. (1840) p. 33; Selenka, Zeitschr. f. wiss.
Zool. xvii. (1867) p. 309; Semper, Phil. Hol. (1868) p. 40 ; Lampert,
Seewalzen, (1885) p. 16; Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 188
Ludwig, Klass. u. Ordn. (1891) p. 327.
Pedate Holothurians in which the tentacles are shield-shaped,
and no special retractors of the pharynx are developed.
One genus: Holothuria.
CRINOLDEA. RZ
Brancy B. CALICULATA.
Caliculata, Bell, Ann. § Mag. viii. (1891) p. 218.
Kchinoderma in which part at least of the skeleton is formed by
a System of plates set alternately along and between the rays in the
aboral region, and round a single central plate ; it either forms a
complete functional calyx, or is more or less reduced.
Stage 6. Actinogonidiata.
Actinogonidiata, Bell, Ann. § Mag. viii. (1891) p. 218.
Caliculate Echinoderma in which the gonads are radial in posi-
tion or have undergone fusion and become interradial.
Subbranch I. STATOZOA.
Statozoa, zd. ¢. c. p. 214.
Actinogonidiate caliculate Echinoderma in which the body, whose
oral surface looks upward, is temporarily or permanently fixed;
the podia have a respiratory function only, and the anus opens
on the oral surface. They may or may not have or have had a
stalk; the former are in the pelmatozoic, the latter in the apelma-
tozoic grade.
Class VIII. CRINOIDEA.
Crinoidea, Miller, Nat. Hist. Crin. (1821) p.7; Gray, Syn. B. M.
42nd ed. (1840) p. 63; id. Brit. Rad. (1842) p.27: Norman, Ann. §
Mag. xv. (1865) p. 100; Carpenter, Chall. Rep. Crin. 1884, p. 187 ;
Bell, Ann. § Mag. viii. (1891) p. 215.
Stilasterite, Goldfuss, Pet. Germ. i. (1829) p. 161.
Asterencrinea, de Bl. Dict. Sci. Nat. 1x. (1830) p. 228.
Asterencrinidea, 2d. Act. (1854) p. 247.
Crinoides (pars), 4g. Mém. Soc. Neuchdt. i. (1836) p. 193; td. Ann.
Ser. Nat, vii. (1837) p. 288; Duj. § Hup. Ech. (1862) p. 35.
Crinoidew, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soe. viii. (1839) p. 128 ; td. Brit. Starf.
(1840) p. xiv.
Pinnigrada, ed. Brit. Starf. (1840) p. xiv.
Pinnastella Crinoidea, Austin, Ann. § Mag. x. (1842) p. 108.
Actinoidea, F. Roemer, Leth. Geog. (1852-4) i. 2. p. 224,
Crinoidea brachiata, Burmeister, Zoonom. Brief. i. (1856) p, 243.
Brachiata, Haeckel, Gen. Morph. (1866) p. |xviii.
Kucrinoidea, Zittel, Hdbuch. Pal. (1879) p. 3825.
Caliculate, actinogonidial, statozoic Echinodermata, provided with
branching articulated arms. In a number of forms the stalked
condition is larval only or it is altogether lost: the power of loco-
motion is often re-acquired. A highly specialized aboral nervous
system. Gonads developed in the arms. Five or more water-pores
establish a communication between the ceelom and the exterior.
C
18 HCHINODERMA.
Family ANTEDONIDA.
Les Astérencriniens libres, de Bl. Dict. Sct. Nat. Ix. (1830) p. 229.
Pentacrinitide, Gray, Synop. B. M. (1842) p. 119; td. Brit. Rad.
(1848) p. 28.
Comatulide, d@’ Orbigny, Cours Elém. ii. (1852) p. 1388; Bronn, Klass. u.
Ordn. ii. (1860) p. 233 ; Carpenter (sens. emend.), Chall. Rep. Comat.
(1888) p. 63.
Comatuliens, Daj. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 191.
Antedonidee, Norman, Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 101.
Crinoids free when adult, with the top joint of the larval stem
persistent and cirriferous ; the basal plates of the calyx complete
and external or vestigial and internal. Rays five or ten, simple or
divided once or more. Mouth central, except in Actinometra.
One genus: Antedon.
Subbranch II. ELEUTHEROZOA.
Eleutherozoa, Bell, Ann. § Mag. viii. (1891) p. 214.
The Eleutherozoa are actinogonidiate caliculate Echinoderms in
which the oral surface of the body looks downwards, the power
of locomotion is retained, and the podia are often locomotor in
function ; the anus, if present, varies in position.
Division 1. AZYGOPODA.
Azygopoda, zd. t. c.
The Azygopoda are Eleutherozoa in which the podia are all or
nearly all on the oral surface of the body only, and are separated
by terminal plates from any contact with the calycinal area.
Class IX. ASTEROIDEA.
Asterias (pars), Zinn, Syst. Nat. x. (1758) p. 661 ; 2d. op. cit. xii. p. 1098.
Asterias, Lamk. An. s. Vert. ii. (1816) p. 547.
nde de Bl. Dict. Sci. Nat. \x. (1830) p. 216; Actinol. (1884)
p. 255.
Astéries, Agass. Mém. Soc. Neuch. (1836) p. 190; id. Ann. Set. Nat. vii.
(1837) p. 284.
Asterix, Lorbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1889) p. 118; Diib. § Kor, Vet.
Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846) p. 238.
Asteriade, ed. Brit. Starf. (1840) pp. xiv & 71.
Cirrhigrada, zd. 2b2d.
Asteroida, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus. 42nd ed. (1840) p. 61; id. Ann. §
Mag. vi. (1840) p. 178.
Asterida, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 1.
Lobistella, Austin, Ann. § Mag. x. (1842) p. 111.
Asteriadxe, Bronn, Klass. u. Ordn. ii. (1860) p. 286.
Asteridx, Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 25.
ASTPROIDFA. 19
Asteroidea (pars), Burmeister, Hdbh. Natwrg. (1837) p. 467.
Asteroidea, Wright, Mon. Brit. Foss, Echin. Oolit, 11. (1863) p. 1; Nor-
man, Ann. §& Mag. xv. (1865) p. 115; Perr. Arch. Zool. expér. iv.
(1875) p. 281; Fewkes, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. xxiv. (1889) p. 96;
Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (1889) p. xxviii; Bell, Ann. § Mag. viii.
(1891) p. 214; [mon Zettel, in Hdbuch. Pal. (1879) |.
Stelleride, Zittel, Hdbuch. Pal, (1879) p. 447.
Tocastra+Colastra+ Brisingastra, Haeckel, Gen. Morph. ii. (1866)
pp. Ixv & lxvi.
On the movements of Asteroidea, see Preyer, MT. zool. Stat. Neap. vii.
(1886 & 87) pp. 33 & 77; on their anatomy see Cuénot, Arch. Zool. expér,
v. Suppl. art. 2 (1887-90).
The Asteroidea are caliculate, actinogonidial, eleutherozoic, azy-
gopodous Echinoderms, in which there is an open ambulacral groove.
The stellate form of the body is often well marked and the rays
prolonged into ‘‘ arms,” which vary in their proportional length to
the diameter of the disk; the digestive system, which is rarely
aproctous, and the generative share in the stellate disposition of the
organism. Pentameric repetition is more often exceeded in this
than in any other class ; and asexual reproduction from a part of
the body is by no means uncommon ; respiration diffuse.
Order 1. PHANEROZONIA.
Phanerozonia, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxviii.
Asteroidea with well developed marginal plates in two distinct
rows; the superior and inferior touch, and usually have their axes
in parallel planes. Papule confined within the area bounded at the
sides by the superomarginals. Ambulacral plates not crowded
nor narrow. Adambulacral plates take a prominent share in the
formation of the oral plates. Pedicellariz valvate, foraminate or
excavate.
Family 1. ARCHASTERIDA.
Archasteridee, Viguier, Arch. Zool. expér. vii. (1878) p. 235 ; sens. emend.
Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxviii.
Phanerozonia in which the calycinal plates are inconspicuous in
the adult, the abactinal plates spiniform or paxilliform, and the
integument spiny; there is an anus, no superambulacrals, large
adambulacrals, and, usually, pedicellariz.
Two subfamilies.
Subfamily 1. PARARCHASTERIN 4.
Pararchasterin, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxviii.
Archasteride with papule in a limited area only at the base of
c2
20 ECHINODERMA.
the ray. Marginal plates more or less alternate. Actinal inter-
mediate plates absent or scarce.
One genus: Pontaster.
Subfamily 2. PLUTONASTERIN Ai.
Plutonasterinze, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxviii.
Archasteridee with papule distributed over the whole abactinal
area. Marginal plates opposite one another. Actinal intermediate
plates well developed.
One genus: Plutonaster.
Family 2. PORCELLANASTERID.
Porcellanasteridee, Sladen, J. Linn. Soc. xvii. (1883) p. 214 ; td. (sens.
emend.) Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxix.
Phanerozonia in which the calycinal plates are inconspicuous in
the adult, the abactinal plates spiniferous or paxilliform, and the
integument spiny; the marginal plates are thin and lamellitorm,
without spines.
One subfamily.
Subfamily CTENODISCIN A.
Ctenodiscine, Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (1889) p. xxx.
Porcellanasteridee with a simplified cribriform organ on the
margins of each pair of marginal plates. Actinal interradial are
traversed by fimbriated channels, continuous with those between
the marginal plates.
One genus: Ctenodiscus.
Family 3. ASTROPECTINID A.
Astropectinide, Gray, Ann. § Mag. vi. (1840) p. 180; Norman, Ann.
§ Mag. xv. (1865) p. 115; Viguier, Arch. Zool. vii. (1878) p. 225;
Sladen (sens. emend.), Chall. Rep. Ast. 1889, p. xxx.
“ Dritte Familie,” M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 18 (pars).
“ Tyoisiéme Section,” Duj. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 4138 (pars).
Phanerozonia in which the calycinal plates are inconspicuous in
the adult, the abactinal plates paxilliform, and the integument
spiny ; there is no anus, there are superambulacrals, short, more or
less compressed adambulacrals, and rarely pedicellariz.
Two subfamilies.
Subfamily 1. ASTROPECTININ A.
Astropectininee, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxx.
Astropectinide in which the adambulacral touch the inferomar-
ASTEROIDEA. 21
ginal plates along the ray; the marginals and adambulacrals do not
correspond in number or length.
Four genera: Leptoptychaster, Astropecten, Psilaster, Bathy-
biaster.
Subfamily 2, LUIDIIN AL.
Luidiine, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxxi.
Astropectinide in which the inferomarginal are separated from
the adambulacral plates by a small intermediate plate throughout
the ray. Marginals and ambulacrals corresponding in number and
length.
One genus: Luidia.
Family 4. PENTAGONASTERID.
Pentagonasteride, Perrier, Arch. Mus. vi. (1884) p. 281; Sladen,
Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxxi.
Phanerozonia in which the marginal plates are very large and the
diameter of the disk long in proportion to the arms. The skeletal,
as well as the marginal, plates may be naked or covered with
granules, are set close, and are rounded, polygonal, or stellate in
form.
Two subfamilies.
Subfamily 1. PENTAGONASTERIN A,
Pentagonasterinze, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxxi.
Pentagonasteridse in which the abactinal area is covered with
rounded, polygonal, or paxilliform plates.
Two (or three) genera: Pentagonaster, Nymphaster, ? Hippas-
terias.
Subfamily 2. MIMASTERIN AL.
Mimasterinze, Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (1889) pp. xxxii & 264,
“ Abactinal area with small stellate plates bearing true paxille.
Actinal intermediate areas with imbricating plates in transverse
series, bearing paxilliform groups of spines.” (Sladen.)
One genus: Mimaster.
Family 5. GYMNASTERIID.
Gymnasteriade, Perrier, Nouv, Arch, Mus. vi. (1884) p. 229.
Gymnasteriidee, Sladen, Chall. Rep. (1889) p. xxxiii.
Phanerozonia in which the marginal plates are not all equally
developed.
Four genera: Porania, Cheilaster, Rhegaster, and Lasiaster.
22 ECHINODERMA.
Family 6. ASTERINID A.
Asterinide, Gray, Syn. B. M. 42nd ed. (1840) p. 62; td. Ann. § Mag.
vi. (1840) p. 288; td. Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 21; Perrier (sens. emend.),
Arch, Zool. expér. iv. (1875) p. 301; Viguier (sens. emend.), Arch.
Zool. expér. vii. (1878) p. 205; Perrier, Nouv. Arch. vi. (1884)
p. 219; Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (1889) p. xxxiil.
The Asterinide are phanerozonate Asteroidea with small marginal
plates in which the abactinal skeletal plates are imbricated and
carry spines on their free edge, or are irregularly rounded and bear
tufts of spinelets.
Two genera: Asterina and Palmipes.
Order 2. CRY PTOZONTA.
Cryptozonia, Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (1889) p. xxxiv.
Asteroidea with reduced or obsolete marginal plates; when
present the upper and lower rows do not touch, and their axes are
not in parallel planes. Papule not confined to the area bounded
by the superomarginals. Ambulacral plates more or less crowded
and narrow. Adambulacral plates may or may not take a pro-
minent share in the formation of the mouth-plates. Pedicellariz
foraminate in Linckiidee only.
Family 1. STICHASTERID.
Stichasteridee, Per. Ann. Sct, Nat. xix. (1885) art. 8, p. 15.
Cryptozonate Asteroids with major or minor pedicellariz or both ;
ambulacral tubes quadriserial at base of arms at least ; skeleton of
arms well developed, the ossicles arranged in regular longitudinal
rows and imbricating.
Three genera: Stichaster, Neomorphaster, and Zoroaster.
Family 2. SOLASTERIDA.
Solasteridse, Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (2) vi. (1884) p. 210; Svaden,
Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxxvi.
The marginal plates more or less obscured, the abactinal skeleton
more or less loosely reticulate, with the spines on its plates arranged
in paxilliform groups.
One genus: Solaster.
ASTEROIDEA. 23
Family 3. CORETHRASTERIDA*,
Korethrasteride, Dan. § Kor. Norsk. Nordh. Exp., Aster. (1884)
p. 99.
Allied to the Asterinids, but distinguished by the complete
absence of interbrachial spaces, and by the possession of a con-
tinuous calcareous plating, and the formation of the paxille.
One genus: Corethraster.
Family 4. PTERASTERIDA.
Pterasteridee, Perrier, Arch. Zool. iv. (1875) p. 302; Viguier, op. cit.
vii. (1878) p. 224; Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. vi. (1884) p. 216;
Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast, (1889) p. xxxvii.
Velate, Perrier, Miss. Cap Horn, vi. (1891) p. k 72.
Cryptozonate Asteroidea in which the dorsal ossicles carry a spine
crowned by long diverging spines which support a more or less well-
developed membrane ; this forms a marsupial recess for the young.
No actinal intermediate plates, interbrachial septa, or pedicellarie.
Two genera: Pteraster and Hymenaster.
Family 5. ECHINASTERID A.
Echinasteridxe, Verrill (no diagnosis), Trans. Conn. Acad. i. (1867[71})
p. 343; Perrier, Arch. Zool. iv. (1875) p. 299; Viguier, op. cit. vil.
(1878) p. 121; Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. vi. (1884) p. 206; Sladen,
Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) pp. xxxviii & 535.
One subfamily.
Subfamily ECHINASTERIN #.
Echinasterine, Viguier, Arch. Zool. expér. vii. (1878) p. 123; Sladen,
Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxxviii.
Kchinasteride with rather small disk and five or six rays ; spines
small, simple, solitary or grouped. No pedicellariz.
One genus: Henricia.
Family 6. ASTERIID.
Asteriadee, Gray, Ann. § Mag. vi. (1840) p. 178; Norman, Ann.
§ Mag. xv. (1865) p. 125; Perrier, Arch. Zool. iv. (1875) p. 299;
Viguier (s. em.), op. ett. vii. (1878) p. 93; Perrier, Nouv. Arch.
Mus. vi. (1884) p. 199.
Urasterie, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 77.
Erste Familie, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 11.
* The only specimen available to me is the type of Wyville Thomson, which
has been investigated by Mr. Sladen.
94 ECHINODERMA.
lre Tribu, Duj. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 829.
Typical Startishes, Gray, Syn. B. M. 42nd ed. (1840) p. 61.
Asteriidee (s. em.), Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (1889) p. xxxix.
The Asteriide are cryptozonate Asteroids, with the reticular
abactinal skeleton made up of small unequal plates carrying one or
more small spines. The podia appear to be arranged in four rows.
Major and minor pedicellariz, as a rule, both present.
One genus: Asterias.
Family 7. BRISINGIDA.
Brisingidee, Sars, Remarkable Forms, ii. (1875) p. 101; Perrier, Nouv.
Arch, Mus. vi. (1884) p. 188; Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xl.
Cryptozonate Euasteroidea, in which the reduction of the marginal
plates is altogether or almost complete ; and the dorsal skeletal plates,
if present, found only on the disk and the proximal portion of the
arms; no intermediate ventral plates or any interbrachial septa.
Two genera: Brisinga and Odinia.
Class X. OPHIUROIDEA.
Ophiura, Lamk. Syst. (1801) p. 350.
Asterophidea, de Bl. Dict. Sci. Nat. 1x. (1850) p. 228: id. Actinol.
(1834) p. 242.
Ophiures, Agass. Mém. Soc. Neuch. 1. (1836) p. 192; id. Ann. Sei.
Nat. vii. (1837) p. 287.
Ophiurida, Gray, Syn. B. M. 42nd ed. (1840) p. 63; ad. Brit. Rad.
(1848) p. 28.
Ophiuride, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) pp. xiv, 19; M. Tr. Syst. Ast.
(1842) pp. 79, 81; Bronn, Klass. u. Ordn. (1860) p. 283.
Ophiure, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 124; Diib. § Kor.
et. Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846) p. 233.
Ophiurides, Duy. § Hup. Ech. (1862) p. 219.
Ophiuroidea, Norman, Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 104; Ljungman,
Gifu. Vet. Akad, Forhlg. 1866 (1867), p. 803; Cuénot, Arch. Zool.
expér, Vi. (1888) p. 33; Bell, Ann. § Mag. viii. (1891) p. 215.
The Ophiuroidea are caliculate, actinogonidial, eleutherozoic, liss-
actinic Echinoderms in which there is no distinct ambulacral groove.
The “arms ” are sharply marked off from the disk, are very rarely
more than five in number, and are sometimes elaborately branched.
The digestive system, which is aproctous, and the generative are
confined to the area of the disk, as is also the specialized respiratory
apparatus which, typically, takes the form of deep clefts.
OPHIUROIDEA. 95
Order 1. ZY GOPHIUREA.
Ophiurze (pars), Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 21; M. Tr. Syst. Ast.
(1842) p. 83.
Ophiuringe (pars), Bronn, Klass, u. Ordn. (1860) p. 284.
Ophiuridées (pars), Duy. § Hup. Ech. (1862) p. 228.
Ophiuridz (pars), Zyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. (1865) p.5; Norman,
Ann. § Mag. xy. (1865) p. 106.
Ophiastra (pars), Haeckel, Gen. Morphol. ii. (1866) p. Ixvi.
Zygophiure, Bell, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 180.
Ophiuroids with the faces of the arm-ossicles more or less dis-
tinctly provided with articulating knobs and pits, which prevent
the ossicles from being coiled, or rolled towards the mouth. In
nearly all the central ossicles are surrounded by an upper or lower
and two lateral plates; the last bear few or several spines of vary-
ing length and strength. The arms are never branched. The clefts
at the base of the arms always open into burse. Mouth, tooth-
papill, and true teeth may all be found, and are never all wanting.
Mouth-shields and side mouth-shields present. A single madre-
porite. No pedicellariz. The tentacular pores very often covered
by one or two scales.
I. Without tooth-papille.
A. Arm-incisions on the disk.
Family 1. OPHIOLEPIDID.
Ophiolepidide, Ljuwngman, Aifv. Vet. Akad. Forhlg. 1866 (1867),
no. 9, p. 306.
Oral papille three to six ; radial shields naked ; spines smooth ;
mouth-shields moderate or large, often produced into the inter-
brachial spaces.
Two genera: Ophiwra and Ophiocten.
Incertie sedis : Ophiochiton.
B. Arms inserted on ventral surface of disk.
Family 2, AMPHIURIDA.
Amphiuride, 7d. ¢. c. p. 309.
Oral papille one to five; radial shields naked: spines smooth, or
more or less rough; mouth-shields small, not produced into inter-
brachial spaces.
Seven genera: Ophiomusium, Ophiocnida, Amphiura, Ophiactis,
Ophiopus, Ophiopholis, and Ophiacantha.
26 ECHINODERMA. ~
II. With dental papille.
A. With oral papille.
Family 3. OPHIOCOMID A.
Ophiocomide, 7d. t. c. p. 328.
Spines smooth or covered with skin, disk granulated.
Two genera: Ophiocoma and Ophiopsila.
B. Without oral papille.
Family 4. OPHIOTHRICIDA.
Ophiothricide, zd. ¢. c. p. 380.
Spines roughened or serrated, disk generally with spines or
spiniform rods.
One genus: Ophiothria.
Order 2. STREPTOPHIUR A.
Streptophiure, Bell, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 179.
Ophiuree (auct.), pars.
Ophiuroids in which the faces of the arm-ossicles have no pits or
processes sufficient to prevent the ossicles being so twisted on their
neighbours that the arms may be coiled or rolled towards the mouth.
Of the covering-plates, tentacle-scales, teeth, teeth-papille, mouth-
papilla, several may be absent. A single madreporite. No pedicel-
lari. Arms never branch.
Three genera: Ophioscolew, Ophiobyrsa, and Ophiomyxa.
Order 3. CLADOPHIURA.
Euryalide, Gray, Syn. B. M. 42nd ed. (1840) p. 68.
Euryale, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 85.
Asterophydées, Duy. §& Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 295.
Astrophytonide, Norman, Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 104.
Asterophydie, Wright, Brit. Foss. Echin. Oolit. ii. (1866) p. 188.
Phytastra, Haeckel, Gen. Morph. ii. (1866) p. Ixvii.
Astrophytide, Lyman *, Chall. Rep. (1882) p. 250.
Cladophiure, Bell, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 180.
Ophiuroidea with more or less saddle-shaped faces to the arm-
* Astrophytids is to be found passim in the works of Mr. Lyman, but does
not seem to have been defined by him till 1882.
ECHINOIDFA. yf
ossicles, so that the arms can be twisted round foreign objects or
rolled towards the mouth; the ossicles not invested by definite
plates, but the covering-skin more or less granular. Arms simple
or branched, arm-spines represented by papilla. Bursal clefts may
open directly into ceelom, when true burs are wanting. No true
teeth ; mouth-shields and oral spines present or absent. Madre-
porite present or absent, and when present as many as five may be
found. Pedicellaria-like processes sometimes present. Some at
least can swim.
Two subfamilies.
Subfamily 1. ASTRONYCIN A.
Astronycine, Ljungman, Uifv. Vet.-Ak. Forhlg. 1866 (1867) p. 334.
The clefts at the sides of the arms open into burse. The arms
undivided. Oral spines or papille present, but no oral shields.
Madreporite single.
One genus: Astronyx.
Subfamily 2. GORGONOCEPHALIN A.
Gorgonocephaline, Ljungman, Gif. Vet.-Ak. Forhlg. 1866 (1867)
p- 335.
The clefts at the sides of the arms open directly into the ccelom.
The arms branch, often very considerably. Oral spines or papille
present, but no oral shields. Madreporite single or multiple.
One genus: Grorgonocephalus.
Division Il. ZYGOPODA,
Zygopoda, Bell, Ann. § Mag. viii. (1891) p. 214.
The Zygopoda are Eleutherozoa in which the podia extend more
or less uninterruptedly from the calycinal to the oral region.
Class XI. ECHINOIDEA.
Kehinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. (1758) p. 665.
Echinides, Zamk. Syst. (1801) p. 345; de Bl. Dict. Sci. Nat. Ix. (1830)
p. 178; zd. Actinol. (1834) p. 197 ; Desmoulins, Act. Soc. Linn. Bor-
deaux, vii. (1835) p. 167.
Oursins, Cuvier, Tab. Elém. (1798) p. 647.
Echinoides (Echinoida), Latretlle, Fam. Nat. (1825) p. 532.
Echinida, Macleay, Hor. Entomol. 1819, p. 3816; Gray, Ann. Phil. x.
(1825) p. 423; id. Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 2.
Echinide, Fvem. Brit, An. (1828) pp. 473, 474.
28 ECHINODERMA.
Kchini, Lichwald, Zool. Spec. (1829) i. p. 228.
Cirri-Spinigrada, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. xv.
Adelostella (pars), Austin, Ann. § Mag. x. (1842) p. 111.
Kchinodea, Diib. § Kor. Vet. Ak. Hdlg. 1844 (1846) p. 255.
Echinoidea, Bronn, Klass. u. Ordn. ii. (1860) p. 295; Duncan, J.
Linn. Soc. xxiii. (1889) p. 4.
The Echinoidea are caliculate, actinogonidial, eleutherozoic, desm-
actinic Echinoderms in which the calycinal area may be very
extensively reduced or greatly metamorphosed; the gonads are
unpaired and interradial; the body is perfectly rounded, more or
less flattened or bilaterally symmetrical, and is more or less covered
by spines which may be long, stout, and strong, or present every stage
of reduction to such as are fine and silky. The calcareous deposit in
the peristome takes the form of polygonal plates which are arranged
in regular rows and perforated in the radial area for the passage of
the podia. They are all proctuchous, but the anus is not always
opposite the mouth. Respiration partly by gills and partly by
podia, which may be specially modified.
Order 1. EHUECHINOIDEA.
Euechinoidea, Bronn, Klass. u. Ordn. ii. Actinozoa (1861), p. 350;
Zittel, Hdbuch. Paliont. (1879) p. 487; Duncan, J. Linn. Soe.
xxiii. (1889) p. 4.
Autechinida, Haeckel, Gen. Morph. (1866) p. Ixxii.
The Euechinoidea are Echinoidea in which the number of rows of
coronal plates is always twenty, or, in other words, in which there
are always five pairs of ambulacral (radial) and five of interambu-
lacral plates.
Suborder]. REGULARIA.
Regularia, Latreille, Fam. Nat. (1825) p. 532.
Les Cidarites, dg. Mém. Soc. Neuch. i. (1886) p. 188.
er ees normaux ou reguliers, Gras, Ours. foss. de VIstre, (1848)
)
Gitlarides Desor, Syn. Ech. foss. (1858) p. 6.
Endocyclica, Wright, Brit. Foss. Echin. Oolit. i. (1857) p. 17.
Desmosticha, Haeckel, Gen. Morph. (1866) p. Ixxii.
Regulares, Zittel, Hdbuch. Paliéont. (1879) p. 487.
Kuechinoidea in which the anus is at the opposite pole of the
more or less globular body to the mouth, and is surrounded by a
regular series of five radial and five interradial plates. Lantern of
Aristotle well developed.
ECHINOIDEA. 29
A. ENDOBRANCHIATA.
Entobranchiata, Bell, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 417.
Abranchiata, Ludwig, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxxiv. (1880) p. 82.
The Endobranchiata are regular Euechinoidea in which there are
no external gills or peristomial slits ; the oral membrane is covered
with several sets of both radial and interradial plates; the peri-
gnathic arches are interradial and incomplete.
Family 1. CIDARID.
Cidaride, Gray, Ann. Phil. xxvi. (1825) p. 426; Wyv. Thoms. Phil.
Tr. vol. 164 (1874) p. 721; Zittel, Hdb. Paldont. i. (1879) p. 493;
Duncan, J. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (1889) p. 26; Déderlein, Japan. Seeigel.
(1887) p. 3.
Cidaridées au[{n]gustistellées, Gras, Ours. foss. de l’ Isere, (1848) p. 20.
Angustistellées, Desor, Syn. Ech. foss, (1858) p. 2 [2 bis].
Goniocidarida, Haeckel, Gen. Morph. (1866) p. lxxiii.
The Cidaride are endobranchiate Euechinoidea in which there
are no spheridia ; the calycinal area is extensive ; organs of Stewart
appear to be always developed ; the plates of the ambulacral area
remain separate from one another and are all primary. ‘The spines
are strong and often long, and are frequently of bizarre shapes ; in
structure they are acanthodictyote and acanthostracous throughout
their whole extent from the ring upwards; the central axial portion
exhibits a simple fenestrated structure; the spicules in the walls of
the ovary are triangular or triradiate in form.
One genus: Cidaris.
B. ECTOBRANCHIATA.
Ectobranchiata, Bell, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 417.
Branchiata, Ludwig, Zettschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxxiv. (1880) p. 82.
The Ectobranchiata are regular Euechinoidea in which external
gills are always developed and the edges of the peristome indented
by five pairs of notches; the oral membrane is covered with radial
plates only, and these may be numerous or reduced to five pairs;
the perignathic arches are radial and complete.
Family 2. ECHINOTHURIIDA.
Kehinothuride, Wyv. Thoms. Depths of the Sea (1873) p. 164; zd.
Phil. Trans. 164. (1874) p. 780; A. Ag. Chall. Rep. (1881) p. 71;
Ludwig, Zeitschr. f. w, Zool. xxxiy. (1880) p. 82; Sarasin, Ergebn.
Ceylon, i. 3 (1888) p. 129.
Diadematoida Streptosomata, Duncan, J. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (1889)
p. 40.
The Echinothuriide are regular ectobranchiate Euechinoidea, in
which the organs of Stewart are more or less retained; they may
30 ECHINODERMA.
or may not have spheridia. The calycinal area is extensive,
but its constituents are much reduced in size; the ambulacral
plates consist of a primary plate only, or have half-plates united
with them, or of isolated half-plates, and they imbricate and are
continued on in several rows on to the peristomial membrane ; the
interambulacral plates also imbricate. Perignathic arches radial
and complete.
Two genera: Asthenosoma and Phormosoma.
Family 3. ECHINIDA.
Echinide, Bell, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 417.
The Echinide are regular ectobranchiate Euechinoidea, in which
the organs of Stewart are vestigial : they are provided with spheridia.
The calycinal area is never very extensive, and is often much con-
centrated; the ambulacral plates always formed of at least three
plates, so that there are three pairs of pores at least in each, and
only one pair from each radius is found on the peristomial mem-
brane. Perignathic arches radial and complete. Podia homoio-
podous. Spines acanthodictyote, acanthosphenote, polycyclic ; C-
shaped spicules always among the calcareous deposits.
Subfamily ECHININA.
Echinine, Bell, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 418.
Echinide with circular body.
Three genera: Echinus, Strongylocentrotus, and Sphwrechinus.
Suborder 2. ITIRREGULARIA.
Trregularia, Latreille, Fam. Nat. (1825) p. 533; Gray, Cat. Echin. B.
M. i. (1855) p. 1.
Kchinides paranormaux ou irreguliers, Gras, Ours. foss. de U’Isére,
(1848) p. 39; Desor, Ech. foss, (1858) p. xxv.
lrregulares, Zittel, Hdbuch. d. Paliiont. (1879) p. 510.
Exocyclica, Wright, Brit. Foss. Echin. Oolitic, 1. (1857) p. 17.
Euechinoidea in which the anus is in the posterior interradium
beyond the calycinal aveas. Lantern of Aristotle and auricles
reduced or lost.
Grade A. GNATHOSTOMATA.
Les Clypéastres, 4g. Mém. Soc. Neuchétel, i. (1836) p. 185.
Clypeastrides, Lovén, K. Svenska Vet.-Ak. Hadlg. xi. no. 7. (1874) p. 32.
Clypeastroida, Duncan, J. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (1889) p. 142.
Kchinodermes exocycliques gnathostomes, de Loriol, Echinol. helvét. in
Pal. Suisse (Pictet), 1875, p. 172.
Irregular Euechinoidea in which the central mouth is provided
with teeth and jaws. Ambulacra simple or petaloid, all similar.
ECHINOIDBA. on
Family 1. CLYPEASTRIDA.
Clypeastrida, Haeckel, Gen. Morph. ii. (1866) p. Ixxxv.
Irregular gnathostomatous Euechinoidea with a depressed and
more or less oval test. The ambulacra petaloid or subpetaloid.
Apical area almost entirely occupied by the madreporite, and the
genital pores sometimes external to it. Anus ordinarily marginal
or inframarginal.
One genus: Echinocyamus.
Grade B. NODOSTOMATA.
Spatangide, Gray, Ann. Phil. x. (1825) p. 480; id. Cat. Ech. B. M.
(1855) p. 38.
Kchinides exocycliques atélostomes, de Loriol, Echinol. helvét. 2° partie,
in Pal. Suisse (Pictet), 1873, p. 198.
Atelostomata, Zittel, Hdbuch. Pal. i. (1879) p. 523.
Spatangoida, Duncan, J. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (1889) p. 25.
Irregular Euechinoidea in which the mouth is central, and more
often pushed forwards, and is devoid of teeth and auricles. The
anterior odd ambulacrum often divides the test into two well-marked
bilaterally symmetrical halves.
Only one family.
Family 2. SPATANGIDA.
Subfamily 1. CASSIDULINA.
Peristome nearly central.
One genus: Neolampas.
Subfamily 2. SPATANGINA.
Peristome excentric, with a hinder lip (labrum).
Group i. PRYMNADETES.
Prymnadetes, Lovén, K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. xi. 7. (1874) p. 16.
Spatangina without a subanal fasciole.
One genus: Schizaster.
Group ii. PRY MNODESMIA.
Prymnodesmia, Lovén, K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hadlg. xi. 7. (1874) p. 15.
Prymnodesmia, Duncan, J. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (1889) p. 239.
Spatangina with a subanal fasciole.
Three genera: Spatangus, Echinocardium, Brissopsis.
32 HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
I]. SPECIAL PART.
Descriptions of the Genera and Species of British Echino-
derma, with an account of their synonymy and geo-
graphical distribution, together with some notes on their
habits.
HOLOTHURIOIDEA (see p. 14).
Key to the Genera of Holothurioidea.
A Watoutpodian y.is secu oe cates iene sale 1. SYNAPTA, p. 32.
B. With podia,
I. Tentacles arborescent.
A. Tentacles ten.
1. The podia in rows along the ambu-
lacra, even if scattered on the inter-
A ULACTH, WSO) etererercn efe suetpeverene eve 2. CUCUMARIA, p. 35.
2; ‘The podia scattered, ...5.-..-...-. 5. THYONE, p. 41.
3. The podia confined to the trivium, é
which forms a flat sole .......... 4, Psouvs, p. 44.
B. Tentacles more than ten. [p. 46.
Mentaclesviiteens. clic. cea /esise etter: 5, PHYLLOPHORUS,
Il. Tentacles shield-shaped.
1.. No C-shaped spicules..............6. 6. HoLotHurRta, p. 48.
9, With C-shaped spicules.............. 7. SricHopwus, p. 51.
1. SYNAPTA.
Synapta, Eschseholtz, Zool. Atlas, (1829) ii. p. 12; Diid. § Kor. Vet.
Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846) p. 822; Duy. § Hup. Ech. (1862) p. 614;
Selenka, Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. xvii. (1867) p. 860; Semper, Phil. Hol.
(1868) p. 9; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 22; Théel, Chall. Rep.
Hol. (1886) p. 18; Ludwig, Klass. u. Ordn. (1891) p. 357.
Fistularia, Morskal, Descr. Anim. (1775) p. 121 (pars).
Mulleria, Fleming, Brit. An. (1828) p. 484.
Tiedemannia, Leuckart, Isis, xxiii. (1830) col. 685 fn.
Oncinolabes, Brandt, Prodr. descr. (1835) p. 48; Ludwig, Zeits. f. wiss.
Zool. xxxv. (1881) p. 576.
Dactylota, Brandt, op. cit. p. 45.
Chirodota, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 259.
Leptosynapta, Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad. i. (1867[71]) p. 325 fn.
Heterosynapta, zd. op. cit. p. 846 fn.
Tentacles ten to twenty-five ; deposits anchors, anchor-plates, and
fine granules; hermaphrodite.
SYNAPTA. 38°
Key to the Species *.
Tentacles with more than five digits ...... 1. S. inherens,
Tentacles with five digits or less.
Tentaclesieleyany s.6 6. C. frondosa.
1. Cucumaria hyndmani. (Plate II. fig. 1.)
Holothuria hyndmani, Thompson, Ann. § Mag. v. (1840) p. 100.
Cucumaria hyndmanni, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 225; Dib. §
vor. Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846), p. 299, pl. xi. fig. 56, pl. iv.
figs. 8-14; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 101; Norman, Rep. Brit.
Assoc. 1868 (1869), p. 8317; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 147 ;
Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 108; Chadwick, Rep. Liverpool
Biol. Soc. iii. (1889) p. 180; Hoyle, J. Linn. Soc, xx. (1890) p. 458 ;
Sladen, Proce. R. Irish Ac. i. (1891) p. 702.
Cucumaria hyndmani, Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 448;
Marenzeller, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xxiv. (1874) p. 809.
Cucumaria pentactes, Brady § Robertson, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 690.
Body tapering a little or hardly at all posteriorly ; skin whitened
and rough, with large stout scales of considerable thickness ; podia
only slightly retractile, pretty regularly set in two close rows along
each ambulacrum.
Deposits as shown in Pl. II. fig. 1; only scales and rods present.
Not more than four inches long, often less.
The podia are of a dark colour, and the tentacles are pale.
Distribution. British and Norwegian coasts ; Mediterranean. To
420 fms.
a-c. 56° 13’ N., 14° 18’ W., 420 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
d-f. 56° 7' W., 14° 19’ W., 630 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp.
g. Loch Craignish. Hon. A. E. Gathorne Hardy.
h. West coast of Scotland. John Murray, Esq.
t-k. 51° 57' N., 18° 89' W., 251 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
1, m. Firth of Lorn, 70-80 fms. John Murray, Esq.
n. Firth of Lorn, 20 fms. John Murray, Esq.
o-y. Firth of Lorn, 50-70 fms. John Murray, Esq.
zg, Cornwall.
a’, b'. Off Liverpool.
CUCUMARIA. ih
2. Cucumaria planci. (Plate II. fig. 2 & Plate VIII. fig. 1.)
Holothuria pentacta, Z., Gmelin, Syst. Nat. xiii. (1788) p. 3189
artim).
us doliolum, Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 74 (partim) ;
de Bl. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxi. (1821) p. 317 (partim).
Cucumaria planci, Marenzeller, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxiv.
(1874) p. 800; Ludwig, Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. i. (1879) p. 565 ;
Carus, Faun. Medit. (1885) p. 107; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885)
p- 140; Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 101; Chadwick, Proce.
Liverpool Biol. Soc. iii. (1889) p. 180; zd. op. cit. vy. (1891) p. 81
(spontaneous fission).
Body more or less cylindrical; skin slightly wrinkled, not very
rough with very numerous, rather small scales; podia retractile,
and sometimes appearing as mere knobs, arranged in two net very
regular rows in each ambulacrum.
Deposits in the form of spherical scales, with few perforations and
many knobs and delicate hemispherical framework (PI. II. fig. 2).
One to four inches long.
Skin brownish or with brown patches, podia of a much lighter
colour.
Distribution. Eastern side of North Atlantic, from Portuguese
to British coasts; Mediterranean ; Mauritius (?). 9-30 fms.
a—b. Off Kerrera. J. Murray, Esq.
e-e. Off Liverpool.
F-k. Coast of Cornwall.
l. Coast of Cornwall.
m. Falmouth. W. P. Cocks, Esq.
n-q. S. Devon. - Mus. Leach.
( Holothuria communis.”)
=
3. Cucumaria pentactes. (Plate IIT. fig. 1 & Plate VIII. fig. 2.
? Hydra corolliflora, Gaertner, Phil. Trans. lii. (1762) p. 80, pl. i. b.
fie. 3.
Holothuria pentactes, (?) Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. (1767) p. 1091; (?) O.
F. Miiller, Prodr. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 232; (?) Pennant, Brit.
Zool. iv. (1777) p. 42, fig. 41; (?) O. F. Miler, Zool. Dan. i. (1788)
p. 36, pl. xxxi. fig. 8; Fleming, Brit, An. (1828) p. 482; Thomp-
son, Ann. § Mag. v. (1840) p. 247.
Le fleurilardé, Dicquemare, Observ. sur la physique, xii. (1778) p. 283;
Beil, Ann. § Mag. viii. (1891) p. 406.
Holothuria pentactes, var., Montagu, Linn. Trans. ix. (1808) p. 112,
1. vil. fig. 4.
Aiglothurin pentacta, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. (1789) p. 3189 (partim) ;
? Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 73.
Holothuria dicquemarii, de Bl. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxi. (1821) p. 317.
Holothuria gaertneri, 7d. op. cit. p. 518.
Holothuria montaguii, Fleming, Brit. An. (1823) p. 488.
Cucumaria pentactes, Forbes, Brit. Starf. 1841, p. 218; Maitland,
Faun. Belg. (1851) p. 95; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856)
p- 442; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 145; Carus, Faun. Med.
(1885) p. 107; Bell, Proc. R. Irish Ac. iv. (1886) p. 620; Topsent,
Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm, ii. (1889) p. 112.
38 HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
Cucumaria elongata, Diib. § Kor, Vet-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846),
p. 301, pl. iv. fig. 14, & pl. xi. fig. 56; Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859)
p. 76, pl. il. figs. 44-48; Marenzeller, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
xxlv. (1874) p. 306; Zhéel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 106.
Holothuria fusiformis, Forbes § Govdsir, Atheneum, 1839, no. 618,
p- 647; Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 219; Norman, Rep. Brit.
Assoc. 1868 (1869), p. 316.
Body elongated, sometimes very narrow, and rather frequently
a good deal narrower posteriorly than anteriorly. Podia not in
regular double rows at ends of body, varying somewhat in the extent
to which they may be retracted after death.
Deposits irregular in form, but often of large size and sufficiently
numerous to make the body-wall stiff.
Of all sizes, up to six inches, as C. montagui is probably only a
variety.
Distribution, Eastern side of North Atlantic, from Spanish coast
to within Arctic circle; White Sea (?); Mediterranean. 10 to
50 fms.
a-e. Plymouth.
J. Weymouth. W. Thompson, Esq.
4. Cucumaria lactea. (Plate III. fig. 2.)
ahaa lactea, Forbes § Goodsir, Atheneum, no. 618, 1839,
. 647.
Mtothucis brunnea, Thompson, Ann. § Mag. v. (1840) p. 100.
Ocnus lacteus, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 251; Thompson, Nat.
Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 448 ; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 131.
Ocnus brunneus, Forbes, op. cit. p. 229 ; Thompson, op. cit. p. 443.
Cucumaria lactea, Diib. § Kor. Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846), p. 297,
pl. iv. figs. 3-7, pl. xi. fig. 55; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 101;
th a Cat. Crust. (1882) p. 51; Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886)
Guemenea brunnea, Hérouard, Arch. Zool. expér. vii. (1889) p. 682.
Holothuria badotrie, Dalyell, Powers, i. (1851) p.72, pls. xiii. & xiv.
In many points resembling C. planci.
Body pretty regularly cylindrical; skin rather stiff and rough,
white or brown in colour. Podia in a single zigzag row in each
ambulacrum, feebly retractile.
Deposits not unlike those of C. planci, but the holes of the disks
larger and the knobs less numerous.
Not much more than an inch long and frequently smaller.
Distribution. British seas, and West Norway. 0-50 fms.
a-d. Plymouth.
5. Cucumaria hispida. (Plate IV. fig. 1.)
Eupyrgus hispidus, Barrett, Ann. § Mag. xx. (1857) p. 46, pl. iv.
fig. 1.
Eehinocucumis typica, Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ. 1858 (1859),
p- 174; ed. Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 102, pl. x. figs. 11-20; Semper,
CUCUMARIA. 39
Fol. Phil. (1868) p. 271; Pourt. Bull. Mus. C. Z. i. (1869) p. 359 ;
Mob. § Biitsch. JB. Comm. Kiel, ii. & iii. (1875) p. 151; Norman,
Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. (1880) p. 435; Hoffm. Niederl. Arch. f.
Zool., Suppl. Bd. i. (1881) Leh. p. 17; Théel, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb.
xi. (1882) p. 694 ; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 166; Théel, Chall.
Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 118.
Cucumaria typica, Ludwig, Klass. u. Ordn. (1891) p. 344.
Body very small, bowed on itself, the terminal seventh or eighth
part very much narrower than the rest. Body-wall firm, owing to
the presence of large, flat, calcareous scales (Pl. IV. fig. 1), which
are perforated with a number of small holes and many of which
have a projecting spine; these spines give a very characteristic
hedgehog-like appearance. The podia completely developed in the
three ventral rows, where they are set in a zigzag.
Colour whitish.
Size about half an inch.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, extending from the
Arctic Sea to the Bay of Biscay, and from 40—555 fms.
a, 54° 1'N., 12° 14’ W., 422 fms, ‘Porcupine’ Exp.
6. Cucumaria frondosa. (Plate LV. fig. 2.
Holothuria frondosa, Gunnerus, Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. xxviii. (1767)
p- 115, pl. iv. figs. 1 & 2; Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. (1767) p. 1089; O.
FE’, Miller, Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 231; Fabricius, Faun. Grenl.
(1780) p. 853; Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 73.
Holothuria pentactes, O. F. Miiller, Prod, Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 232 ;
Fabr. Faun. Grenl. (1780) p. 852; O. FL Miiller, Zool. Dan. i.
(1788) p. 36, pl. xxxi. fig. 8; Adbdgaard, Zool. Dan. iii. (1789)
p- 45, pl. evil. figs. 1-4; Vahl, in Rathke, Zool. Dan. iv. (1806)
p. 3, pls. exxiil.—vil.
Pentacta frondosa, Jiger, De Hol. (1833) p. 12; Maitland, Faun.
Belg. (1851) p. 95; Stimpson, Inv. Grand Manan (1853) p. 16;
Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sct. i. (1855) p. 68; Verrill, Proce.
Bost. Soc. N. H. x. (1866) pp. 552 & 357 ; Rathbun, Fisheries US.
(1884) p. 838.
Cuvieria (?) frondosa, de Bl. Dict. Set. Nat. Ix. (1850) p. 173.
Holothuria grandis, Lorbes § Goodsir, Atheneum, 1839, no. 618,
. 647.
Eislatiinsis fucicola, zd. ibid.
Cucumaria frondosa, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 209; Did. § Kor.
Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846), p. 293, pl. iv. fig. 1; Liithen, Vid.
Medd. 1857, p. 2; McAndrew § Barrett, Ann. § Mag. xx. (1857)
p. 48; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 100; Selenka, Zeit. wiss. Zool. xvii.
(1867) p. 347, pl. xix. fig. 102; Semper, Hol. Phil. (1868) pp. 234
& 268; Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868 (1869), p. 316 ; Pourtales,
Bull. Mus. C. Z. i. (1869) p. 359; Duncan § Sladen, Arctic Echin.
(1883) p. 2, pl. i. figs. 1 & 2; Ludwig, Notes Leyden Mus. iv.
(1882) p. 129; Jensen, Arch. Biol. iv. (1883) p. 74; Lampert,
Seewalzen, (1885) p. 185; Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 110.
Botryodactyla grandis, Ayres, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. iv. (1852
. 52.
Beiedactyla affinis [n. n.], ad. tom. eit. p. 145,
40 HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
Attains a large size. Podia not confined to ambulacra. Body a
more or less swollen sac ; podia retractile, sometimes in four rows
in ambulacra near middle of body ; not many interambulacra podia ;
the arrangement of the podia varies a good deal with age. Skin
soft and smooth.
Deposits very variable both in form and in the extent to which
they are developed; often almost or quite absent in large examples.
Colour ordinarily purplish or dark slate, the podia lighter, as is
sometimes the ventral surface. Occasionally the whole creature is
of a much lighter hue.
May be as much as a foot long, and four or five inches wide,
capable of extension to twice this length or more.
Distribution. Circumpolar, extending southwards to Britain,
Florida Reef, and California. 3-220 fms.
a. Off Faeroe Islands, 70 fms. R. K. Burt, Esq.
6. Orkneys.
c-k. West coast of Scotland. John Murray, Esq.
l-m. Montrose. W. Duncan, Esq.
n. Plymouth.
7. Cucumaria fucicola.
Holothuria fucicola, Forbes § Goodsir, Atheneum, no. 618 (1889),
p- 647; Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868 (1869), p.316; Ljungman,
dif. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1879, no. 9, p. 127.
I have not seen this species, which most authors have united
with C. frondosa. Mr, Norman, however, noted the following
points of difference. He says :—
“ Cucumaria fucicola (Forbes & Goodsir).
“The type-specimens were found not uncommonly ‘in Bressay
Sound, Shetland, in 7 fathoms water, adhering to the stems of
Laminarie,’ and thus in the same locality with C. frondosa. Von
Diiben and Koren ((fversigt af Skandinav. Echinod. p. 294)
referred this species to the young of C. frondosa, and their
synonymy has been copied by all subsequent writers without
inquiry. But the young of C. frondosa is like the adult, in that
‘corpus, collum et pedum latera teguntur granulis calcareis, irregu-
laribus, difformibus, nwaqguam perforatis, which is not the case with
C. fucicola.
“Specimens of this species, procured by myself in the typical
locality, have the skin supplied with calcareous plates, which are
very irregular in form and size, but when fully developed are nearly
round, rather longer, however, than broad, and perforated with as
many as 30-40 holes. The sides of the feet are likewise furnished
with the irregular-shaped, elongated, perforated plates common in
this position in the different species of the genus; but these fect-
spicules I have also observed sparingly present in the young of C.
frondosa, though in the passage above quoted Diiben and Koren
deny their existence.”
THYONE. 41
8. Cucumaria andrewsii.
Pentactes andrewsii, Furran, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Dublin, i. (1860)*
p. 155.
Thyone andrewsii, Ainahan, Nat. Hist. Rev. vi. (1859) p. 368 ; Lam-
pert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 164; Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. 11886) p. 141.
Nothing can be said about this species except that it is certainly
a Cucumaria; a leading ground for regarding it as new was the
canary colour of the tentacles.
It was taken at Clonea, co. Waterford, and was found intertwined
among the roots of Laminaria digitata.
Species incerte vel inquirende.
1. Hol. decollata, Leach, is a MSS. name, apud Gray, Brit. Rad.
(1848) p. 11, a synonym of Cucumaria montagui, Fleming, and
wrongly cited by Théel, Chall. Rep. 1886, p. 116.
2. Cucumaria neillii, Fleming, Brit. An. (1828) p. 483.
3. Cucumaria dissimilis, id. loc. cit.
4. Cucumaria saxicola, Brady & Robertson, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1871,
p-. 690.
3. THYONE.
Thyone, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. (1815) p. 551; Diib. § Kor. Vet.-
Ak. Halg. 184 (1846), p. 808; Semper ree emend.); Hol. Phil.
(1867) p. 64; Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1885) p. 182 ; Ludwig, Klass. u.
Ordn. (soi) p- 346. ,
Mulleria, Fleming, Brit. An. (1827) p. 484.
Anaperus, Trosch. Arch. f. Nat. xii. i846) p . 60.
Sclerodactyla, Ayres, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. (1854) p. 6.
Stereoderma, zd. tom. cit. p. 46.
Pentamera, 7d. ¢. c. p. 207.
Stolus, Selenka, Zeits. f. w. Zool. xvii, (1867) p ae
Uroxia, Costa, Ann. Mus. Zool. Nap. v. (1869) p. 5
Thyonella, Verrill, Amer. Journ. Set. iii. (1872) p. 437.
Trachythyone, Studer, MB, Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 453.
A dendrochirotous form with ten tentacles, of which the two
ventral are smaller than the other eight, the podia numerous and
scattered, rarely exhibiting any arrangement in rows; the anus is
often armed with five calcareous teeth.
Key to the Species.
1. Body not curved on itself ........ 1. 7. fusus.
2. Body curved on itself ............ 2. T. raphanus.
Spec. inquir.
| PEEP co ee Soe ee 5. T. flexus.
: Se er os Lee 4, T. elegans.
* The communication of Farran bears date Nov. 21st, 1852, and a notice was
published in some newspaper—not, however, as Kinahan states, ‘in Saunders’s
Newsletter’ for February 1852; I have vainly searched journals about that
date,
=
42 HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
1. Thyone fusus. (Plate V. fig. 1 & Plate VII. fig. 3.)
Holothuria fusus, O. F. Mill. Zool. Dan. 1. (1788) p. 11, pl. x. figs. 5
& 6; Gmel. Syst. Nat. xiii. (1780) p. 5141; Lamk. An. s. Vert.
iti, (1816) p. 74; Rathke, Nov. Act. xx. (1848) p. 140, pl. vi.
figs. 24 & 25.
Holothuria penicillus, O. #. Mill. Zool. Dan. i. (1788) p. 10, pl. x.
fig, 4.
Holothuria papillosa, Gmel. Syst. Nat. xiii. (1788) p. 8140; O. F.
Miill. Zool. Dan. iii. (1789) p. 47, pl. eviii. fig. 5.
Miilleria pupillosa, Johnston, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. (1834)
p. 584, tig. 66.
Thyone fusus, dg. Mem. Soc. Neuchat. i. (1885) p. 181; Koren, Nyt
Mag. iv. (1845) p. 208, pl. i.; Diiben § Koren, Vet.-Akad. Hdlg.
1844 (1846), p. 308, pl. v. figs. 42-48, & pl. xi. fig. 52; Gray,
Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 7; Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 79, pl. ii.
figs. 49-51; ed. Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 111; Semper, Hol. Phat.
(1868) p. 273; Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868 (1869), p. 317 ;
Hodgs. Trans. Northumb. § Durham, iv. (1872) p. 146, pl. ii.
figs. 19-40; Marenz. Abh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiv. (1874) p. 312;
Ludw, Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. i. (1879) p. 567; Graeffe, Arb.
Inst. Wien, iii. (1881) p. 843; Barrots, Cat. Crust. (1882) p. 53;
Lampert, Seewalz. (1885) p. 161; Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886)
p. 184; Bell, Proc. R. Irish Ac. iv. (1886) p. 620; Hérouard,
Arch. Zool. vii. (1889) p. 689.
Thyone papillosa, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 253; Thompson, Nat.
Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 444.
Anaperus fusus, 7’roschel, Arch. f. Nat. 1846, p. 62.
Thyone floccosa[n. n.], Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1863 (1864), Trans.
p. 106 (teste J.).
Thyonidium pellucidum, Barrows, Cat. Crust. (1882) p. 49.
Semperia barroisi, Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 155; Théel, Chall.
Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 268.
? Thyone subvillosa, Héroward, Arch. Zool. vii. (1889) p. 687.
Body irregularly fusiform, not curved, and with no tail-like end.
Richly covered with podia.
Deposits ordinarily with four holes, occasionally also with smaller
outer holes, irregularly oval in form ; spire ends in small spines.
Whitish in colour ; about a couple of inches long, and one wide.
Distribution. Eastern side of North Atlantic to Lofoten; Medi-
terranean. 10 to 80 fms.
a. Loch Etive, 15-20 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
b-d. Between Canna and Rum, 80-100 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
e. Weymouth.
2. Thyone raphanus. (Plate V. fig. 2 & Plate VIII. fig. 3.)
Thyone raphanus, Dib. § Kor. Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846), pp. 219
& 3a1, pl. v. figs. 49-55, pl. xi. figs. 58 & 59; Thompson, Nat. Hist.
Trel. iv. (1856) p. 444; Kinahan, Nat. Hist. Rev. (1859) p. 369;
Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 112; Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868
(1869), p. 817 ; Semper, Hol. Phil. (1868) p. 278; non Marenz.
Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxvii. (1877) p. 118 (teste Marion, Ann.
Sct. Nat, viii. (1879) p. 40); Hodge, Tr, Nat. Hist. Soc. North, iv.
THYONE. 43
(1872) p. 146, pl. iii. figs. 22-80; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 156 ;
Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 185; Bell, Proc. R. Irish Ac. iv.
(1886) p. 620.
Body curved on itself, much narrower in posterior half or third,
which looks more like a tail to the rest of the body, which is more
or less irregularly semiovate.
Deposits rather small, overlapping plates with a varying number
of holes.
Half an inch to an inch or an inch and a half in size. More or
less yellow or brown in colour,
Distribution. British and Norwegian seas; Mediterranean. To
155 fms.
a-c. 60° 32' N., 0° 29' W., 64-75 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
d-f. Faeroe Channel, 570 fms. ‘ Triton’ Exp.
g-h. The Minch. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
t-k. Dingle Bay, 40 fms. Royal Dublin Society.
Z. Shetland. R. McAndrew, Esq.
3. Thyone flexus.
Thyone flexus, Hodge, Trans. Northumb. § Durh. Nat. Hist. Soc.
i. (1867) p. 44.
“ Body-spicules (or plates) of varying forms and dimensions ;
perforations round or slightly oval; on their first formation four
such perforations are arranged round two nodules, which, when
viewed sideways, are seen to be two stalks, meeting at the top, and
terminating in several minute points; in some cases, that of large
plates, three of these ‘ nodules’ are present. The prevailing shape
of the plates nearly square, with eight perforations. This form is,
however, soon lost in the further growth of the plate, which seldom
again presents any regular outline. Feet-spicules much curved, the
convex or upper part being produced into two stalks meeting at the
tips, and having a triangular opening between them. LEach foot
furnished with a plate at the extremity, irregular in outline, with
numerous irregular perforations, the larger being concentrically
arranged,”
I have not seen this species, of which, so far as I know, only one
specimen has ever been obtained.
4, Thyone elegans.
Thyone elegans, Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868 (1869), p. 317.
“Length 1-2 inches, Body smooth; skin thin, very delicate,
totally devoid of all calcareous imbedded spicula: feet numerous
but not crowded, scattered all over the body, their sides without
spicula, but a large round spiculum at the extremity. This spicu-
lum has round perforations in the centre, exterior to these a circle
of large radiating wedge-shaped openings, the spaces between them
yery narrow; and exterior to these again, and close within the
44 HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
edge, afew small perforations, the length of which is in the opposite
direction to that of the radiating openings, each of them forming a
minute segment of a semicircle.
“ Tentacula 10 (8 long and 2 very short}, completely clothed in
a scaly investiture of irregular-shaped cribriform calcareous plates.
“ Found in St. Magnus Bay, and also on the Balta Haddock-
ground.”
I have not seen this species.
4. PSOLUS.
Psolus, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. (1815) p. 352; Selenka, Zeit. wiss.
Zool, xvii. (1867) p. 842; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 17; Théel,
Chall. Rep, Hol. (1886) p.126; Ludwig, Klass. u. Ordn. (1891) p- 350.
Cuviéries, Peron, sec. Curier, Rigne An. iy. (1817) p. 22 fn.
Cuvieria, "Tiger, De fol. (1833) p- 20; de Bl. Actinol. (1854) p. 191;
Brandt, Prodr. descr. (1835) p. 47; Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H.
x. (1866) p. 353.
Lepidopsolus, Bronn, Klass. uw. Ordn. ii. (1860) p. 404.
Lophothuria, Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. x. (1866) p. 353.
Lissothuria, 7d. Trans. Connect. Acad. i. (1867[71]) p. 522.
A dendrochirotous form with ten tentacles, in which the trivial
surface is flattened to a sole and alone carries podia.
Key to the Species.
Podia in three complete rows .........00+ 1. P. phantapus.
Podia of median row few or none ........ 2. P. fabricn.
1. Psolus phantapus. (Plate VI. fig. 1 & Plate VIII. fig. 4.)
Holothuria phantapus, Strussenfeldt, Vet.-Ak. Hdlg. xxvi. (1765)
p. 263, pl. 10; Limneus, Syst. Nat. xii. (1767) p. 1089; O. F. Muller,
Zool. Dan. iii. (1788) p. 54, pls. exil. ‘ exi. ; Dal, yell, Powers of
the Creator, (1851) p. 79, pl XV.
Ascidia rustica ?, Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. (1777) p. 40, pl. xxiii.
fig. 35.
Ascidia eboracensis, 7d. Brit. Zool. (1812) p. 99, pl. xxv. fig. 3.
Cuvieria phantapus, Fleming, Brit. An. (1828), p. 483 ; Diib. &§ Kor.
Vet.-Akad, Hdlg, 1844 (1846) p. 315.
Cuviera phantapus, Johuston, Loudon’s Mag. ix. (1836) p. 472,
fig. 68.
L’Holothurie phantope, de Bl. Dict. Sct. Nat. 1x. (1830) p. 175.
Psolus phantapus, Jiger, de Hol. (1833) p. 21; Forbes, Brit. Starf.
(1841) p. 203; Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 9; Maitland, Faun.
Belg. (1851) p. 96; Stimpson, Inv. Grand Manan, (1853) p. 16;
Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 442; Liithen, Vid. Meda.
1857, pp. 12 & 68; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) ?. 112; Selena, Leit.
wiss. Zool. xvii. (1867) p. 342, pl. xix. figs. 94 & 95; Semper,
fol. (1868) p. 272; Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868 (1869), p. 316 ;
Duncan § Sladen, Echinod. Arctic Sea, (1881) p. 10; Bell, P. Z. 8.
1882, p. 646; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 116; Théel, Chall.
Rep. Hol, (1886) p. 127.
Body moderately curved, hinder portion often greatly constricted
PSOLUS. 45
so as toform a little tail; mouth and anus terminal or subterminal ;
the scales, though often rather large, not prominent, but immersed
in the skin; the integument much more flexible than in P. fabricii.
No special oral plates; circumanal plates small, Podia arranged in
three irregularly triple rows on the trivium, which is itself a
regular oblong, but does not extend as far forwards or backwards
as the rest of the body.
To about four and a half inches long, and less than one and a half
broad. Colour light, or more or less dark brown.
The young are much more like P. fabricii than the adult, the
mouth and anus being dorsal in position, and the plates far less
deeply immersed in the skin.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, as far south as Massa-
chusetts Bay, and British Isles, andin the NorthSea*. To 127 fms,
a. Firth of Lorn, 50-110 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
b-f. Coast of Northumberland (dry and in spirit).
2. Psolus fabricii. (Plate VI. fig. 2.) |
Cuvieria fabricii, Dib. § Kor, Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846), p. 316,
fn.; Ayres, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. iv. (1854) p. 35; Stimpson,
Marine Invert. Grand Manan, (1853) p. 16.
Psolus fabricii, Semper, Hol. (1868) pp. 62 & 272; Marenzeller,
Denks. Ak. Wien, xxxv. (1878) p. 388; Duncan § Sladen,
Echinod. Arctic Sea, (1881) p. 10; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885)
p. 120; Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 128.
Lophothuria fabricii, Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. x. (1866)
. 804, ;
Helens squamata, Fabricius, Faun. Grenl. (1780) p. 356; Gould,
Inv. Anim. Mass. (1841) p. 846.
The curved back and vertical sides covered by large overlapping
plates, among which are some that are smaller; as the margin is
approached the plates become quite small; the plates increase in
size with the animal; a special set of smaller, more rod-like plates
round mouth and anus, both of which are on the dorsal surface.
Podia arranged in an irregular double row round the margin of the
foot, afew only extending into the middle line.
Three inches or more long, about two broad.
Colour whitish, greyish, or light brown.
Distribution. Circumpolar, extending as far south as Massa-
chusetts Bay; Shetland; Japan. 5-148 fms.
a. Shetland. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq.
* Dr. Théel (Chall. Rep. 1886, p. 129) gives the British Islands as one of the
localities for P. sguamatus, and cites as his authorities “‘ Norman, Hodge ;” so
far, however, as I am able to understand these excellent authorities, they agree
in thinking that all specimens assigned to that species, and said to be of British
origin, have been wrongly so assigned ; see Norman, Brit. Assoc. 1868 (1869),
p- 396, and Hodge, Trans. Northumb. & Durh, iv, (1872) p. 148.
46 HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
Incerte sedis.
Colochirus andersoni.
Colochirus andersoni, Lampert, Seewalzen, (1886) p. 128.
Holothuria sp., J. Anderson, Ann. § Mag. ix. (1862) p. 189, pl. xi.
This would certainly appear to be a Colochirus, but that genus is
not represented beyond the Indian and Pacific Oceans, except by
one species found at Bahia. It was taken at Bressay, Shetland,
and there is still some hope that the type may be recovered.
5. PHYLLOPHORUS.
Phyllophorus, Gr ube, Actin. ete. Mittelm, (1840) p. 88; Semper, Hol.
Phil. (1867) p. 40 ; Lampert, Seewalz. (1885) p. 18 Théel, Chall. Rep.
Tol. (1886) p. 150; Ludwig (sens. emend.), SB. Ak. Berl, 1887,
p- 1240; ed. Klass. u. Ordn. (1891) p. 347.
Thyonidium, Dib. § Kor. Vet.-Akad. Hdlg, 1844 (1846), p. 303;
Semper, Hol, Phil. (1868) p. 39; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 18;
Théel, Chall. Hol. (1886) p. 143.
Thyronidium, Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 11.
-Duasmodactyla, Ayres, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. (1852) p. 244.
Hemicrepis, J. Miller, Abh, Ak. Berl. 1855 (1854), p. 209.
Urodemas, Selenka, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xvii. (1867) p. 352,
Pattalus, 7d. op. cit. xviii. (1868) p. 113.
Eucyclus, Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) p. 290.
A polychirote dendrochirotous Holothurian in which there are
more than fifteen tentacles, unequal in size ; the smaller alternate
with the larger and form an inner ring; podia scattered.
Key to the Species.
Tables in body-wall generally ............-0000 1. P. pellucidus.
Tables, if present in body-wall, confined to anterior
Meee OM eM aiDo Oo Mo Seo Narcan aoe hanes ows 2, P. drummondi.
1. Phyllophorus pellucidus. (Plate V. fig. 3.)
Thyonidium pellucidum, Dib. § Kor, Vet.-Ak. Hdlg. 1844 (1846),
p. 303, pl. iv. figs. 15-17, pl. xi. fig. 57 ; (mon Holothuria pellucida,
Vahl in Zool. Dan. iv. (1806) p ae pl. exxxv. fig. 1); ? Fleming,
Brit. An. (1828) p. 485; > Forbes & Goods. in Atheneum, 1839,
no. ple 647; P Sar. i Nyt May. vi. (1851) p. 164; Semper,
Hol. Phil. (1868) p. 274; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885) ps 170;
Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 145.
? Cucumaria hyalina, Morbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 221 (fide auctor, °
multor.).
Pentacta pentactes, Oersted, De region. mar. (1844) p. 74 (fide Diid.
&§ Kor.).
Thyonidium hyalinum, Liitk. Vid. Medd. 1857, p. 69; Sars, Forh.
Vid. Selsk, Christ. 1858 (1859), p. 169; :d. Sona Ech. (1861)
p- lll; Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868 (1869), p. 317; Ljyungman,
Vet. Ak. Forh. 1879, p. 129.
Phyllophorus pellucidus, Ludwig, Klass, u. Ordn. (1891) p. 347.
PHYLLOPHORUS. 47
Body elongated, constricted at either end, with a thin, almost
transparent wall: the five longitudinal muscular bands quite appa-
rent. Twenty tentacles, arranged in pairs, alternately smaller and
larger. Very little order in the disposition of the podia, which are
small and by no means closely packed. Tables generally distributed
in the body-wall, but not numerous ; characterized chiefly by the
teeth at the top of the spire.
Colour pale brown in spirit.
Two to four inches long, and nearly half as wide in the middle
of the body.
Distribution. Both sides of Atlantic, as far south as British Isles
and Florida Reef; Arctic Ocean (White Sea). 65-70 fms.
a, The Minch. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq.
b-d. Firth of Lorn, 60-70 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
2. Phyllophorus drummondi. (Plate V. fig. 4 & Plate VII. fig. 4.)
Holothuria drummondii, Thompson, Ann. § Mag. v. (1840) p. 100.
? Cucumaria communis, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 217.
Cucumaria drummondii, zd. ¢. ec. p. 228; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel.
iv. (1856) p. 443.
Thyone portlockii, 7d. t. e. p. 238.
? Holothuria fusus, Oersted, De reg. mar. (1844) p. 74 (fide Dib. §
Kor.).
Thyonidium commune, Diib. § Kor. Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846),
p- se, pl. iv. figs, 18-23, pl. xi. tig. 51; Lampert, Seewalzen, (1885)
CLG:
i wana drummondi, Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 11.
Thyonidium drummondi, Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 110; Théel,
Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 143.
Phyllophorus drummondii, Ludwig, Klass. u. Ordn. (1891) p. 347.
? Thyonidium dubeni, Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868 (1869), p. 317.
Semperia drummondii, Héroward, Arch. Zool. expér. vii. (1889)
p- 688.
Body elongated, tapering sometimes slightly posteriorly ; wall, in
spirit, somewhat wrinkled, sometimes marked by longitudinal
grooves, much thicker than in P. pellucidus. Tentacles somewhat
irregular in disposition, the smaller not always arranged in pairs,
all of a deep violet colour. The podia more numerous than in
P. pellucidus, best developed on the ventral surface, pretty regularly
disposed along the ambulacra.
Colour of body creamy or white.
May be more than five inches long, but is not nearly as broad in
the middle as P. pellucidus.
Distribution. Kast side of North Atlantic from British Channel to
Norway. To 80 fms.
a, 6. Off Kerrera, 20 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
ce. Firth of Lorn, 70-80 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
d, e. Cornwall.
48 HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
6. HOLOTHURIA.
Holothuria (pars), Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. (1767) p. 1089; Gunnerus,
Act, Holm. 1767, p. 115; O. F. Miill. Prod. Zool. Dan. 1776, p. 281 ;
Lamk. An. s. Vert. (1801) p. 851; Cuvier, Regne An. (1821) p. 310;
de Bl, Dict. Sci. Nat. xxi. (1821) p. 310; Jager, De Hol. (1833)
p- 21; de Bl. Act. (1884) p. 192; Brandt, Prodr. deser, An, (1835)
. 53.
Actinia, Pallas, Misc. Zool. 1766, p. 152 (non Linneus).
Holothuria, Goldfuss, Zoologie, (1820) p. 177; Dub. §& Kor, Vet. Ak.
Hadlg. 1844 (1846), p. 318; Selenka, Zeits. f. w. Zool. xvii. (1867)
p- 821; Semp. Hol. Phil. (1868) p. 77; Lampert, Seewalz. (1885)
p. 16; Théel, Chall. Rep. Hol. (1886) p. 202; Bell, Ann. § Mag.
vill. (1891) p. 108; Ludwiy, Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn. i. (1891) p. 829.
Fistularia, Zamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 74.
Aspidochirote Holothurians with twenty tentacles, more or less,
without anal “teeth” as in 1S tT.
According to Mr. Sladen this species, of which only a single
specimen is known, is nearly allied to &. tumidus, Stuxberg, but
differs in the shorter ray, the ‘‘ marginal contour is distinctly
festooned by the inferomarginal plates, and each of these bears a
group of enlarged spinelets ;” the spinelets are said to be more simple
in character than in &. tumidus, and the papule more numerous on
the lower surface.
a. Faeroe Channel, 285-433 fms. ‘Triton’ Exp.
* This genus, as well as ‘‘Marginaster ” and Lasiaster, have been established
on quite immature specimens, a circumstance which probably will give rise to
much misconception in the future.
CHEILASTER.—LASIASTER. 81
3. CHEILASTER.
Marginaster (vox hybr.), Perrier, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. ix. (1881)
p- 16 (n. n.); ad. Nouv. Arch. du Mus. iv. (1884) p. 229; Sladen,
Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 364,
No more than Mr. Sladen, who temporarily accepts the genus,
can I, who have only seen one specimen, and that one of 12 millim.
in diameter, add anything to Prof. Perrier’s diagnosis, which does
not err on the side of length. It runs thus :—
** Petites astéries pentagonales ou & bras peu marques; ossicules
recouverts par un tégument mince; ossicules eux-mémes délicats ;
dordinaire légérement épineux.—Corps bordé par une double rangée
de plaques marginales bien distinctes.”
1. Cheilaster fimbriatus.
Marginaster fimbriatus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 365,
pl. lviii. figs. 4-6.
R=6; r=5mm.
Mr. Sladen distinguishes this species as having groups of granules
on the abactinal plates, but no comb of spinelets on the supero-
marginal plates ; it has a row of spinelets on the actinal interradial
areas set parallel to the margin.
a. 56° 15’ N., 11° 26’ W., 1360 fms, ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (Type.)
4. LASIASTER.
Lasiaster, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 371.
In cataloguing this genus I must repeat the word of warning I
gave under Ithegaster, and I must disclaim any share of respon-
sibility for the introduction of another genus based on two smal]
specimens, which are recognized as being immature. It differs
from Jthegaster in having well-developed superomarginal plates, and
there is consequently a thick wall-like side to the body. All the
intermediate plates bear isolated groups of spinelets.
1. Lasiaster villosus.
Lasiaster villosus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 372, pl. lviii.
figs. 7-10.
I am unable to deduce from Mr. Sladen’s description the specific
diagnosis of this form, and as the only two specimens I have seen
are immature I cannot draw up one myself. The figures will show
the student all he can be told.
a, b. 59° 34' N., 7° 18' W., 542 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (Types.)
82 ASTEROIDEA.
ASTERINID& (see p. 22).
Key io the Genera of Asterinide.
i. Abactinal plates thick and crescentic. Body
slightly swollen J). pines ele ates = 1. ASTERINA, p. 82.
ii, Abactinal plates thin and lamellar. Body
Quite Hat i, si<).)tniale dete e ale aelaketeetets shen , 2. PALMIPES, p. 83.
1. ASTERINA.
Asterina, Nardo, Isis, 1834, col. 716; Ag. Mém. Soc. Neuchdt. i.
(1836) p. 192; Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. vui. (1839) p. 119;
Gray, Ann. §& Mag. vi. (1840) p. 289; Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840)
p- 119; Norm. Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 121; Perr. Arch. Zool. v.
(1876) p. 214; Vig. t. ¢. (1878) p. 207; Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast.
(1889) p. 376.
An Asterinid in which the marginal plates are not larger than
the others ; the papule are distributed over the whole of the upper
surface, the skeletal plates of which are thick and crescent-shaped
and imbricated ; tae disk is large and more or less flat.
1. Asterina gibbosa. (Plate X. figs. 9 & 10.)
Asterias gibbosa, Penn. Brit. Zool. (1777) p. 62; Turton, Brit, Faun.
(1807) p. 140; Penn. op. cit. (1812) p. 128; Mleming, Brit. An.
(1828) p. 486; de Blainv. Man. d Act. (18834) p. 238.
Asterias verruculata, Retz. Diss. Ast. (1805) p. 12.
Asterias exigua, Delle Chiaje, Mem, An. s. Vert. Nap. ii. (1825)
p. 358, pl. xviii. fig. 1; ed. Desc. An. s. Vert. Sic. ett. (1841) iv.
p. 55, v. p. 122, pl. 125. fig. 1.
Asterias puichella, de Bl. Man. d’ Act. (1834) p. 288.
Asterina minuta, MNardo, Isis, 1834, col. 716; Ag. Mém. Soc.
Neuch. 1. (1836) p. 192.
Asterina gibbosa, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 120;
Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 119; Gray, Ann. § Mag. vi. (1840)
p- 289; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 440; Norm.
Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 121; Liitk. Vid. Medd. 1864 (1865),
p. 188; Gray, Synopsis, (1866) p. 16; Perr. Arch. Zool. expér. v.
(1876) p. 215; Gerard, Bull. Sci. Nord, i. (1878) p. 297 ; Ludw.
Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxxi. (1878) p. 295 (genital organs); Vay.
Arch, Zool. expér. vii. (1878) ‘p. 207, pl. xiv. figs. 8-12; Ludw.
Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel,i. (1879) p. 540; Henderson, Proc. R. Phys.
Soc. Ed. ix. (1887) p. 332; DBarrois, Rev. Biol. i. (1888) p. 70.
Asterias membranacea, Grube, Actin. etc. Mittelm. (1840) p. 26.
Asteriscus verruculatus, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 41; Sars, Nyt
Mag. xix. (1857) p. 49; Lorenz, SB. Ak. Wien, xxxix. (1860)
p. 678; Dey. & Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 375; Heller, SB. Ak. Wien,
xlvi. (1862) p. 444; Perr. Ann. Sci. Nat. xii. (1869) p. 290, pl. 18.
fiz. 10; Lacaze-Duth. Arch. Zool. expé. iii. (1874) p. 18 (develop-
ment),
Asteriscus gibbosus, Fischer, Act. Soc. Linn, Bordeaux, xxvii. (1872)
p. 366,
PALMIPES. 83
R = 2r (nearly).
A small species with short wide arms; they and the body pretty
thick, Ambulacral grooves rather narrow, fringed by a row of
spines arranged in triplets at the sides of the ossicles. The whole
of the lower surface is covered with short, sharp, slender spines,
ordinarily arranged in pairs; at the margin the spines are shorter,
and they are still shorter on the dorsal surface, over which they are
scattered with less regularity. The madreporite is rather nearer
the centre than the margin, is not at all prominent, irregular, often
triangular in form. ‘T'wo spines are often so arranged in relation to
one another as to simulate a pedicellaria.
Colour “ greenish yellow, sometimes tinged with red, and some-
times brownish;” dark brown to yellowish when dry, or almost
white, as it is also when in spirit. Four- or six-rayed forms not
uncommon.
R. r: Height of disk.
22°5 12 2
19 10°5 ii
16°5 85 f
10 6 3
8 4:5 33
Distribution. Eastern side of tropical and temperate North At-
lantic, English Channel and Irish Sea; Mediterranean. 0-35 fms.
a-c. Millport, Cumbrae. D. Robertson, Esq.
d. Smerwick Harbour. R. Trish Acad.
e. Lahinch, co. Clare. delfast Nat. Hist. Soc,
f. Strangford Lough, Sept. 1835. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
g-j. Lambay Island. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
k-m. Off Liverpool.
n—z. Falmouth. W. P. Cocks, Esq.
a’. Plymouth Sound. Dr. Leach.
b'-d'. Plymouth.
e'-q¢’. S. of St. Peter’s Port, Guernsey. Prof. Bell.
h'. Channel Islands. Dr. Giinther.
2. PALMIPES
Anseropoda (vox hybr.), Nardo, Isis, 1854, col. 716.
Palmipes, 4g. Mém. Soc. Neuchat. 1. (1856) p. 192; Forbes, Mem.
Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 119; Gray, Ann. § Mag. vi. (1840)
p. 288; Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 116; Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848)
p- 21; Norm. Ann. § Mag. xvi. (1865) p. 120; Viguier, Arch. Zool.
vii. (1878) p. 212; Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. p. 376; Bell, Ann. §
Mag. vii. (1891) pp. 254 & 465; Norman, op. cit. p. 584.
Asteriscus (pars), MZ. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 39.
An Asterinid in which the marginal plates are not larger than
the others; the papule are confined to the radial portions of the
upper surface, the skeletal plates of which are thin, seale-like, and
provided with tufts of spinclets; the papule are in a single row
G2
84 ASTEROIDEA.
on each side of the median radial line. The disk is large and
extraordinarily flat.
1. Palmipes placenta.
Asterias placenta, Penn. Brit, Zool. iv. (1777) p. 58, pl. xxxi.
fig. 59 A.
Asterias membranacea, Retz. Vet.-Akad. Nya Halg. iv. (1783) p. 258 ;
L. ed. Gmel. Syst. Nat. (1788) p. 3164; Retz. Diss. Spec. Ast.
(1805) p. 12; Lamk. An. s. Vert. ii. (1816) p- 558; Delle Ch.
Descr, An. Invert, Sic. cit. iv. (1841) p. 56, v. (1841) p. 122, pl. 127.
figs. 8-10, 12, 14, 15.
Asterias cartilacinea, Flem. Brit. An. (1828) p. 4865.
Anseropoda membranacea, Nardo, Isis, 1834, col. 716.
Palmipes membranaceus, Ay. Mém. Soc. Me euchat. i. (1836) p. 192
Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. vii. (1839) p. 119, pl. iii. fig. 3; Wiad
son, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 440 ; Duj. & Hup. ‘Echin. (1862)
p. 373; Fischer, Act. Linn. Soc. Bord. xxvii. (1872) p. 367 ; Perrier,
Arch. Zool. ate v. (1876) p. 210; Vagwer, Arch. Zool. expér.
vil. (1878) p. 2 2 ak xiv. figs. 1-5; Ludw. Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap.
i. (1879) p. dl. sce Proce. Phys. Soc. Edin. 1890-91 (1892)
82.
Asteriscus palmipes, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 39; Heller, Zooph.
u, Ech, Adriat, Meer. (1868) p. 53; Schmidtlein, Mitth. zool. Stat.
Neap. 1. (1878) p. 126.
Palmipes placenta, Norm. Ann. §& Mag. xv. (1865) p. 120; Parfitt,
Trans. Devon Assoc, v. (1872) p. 359.
2KR = 37 (nearly).
A perfectly flat species, liable to a good deal of distortion in
drying. Of the form of a pentagon with curved or angulated sides ;
sometimes almost round. Ambulacra rather wide, fringed by a row
of spines, ordinarily set by fives on each ossicle ; outside these there
is a transverse row of three or four spines. The ossicles on the
ventral surface carry from ten to two or three spines according as
they are near to or far from the mouth; these spines are much
longer than the much finer and more glossy spinelets, which are
more numerously represented on the ossicles of the dorsal surface.
The small, rather obscure madreporite is quite close to the centre
of the disk.
Colour red in the centre and at the edges, above and below;
red along the rays above ; elsewhere white. Gradually fades when
dead; the red colour quite lost in spirit-specimens,
R. T.
93 63°5
72:5 oll
70 42:5
54 32
40 26
36 29
27 21
The five Rs and vs are frequently respectively different in one and
the same specimen,
STICHASTER.
85
Distribution. Shores of Great Britain, Ireland, and France ;
Mediterranean.
a.
To 30 fms.
The Minch.
b. Loch Aber, 70-80 fms.
ef. Loch Lorn, 5-110 fms.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
g, h. 4 miles S.E, Sanda, 30-35 fms. 17/3/88. John Murray, Esq.
tI, West coast of Scotland. John Murray, Esq.
m. Kenmare River.
n. Ballywalter, co, Down. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soc.
0, p. Off Liverpool.
g. West of Lundy, Feb. 1888.
. Cornwall.
. Falmouth,
. Plymouth Sound.
G. F. Tregelles, Esq.
W. P. Cocks, Esq.
Dr. Leach.
v. Plymouth Sound. C. Prideaux, Esq.
w-y. Plymouth.
z, a’. Weymouth, 5 fms., Sept. 1880. Edgar A. Smith, Esq.
b'-d'. Weymouth Bay.
e'-g'. Worthing. F, Dixon, Esq.
h'. Brighton, R. Hudson, Ksq.
. Aberdeen.
Geo. Sim, Esq.
STICHASTERID & (see p. 22).
Key to the Genera of Stichasteride.
i. Ambulacral groove not constricted at intervals.
a. Primary calycinal plates not obvious ..,. 1. STICHASTER, p. 85,
6. Primary calycinal plates very obvious.,., 2. NEOMORPHASTER,
[p. 87.
ii. Ambulacral groove constricted repeatedly .... 3. ZOROASTER, p. 87.
1. STICHASTER.
Stichaster, M. Tr. Ber, Ak. Berl. 1840, p. 102; Norm, Ann. § Mag.
xv. (1865) p. 125; Perr. Arch. Zool. iv. (1875) p. 299; Viger,
Arch. Zool. vii. (1878) p. 105.
Tonia, Gray, Ann. § Mag, vi. (1840) p. 180.
Asteracanthion, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 14.
Ceelasterias (pars), Ver. Trans. Connectic, Acad. i, (1867 *(71)) p. 247.
Stephanasterias, 7d. Bull. Essex Inst. 11. (1872) p. 5.
A Stichasterid in which the skeleton of the arms is formed of
regular rows of contiguous granulated plates. There are four rows
of podia for the whole length of the arm.
1. Stichaster roseus.
Asterias rosea, O. F'. Miill. Zool. Dan. ii. (1788) p. 35, pl. Ixvii.
Linkia rosea, Thompson, Ann. § Mag. v. (1840) p. 245.
* Date claimed by Prof. Verrill.
86 ASTEROIDEA.
Cribella rosea, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 106; Thompson, Faun.
Trel. iv. (1856) p. 489; Maitland, Anim, Belg. sept. (1851) p. 90.
Asteracanthion roseus, Dib. § Kor. Vet.-Ak. Hdlg. 1844 (1846),
p- 241; Perr. Ann. Sci. Nat. xii. (1869) p. 229, pl. xvii. fig. 7.
Henricia rosea, Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 20.
Asteracanthion roseus (pars), Jf. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 17.
Stichaster roseus, Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 86; Norm. Ann. §
Mag. xv. (1865) p. 125; Hodge, Tr. Nat. Hist. Soc. North. §
Durh, iv. (1872) p. 186; Perr. Arch. Zool. expér. iv. (1875) p. 847 ;
Dan. § Kor. Norsk. Nordh, Ast. (1885) p. 30.
R=7r.
Rays long, tapering gradually, rather sharply marked off from
the disk, blunt at tip, with a prominent terminal plate. Ambulacral
groove pretty wide, with a double or triple row of blunt, closely
packed, rather irregularly disposed spines, beyond which are two or
three rows of smaller, almost tubercle-like spines. The ossicles of
both surfaces are arranged in very regular rows, among which
that which extends along the middle line of the back 1s conspicuous.
The ossicles are irregularly oval in form and the tubercles with
which they are closely covered are squarish and flat-headed ; there
are seven or eight rows on either side the middle line, and the
ossicles in those at the side of and on the ventral surface of each
arm are larger than those on the dorsal surface. The definiteness
of the arrangement of the rows of ossicles is less marked and the
tuberculation dees not form so close a pavement in specimens from
55 or 200 fathoms; in the Croulin specimen the tubercles are
almost spines. ‘The papular spaces are distinct but never large.
The disk is small, the madreporite on its side is prominent and
surrounded by a circlet of flat tubercles.
Colour in life, orange or reddish; dried or in spirit, pale yellow.
Breadth of arm
R. ?. at base.
I, 19 18
92 Ie 1S
Distribution. Coasts of Norway, Holland, British Isles. To
200 fms.
a. Croulin Id., Skye, 50 fms. Ri. M‘Andrew, Esq.
6. Ayrshire. Prof. E. Forbes.
ce. Kilbrennan Sound, 10-20 fms. J. Murray, sq.
d. 30 miles off Achill Head, 144 fms. R. Irish Acad.
e, f. S.W. coast of Iveland, 55 fms,
g. 50° 50' 15” N., 11° 12’ 30" W., 200 fms. G. C. Bourne, Esq.
h, 8.W. Ireland. Dr. Grenfell.
7. Port Erin, IL. of Man, Easter 1889.
4j. Plymouth.
k. Aberdeen. G. Sim, Esq.
lp. — ? ‘Porcupine ’ Exp.
NEOMORPHASTER.—ZOROASTER. 87
2. NEOMORPHASTER.
Glyptaster, Sladen, Chall. Narr. i. (1885) p. 612 (non Glyptaster, Hall).
Neomorphaster, Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (1889) p. 486.
A Stichasterid in which the primitive calycinal plates remain
well marked on the disk, but in which the adambulacral plates do
not form projecting angles into the ambulacral grooves. By the
former character distinguished from Stichaster, by the latter from
Zoroaster ; otherwise it might well be placed in either of these
genera.
1. Neomorphaster eustichus.
Neomorphaster eustichus, Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (i889) p.
pl. lxvi. tigs. 3 & 4, & pl. Lxviii. figs. 9 & 10.
R is equal to rather more than 4 r,
Disk moderate, pretty deep at the sides, with a circlet of large papules
close to its margin ; the plates of the disk arranged radially and inter-
radially only, save in the centre, where there may be one or more.
Aiong the arms there 1s a central row of ossicles, and on either side
of it there are four rows ; these are all arranged very regulariy and
the plates are separated by large papul and ornamented with a spiny
granulation. On the adambulacral plates there are ten lines of simple
subequal spines.
Colour in spirit, yellowish white.
Breadth of arm Height of
R. * T: at base. disk.
48 ial 9 9
40 9 8:7 75
382 a 6 45
21 5 4-5 3:7
Dredged off S.W. coast of Ireland (51° 1' N., 11° 50' W., 759
fms.) ; and off Azores (900 and 1000 fms.).
3. ZOROASTER.
Zoroaster, Wyv. Thoms. Depths of the Sea (1873) p. 154; Perr. Nouv.
Arch. Mus. vi. (1884) p. 195; id. Ann. Sci. Nat. xix. (1885) art. 8,
p- 16; Slad. Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 416,
Arms five, more or less rigid, elongated, arched ; covering spines
well developed. Ambulacral tubes quadriserial at base of arm, with
small sucking-disks ; adambulacral plates hidden in groove.
- In the definition of this genus and in the assignment of it to the
family Stichasterida, it will be seen that I follow Professor Perrier’s
earlier arrangement rather than that since proposed by Mr. Sladen,
for which no definite reasons are conclusively stated.
* ‘These measurements are taken from a series of specimens dredged from
the west of Fayal, Azores (St. 73, Voy. ‘ Challenger ’),
88 ASTEROIDEA.
1. Zoroaster fulgens.
Zoroaster fulgens, Wyv. Thoms. Depths of the Sea, (1873) p. 154,
fig. 26; Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 418.
Arms five, greatly elongated, stiff, sometimes much compressed
from side to side, with a prominent dorsal ridge formed of a series of
projecting knobs; sometimes less compressed and the Jophial line
less distinct. Ambulacra wide at base but tapering gradually, so
that the quadriserial arrangement of the subconical suckers ceases
before the tip of the armis reached. The adambulacral plates
are hidden within the groove, and every alternate one forms a
process set at right angles to the long axis of the arm, and pro-
jecting into the groove; owing to the position and form of the
plates the adambulacral spines intrude among the tubes. The
lower part of the sides of the arms are thickly covered with
needle-like spines, which become shorter the higher up they
are on the sides of the arms; the plates on the dorsal surface
and disk have each a stronger spine, and are covered with a
thick coating of small sharp spines or spiniform tubercles. The
mouth is deeply depressed, and the spines which surround it are
the longest. ‘he madreporite is small and inconspicuous.
Colour in spirit, milky white; when alive a “ brilliant yellow
searlet ” (Wyv. Thoms.).
Breadth of arm
R. im at base. Height of do.
125 12°5 13 14
121 12°5 13 Hal
89 10 9 9
7 9 9 9
59 8 ii a
Distribution. Atlantic, from Nova Scotia to Pernambuco on the
west, Faeroe and Hebrides on the east. 500-1350 fms.
a. Faeroe Channel, 555 fms. ‘Triton’ Exp. (St. 11).
6-f. Faeroe Channel, 570 fms. ‘Triton’ Exp. (St. 13).
g. Faeroe Channel, 542 fms. * Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 47 A).
SOLASTERID& (see p. 22).
SOLASTER.
Solaster, Morb, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 120; td. Brit. Stary.
(1840) p. 109; M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 26; Viguier, Arch. Zool,
expér. vil. (1878) p. 184; Dan. §& Kor. Norsk. Nordh. Exp. Aster,
(1884) p. 51 *.
* The evidence by which these authors rebut the distinctness of Solaster and
Crossaster as maintained by some writers, of whom I was once one (see Ann. &
Mag. viii. (1881) p. 140), is complete.
SOLASTER. 89
Crossaster, M. Tr. Ber, Ak, Berl. (1840) p. 103.
Solaster and Crossaster, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 442.
Lophaster, Verrill, Amer. Journ, Sci. xvi. (1878) p. 214.
Rays five or more; marginal plates more or less well developed,
but concealed by the skin. External plates beset with penicilli-
form paxill, the spaces between which contain papule of variable
number.
Key to the Species.
ive twelve Or TOTO.) tess. s se ees bem an 1. S. papposus.
Rays less than twelve, but more than five .... 2. S. endeca.
RSC ain iG dere oie = acai wn see date eg le wot eteg RRR
1. Solaster papposus.
Asterias helianthemoides (?), Penn. Brit. Zool. (1777) iv. p. 56.
Asterias papposa, Fabr. Faun. Grenl. (1780) n. 364; Gmel. Syst.
Nat. (1788) p. 8160; Lamk. An. s. Vert. (1816) ii. p. 559; Flem.
Brit, An. (1828) p. 487; de Bl. Man. d’ Act. (1854) p. 241; John-
ston, Loudon’s May. N. H. ix. (1836) p. 474, tig. 69.
Stellonia papposa, dy. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchdtel, i. (1856)
. 192.
Solaster papposa, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 121; ad. Brit
Starf. (1840) p. 112; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p, 440,
Solaster (Polyaster) papposa, Gray, Ann. § Mag. vi. (1840) p. 183;
id. Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 19.
Crossaster papposus, MW. Tr. Arch. f. Nat. vi. (1840) p. 183; Verr.
Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. x. (1866) pp. 845 & 356; A. Ag. Mem. Mus.
C. Z.v. (1877) p. 99, pl. xii.; Dunc. § Slad. Arct. Echinod, (1881)
. 36, pl. iii. figs. 1-4.
Ssawas papposus, VM. Ti. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 26; Liith. Vid. Medd,
1857, p. 40; Duj. § Hup. Echinod. (1862) p. 353; Norman, Ann.
§ Mag. xv. (1865) p. 122; Hodge, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. §
Durh, iv. (1872) p. 1384; Perr. Arch. Zool. expér. iv. (1875)
p- 358 ; Viguier, Arch. Zool. expér. vii. (1878) p. 134; Kor. § Dan,
Norske Nordhavs Exp. Ast, (1884) p. 48.
R = 2r (nearly).
Arms twelve to fifteen; spines arranged in distinct tufts, sepa-
rated from one another by their own width or more; more closely
packed on disk than on arms. Lateral spines prominent. Varies
considerably in colour; arms proportionately longer with age.
R=110; r=45.
R= 98; r=45.
R= 89; r=39.
R= 68; r=31.
R= 47: r=20°5.
R= 27; r=14.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, as far south as
Massachusetts and French coasts; Arctic Ocean. To 640 fms.
* See var. septentrionalis, p. 90,
ASTEROIDEA.
a-e. Faeroe Channel, 60° 25' N., 8° 10’ W., ‘Porcupine’ Exp.
384 fms.
f-k. Faeroe Channel, 60° 14'N., 6° 17'W., =‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
632 fms.
l,m. Firth of Lorn, 70-80 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
n, 0. Loch Craignish. Hon. A. HE. Gathorne
Hardy.
p-s. Kilbrennan Sound. J. Murray, Esq.
t. Mouth of Kilbrennan Sound. J. Murray, Esq.
u. Between Great Cumbrae and Wemyss Sd. J. Murray, Esq.
v-v, Between Sanda Id. and Ailsa Craig. J. Murray, Esq.
y, x West coast of Scotland. J. Murray, Esq.
a’. Tuskar, 8. Ireland. Dr. Grenfell.
6. 8. or W. Ireland. Dr. Grenfell.
c,d’. Ballyhome Bay, co. Down, 3 Sept. and _—_—_ Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
1 Oct., 1854.
e'. Isle of Man, Prof. Edward Forbes.
f -h', Liverpool.
?, 9’. Tenby. Dr. Bowerbank.
k', Oyster-beds, W. of Tenby.
Ul’. Falmouth. W. P. Cocks, Esq.
m'. Plymouth. Prof. Stewart.
n'. Plymouth.
o'-u'. Weymouth Bay (one specimen 8-armed).
vw". aon 4 fms. ey 1889. ¥. J. B. Beckford, Esq.
z'. Poole, 572 fms., July 1889. F. J. B. Beckford, Esq.
Ena Outside Portland Breakwater, 10 fms. Rev. 8. O. Ridley.
a'', St. Leonards, July 1888. R. I. Pocock, Esq.
6", c". Ramsgate. Miss Rye.
d'', Whitstable. S. Saunders, Esq.
e". Cullercoats, Oct. 1890. R. Howse, Esq.
f'-u", Montrose, June 13, 18, 27; July 1; W. Duncan, Esq.
Aug. fe 3, 8; Sept. 10, 21—1889,
v''. Aberdeen. L. G. Esson, Esq.
w',v". East coast of Ross-shire. Dr. Sutherland.
y"—c'", Moussa, Shetland. E. M. Nelson, Esq.
d'", England. Dr. Leach.
Var. septentrionalis.
Crossaster papposus, var. septentrionalis, Sladen, Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed.
x1. (1884) p. 704; ad. Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 444.
With ten arms.
a. Faeroe Channel, 375 fms. ‘Knight Errant’ Exp. (St. 2).
2. Solaster endeca.
Asterias endeca, Linn. Mantissa, (1771) p. 548; Gmel. Syst. Nat.
xili. (1788) p. 8162; Lamk. An. s. Vert. ii. (1816) p. 560; de Bi.
Man. d@’ Act. (1834) p. 241.
Asterias aspera, O. F. Mill. Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 234.
Asterias endica, Mem. Brit. An. (1828) p. 487,
ee endeca, Ay. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchdt. i. (1836)
p. 192.
Solaster endeca, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 121; id.
Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 1095.20, -Tr.: Syst’ Ast, (1843) p. 26;
SOLASTER.
91
Stompson, Mar. Inv. Grand Manan, (1853) p. 14; Thompson, Nat.
Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 439 ; Liitk. Vid. Medd. 1857, p.35; Sars,
Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 75; Norman, Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 122 ;
Hodge, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. §& Durh. iv. (1872) p. 185 ;
Perr. Arch. Zool. expér. iv. (1873)
p. 399; Dune. § Slad. Ech.
Greenl. (1881) p. 40; Kor. § Dan. Norske Nordh, Exp, Ast. (1884)
. 00.
P
Solaster (Endeca) endeca, Gray, Ann. § Mag. vi. (1840) p. 183; td.
Synops. Starf. B. M, (1866) p. 5.
R = 2:5 r (nearly).
Arms nine to eleven; the tufts of spines less brush-like and much
more closely packed than in S. papposus; on the disk they may
touch their neighbours. Lateral spines less prominent than in
S. papposus. Often purplish in hue, especially on the disk ; but
not constant in colour. Arms decrease a little in proportionate
length with age.
R=105;. 4=s0.
29
R= 90; r=32.
Ki el r=.
R= 65; r=26.
woes rs,
f— 4205 7— Lo.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, north of coast of
France and United States ; that is, about 3 degrees of latitude north
of S. papposus; Arctic Ocean. To 150 fms.
. Firth of Lorn, 70-80 fms.
. Loch Craignish.
. Between Great Cumbrae and Wemyss
Sound.
d. West coast of Scotland.
e. S. or W. Ireland.
f. Strangford Lough.
g. Belfast Bay.
h
a
k
a fWa
. Off Liverpool.
. Cullercoats, Oct. 1890.
«. Firth of Forth.
l-o. Montrose, July 13/20; Aug. 27, 1889.
p,q. Aberdeen.
r,s. E. coast of Ross-shire.
t, Hast coast of Scotland.
uw. Moussa, Shetland.
John Murray, [sq.
Hon. A. E.Gathorne Hardy,
John Murray, Ksq.
John Murray, Esq.
Dr. Grenfell.
Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
R. Howse, Esq.
Dr. Leach.
W. Duncan, Esq. ¢
G. Sim, Esq.
Dr. Sutherland.
F. Day, Esq.
KE. M. Nelson, Esq.
3. Solaster furcifer.
Solaster furcifer, Diib. § Kor. Vet-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846),
p. 243, pl. vi. figs. 7-10; Sars, Norg. Ech, (1861) p. 77; Wy.
Thoms. Depths of the Sea, (1873) p. 119; Stuxbery, Uifv. Vet.-
Ak, Hdlg. 1878, no. 3, p. 32.
Lophaster furcifer, Verril, Am. J. Sci. xvi. (1878) p. 214; Dune. §
92 ASTEROIDEA.
Slad. Echinod. Arctic Sea, (1881) p. 48; Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast.
(1889) p. 459. 4
Chetaster borealis (n.n.), Diiben, Ofv. Svensk. Ak. Forh, 1844 (1845),
ots,
fi R = 3r (nearly).
Arms five ; spines in delicate tufts, rather widely spread or rather
coarser and more closely packed; arms wide and flat; the marginals
of both series with an elongated pedicle; three or four spines on
each adambulacral plate. Colour in spirit yellowish.
Not known to grow as large as its congeners.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic; on the East not
known south of Faeroe Channel; on the West as far south as the
Gulf of Maine. To 605 fathoms.
a. Faeroe Channel, 384 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp.
CORETHRASTERID& (see p. 23).
CORETHRASTER.
Korethraster, Wyv. Thoms. Depths of the Sea, (1873) p. 120 (n. n., but
Jig. of K. hispidus, sp. n.); Dan. § Kor. op. cit. p. 95; (?) Perr. Nouv.
Arch, Mus. vi. (1884) p. 211; Slad. Chall. Ast. (1889) p. 462.
Corethraster, v. Marenz. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxxv. (1878) p. 383.
1. Corethraster hispidus.
Corethraster hispidus, Wyv. Thoms. Depths of the Sea, (1873) p. 120,
fig. 15; v. Marenz. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxxv. (1878) p. 383;
Dan, §& Kor, Norske Nordhavs Ast. (1884) p. 95, pl. xii.; Sladen,
Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 464, pl. xxx. figs. 6-9,
Body thick ; rays in young twice, in older forms four times as
long as radius of disk. Spines very long, arranged in tufts of 6-10,
which are united at their base. Adambulacral spines in two rows,
flat and hollow. Pale yellow.
Measurements of single British specimen :—
R=8°5, r=4'5; height =4; spines =2 mm.
Distribution. Northern Atlantic. So far as is known from the
eastern side only. The species spoken of by Mr. Whiteaves (Ann. &
Mag. x. (1872) p. 346) is, as he informs me, Pteraster militaris,
and not, as might be supposed, Corethraster hispidus. 101-632 fms.
a. Faeroe Channel, 60° 14’ N., 6° 17' W., 632 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp,
PTERASTERIDZE (see p. 23).
Key to the Genera of Pterasteridee.
a. Adambulacral spines in transverse combs ;
spines united by a web.............+-.. 1, PTERASTER, p. 93.
6, Adambulacral spines not forming transverse
combs; spines not united by a web...... 2, HYMENASTER, p. 94.
PTPRASTER. 93
1, PTERASTER.
Pteraster, M. Tr. Syst. Ast, (1842) p. 127; Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast.
(1889) p. 469,
A Pterasterid in which the adambulacral plates carry transverse
combs of spines; the spines are webbed; the supradorsal membrane
is provided with muscular fibrous bands, which are not arranged in
a reticular manner, and usually contains spicules.
1. Pteraster militaris.
Asterias militaris, O. FF. Miill. Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 234,
no. 2828; J. Rathke, in Zool. Dan. iv. (1806) p. 13, pl. 131.
Asteriscus militaris, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 44.
Pteraster militaris, zd. t.c. p. 128; Diib. § Kor. Vet.-Ak. Hadlg.
1844 (1846) p. 246, pl. vil. figs. 11-13; Steomps. Inv. Grand Manan,
(1853) p. 15; Kor. § Dan. Faun. litt. Norv. ii. (1856) p. 55,
pl. viii. figs. 1-8; Lith. Vid. Medd. 1857, p. 43; Sars, Norg.
Ech. (1861) p. 48, pl. iii. figs. 8, 9, pls. iv., v., vi. figs. 1-13;
Duj. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 434; Moeb. § Biitschli, JB. Comm.
Kiel, ii. & iii. (1875) p. 147; Perr, Arch. Zool. exp. v. (1876) p. 301 ;
Kor. § Dan. Norske Nordhavs Asteroidea, (1884) p. 70; Slad.
Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 471.
R=2 7
Body high, stellate, the sides of adjoining rays forming a slightly
obtuse angle with one another ; ambulacra moderately wide, bounded
by a transverse comb of four to six spines; this is on its outer side
attached to the membrane which connects the marginal spines with
one another. The paxilliform spines which bear the supradorsal
membrane end in two or three spinelets.
R=22°5; r=10°5. Greatest height=13. Breadth of arm at
base 14 millim.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, as far south as Grand
Manan on the west and coast of Norway on the east. A charac-
teristic arctic form, and said to increase in size the further north it
is met with. 10-600 fms.
a. Faeroe Channel, 530 fms. ‘Triton’ Exp.
Var. prolata.
Pteraster militaris, var. prolata, Sladen, Trans. Roy. Soc. Ed. xxxii.
(1884) p. 153, pl. xxvi. fig. 1; 2%. Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889)
p. 472.
Mr. Sladen distinguishes a specimen from the Faeroe Channel
(608 fms.) in which, “although it accords in the main with the
diagnostic formula of that species [1. e. ?. militaris}, the majority of
the characters differ more or less in degree.” ‘The rays are said to
be longand narrow. R=58 to 60 millim.; r=18 millim. Ihave
not seen the form, and haye no opinion to offer.
94 ASTEROIDEA,
2. Pteraster personatus.
Pteraster personatus, Sladen, Proc. R. Irish Acad. i. (1891) p. 694,
pl. xxviii.
R=70; r=25 millim.
This species is stated to have the facies of Hymenaster and to be
intermediate in many respects. between Pteraster and Hymenaster.
The comb of adambulacral spines forms a regular semicircular
curve and is curved round aboraliy at the margin of the furrow.
There are no secondary or superficial spines on the actinal surface
of the mouth-plates.
Found at ol? 1 NG tio 500 W.26 750"tme:
2. HYMENASTER.
Hymenaster, Wyv. Thoms. Depths of the Sea, (1873) p. 120; Dan. &
Kor. Norske Nordh, Ast. (1884) p.79; Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (1889)
p. 470.
A Pterasterid in which there are no transverse adambulacral
combs of spines and no web; the marsupial cavity is spacious.
The well-developed supradorsal membrane contains muscular fibres.
Spiracula present. Spinelets of paxille short, and not protruding
through the membrane.
1. Hymenaster pellucidus.
Tymenaster pellucidus, Wyv. Thoms. Depths of the Sea, (1873) p. 120,
fig. 16; Dan. §& Kor. Nyt Mag. 1877, p. 68, pl. iv. figs. 1-14;
tid. Norske Nordhavs Ast. (1884) p. 72, pl. xii. figs. 1-17, pl. xv.
figs. 7 & 8; Slad. Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 508.
R— er
Abactinal surface arching towards the centre, actinal surface flat.
Five large paxille round the funnel-shaped aperture of the marsu-
pium, each of which carries six to eight short and eight to ten long
calcareous needles; the remaining paxille have four long and
three short needles. Hach adambulacral plate has three spines, two
of which face inwards, while the third faces the semilunar aperture
on the lateral margin of the ray. Madreporite circular.
Colour very red ; integument translucent.
Distribution. Eastern side of North Atlantic as far as Jan Mayen
and Spitsbergen. 70 to 1539 fms,
a. Faeroe Channel, 580 fms. * Porcupine ’ Exp. (St. 59),
Specimens from 12 to 80 millim. in diameter have been examined
by Messrs. Koren and Daniclssen, from whose diagnosis that just
given has been drawn up.
HENRICIA. 95
2. Hymenaster giganteus.
Hymenaster giganteus, Sladen, Proc. R. Irish Acad. i. (1892) p.696,
pl. xxviii.
R=160; r=102 millim. (approximately),
Distinguished from H. pellucidus by ‘its large size and coarse
habit, as well as by the whole character of the abactinal surface,”
where “the radial areas are well marked out, distinct from the
fringe and interradial membrane.”
oeea (or ?more) specimen taken at 750 fms. at 51° 1’ N,,
ee Wie
ECHINASTERIDA (see p. 23).
HENRICIA.
Henricia, Gray, Ann. & Mag. vi. (1840) p. 184; Bell, Ann. § Mag. vi.
(1890) p. 473.
Linkia, Forbes (non Nardo), Mem. Wern. Soe. viii. (1839) p. 120.
Cribella, Forbes (non Ag.), Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 106.
Cribrella, Liitkhen, Gronl. Echinod. (1857) p. 80; Norm. Ann. § Mag.
xv. (1865) p. 124; Perr. Arch. Zool. expér. iv. (1875) p. 373;
Viguier, Arch. Zool. expér. vii. (1878) p. 123; Sladen, Chall. Rep.
Ast. (1889) p. 540.
Echinaster, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 22 (pars).
An Echinasterine with transversely set adambulacral spines, with
the dorsal spinelets grouped, not solitary; disk small; a single
small spine deeply set on either side of ambulacral groove,
1. Henricia sanguinolenta.
Asterias sanguinolenta, O. FE. Miill. Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 254,
no. 2836; Retziws, Diss. Ast. (1805) p. 22.
Kchinaster sanguinolentus, Sars, Arch. f. Nat. x. (1844) p. 169
(development) ; Jarzynsky, Trans. Petersb. Soc. Nat. i. (1870)
». 318.
Crfbrella sanguinolenta, Liithk. Vid. Medd, 1857, p. 31; Norman,
Ann. & Mag. xv. (1865) p. 124.
Cribella sanguinolenta, Duj. § Hup. Echinod. (1862) p. 349.
Asterias pertusa, O, F. Mill. Prod. Zool, Dan. (1776) p, 235, no, 2859.
Asterias oculata, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. (1777) p. 52.
Asterias spongiosa, Fabr. Faun. Grenl. (1780) p. 368, no. 363;
(?) Gould, Inv. Mass. (1841) p. 845; Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. N.
HT, iii. (1848) p. 67.
Asterias seposita, Retz. Diss. Spec, Ast. (1805) p. 21. :
Linkia oculata, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 120.
Henricia oculata, Gray, Ann. § Mag. vi. (1840) p. 184.
Cribella oculata, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p- 100.
Cribrella oculata, Perrier, Arch. Zool. expér. iv. (1875) p. 373;
Dune. § Slad. Arctic Ech, (1881) p. 82, pl. ii. figs. 18-21.
Kchinaster oculatus, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) pp. 24 & 127; Diid.
§ Kor. Vet-Akad, Hdlg, 1844 (1846), p. 241; Martens, Arch. f.
Nat. 1866, p. 54.
96 ASTEROIDEA.
Echinaster eschrichtii, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 25; Brandt,
Midd. Reise, ii. (1851) p. 62.
Echinaster sarsi, M. Tr. Arch. f. Nat. 1844, p. 178.
R=5 r.
Rays 5, taper very gradually, blunt at tip; ambulacrum very
narrow, spines at its side sharp and spiny or blunt and clavate,
irregularly disposed in sets of double transverse rows in which there
are from four to seven. The papule are small, and the ossicles
which separate them are covered by fine spines or rounded tubercles ;
the ossicles on the ventral are larger and more regularly disposed
than those on the dorsal side. Madreporite not very obvious, rather
nearer centre than edge of disk.
Colour blood-red to yellow.
This is a remarkably variable species. The spinulation of the
ossicles of the dorsal surface may be so profuse and the spines so
long that the whole surface may seem as if it were covered by them ;
in other specimens there is rather tuberculation than spinulation,
and the tubercles may be produced into a number of points or be
rounded. Very considerable differences are also to be observed on
the spines of the ventral surface.
Breadth of arm
R tr. at base.
83 16°5 18
78°5 18 20
Al 14 16
68 14 iLef
55 12 14
44. 9 2
23 6°5 6
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic as far south as Grand
Manan: Arctic Ocean ; presence in Mediterranean doubtful ; North
Sea. Littoral to 1350 fms.
a-d. Faeroe Channel, 440 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 51).
e-t. Faeroe Channel, 384 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 52).
J, k. Faeroe Channel, 365 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 54).
Z-n, Faeroe Channel, 125 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 62).
o. Faeroe Channel, 458 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 90).
p. E. Shetland Islands, 240 fms. ‘Triton’ Exp. (St. 1).
q. E. Shetland Islands, 516 fms. ‘Triton ’ Exp. (St. 10).
r-u. Ki. Shetland Islands, 555 fms. ‘Triton’ Exp, (St. 11).
v-e’. N.E. Shetland Islands, 345 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 65).
f'-'. E. Shetland Islands, 208 fms, ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 74).
j'. Off North Rona, 53 fms. ‘Knight Errant’ Exp. (St. 3).
k', U'. Loch Craignish. Hon. A. HE, Gathorne Hardy.
m', n'. Loch Hourn, 70 fms. John Murray, Esq.
o'-u’. Loch Etive, 15-20 fms. John Murray, Esq.
v'. Loch Fyne, 80 fms. John Murray, Esq.
w'. Sound of Mull, 70 fms. John Murray, Esq.
z', Between Sanda and Ailsa Craig. John Murray, Esq.
y'-c"’". West coast of Scotland, John Murray, Esq.
ASTERIAS. 97
d", e". Strangford Lough, 5fms., Sept.8, Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
18651.
f'-j''. Off Wexford, 30-40 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
k"~. Kenmare River.
1”, Bantry Bay.
m''* Blacksod Bay, 5-6 fms, R. Trish Acad.
nm". Valentia. ‘Lightning ’ Exp.
o”. Coast of Ireland. Earl of Enniskillen.
p". Isle of Man. K. Forbes, Esq.
q''-s"'. Off Liverpool.
t’’. Dinas Head.
w",v''. Tenby. Dr. Bowerbank.
w''. Falmouth. W.P. Cocks. (Ray divided.)
v’'-a, Plymouth Sound. Dr, W. P. Leach.
b°-d*, Plymouth.
e*, f?. Weymouth.
g°,h®. Lobster patch, Poole, 5} fms., F. J. B. Beckford, Esq.
July 1889,
@, Worthing. Dr. S. P. Woodward. (Four-
rayed.)
7p, k®. Black Rocks, Leith. Dr. Greville.
#. Firth of Forth. Dr. Leach.
m*, St. Andrews. Prof, M‘Intosh.
n®, St. Andrews (just deposited). Prof. M‘Intosh.
o°-r*, Montrose, June, July, Sept., 1889. W. Duncan, Esq.
s°, t?. Aber deen. L. G. Esson, Esq.
u®, v®. KE. coast of Ross-shire. Dr. Sutherland.
w*, «*, Shetland. E. M. Nelson, Esq,
Var. abyssicola.
Cribrella sanguinolenta, var. abyssicola, Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc.
1868 (1869), p. 313.
Cribrella oculata, var. cylindrella, Sladen, Trans. Roy. Soc. Ed. xxxii.
(1884) p. 160, pl. xxvi. fig. 8.
Var. curta.
Cribrella sanguinolenta, var. curta, Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, 1868
(1869), p. 315.
With a species of such extensive range both horizontal and
vertical variation is considerable, and it is a question whether
definite varieties can be satisfactorily diagnosed.
ASTERIIDA (see p. 23).
ASTERIAS.
Asterias, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. (1758) p. 661 (pars); Gray, Ann. §
Mag. vi. (1840) p. 178 (pars); Perrier, Arch. Zool. exp. iv. (1875)
p- 302; Bell, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 492; Sladen, Chall. Ast. (1889)
p. 560 ; Perrier, Miss, Scient. ‘Cap Bon, Vi. (1891) p. k77.
Stellonia, Nardo, Oken’s Isis, 1854, col 716 (pars); Ag. Mém. Soc.
H
98 ASTEROIDEA.
Neuch. i. (1836) p. 191; Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soe. viii. (1839)
RPA
Uraster, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 78.
Asteracanthion, M. Tr. Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1840, p. 101; wd. Syst. Ast.
(1842) p. 14 (pars).
Diplasterias, Perrier, Miss. Scient. Cap Horn, vi. (1891) p. & 77.
Arms five, or, if more, not fused so as to form a large disk; the
abactinal skeleton well developed and bearing spines, but not
tubercles.
I have (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 499) made an artificial scheme for the
especial object of determining the numerous species of this large
genus, but I cannot follow Prof. Perrier (Miss. Scient. Cap Horn,
Kchinodermes [1891], p. & 77) in his division of the genus into
Diplasterias, defined as having ‘‘ Deux rangées de piquants adambu-
lacraires au moins,” and Asterias, defined as having ‘“ Une seule
rangée de piquants adambulacraires ou les piquants alternativement
isolés et groupés par deux sur les plaques adambulacraires.” This
division is, I think, fully met by my groups of “ Monacanthida ”
and ‘ Diplacanthida.”
Key to the Species.
Spines on upper surface few and large, or moderate
and rather more numerous,
a. Major pedicellariz scattered .......5...+...% 1. A. glacialis.
6. Major pedicellarize confined to neighbourhood of
ambulacrallignoOvye ssa carchr citys: op ne 2. A, muellerc.
Spines small, numerous, irregular.
Ge APMSTOUNGE! i c1s sreyeis.5' ebm wane ei marsha eleueleys 3. A. rubens.
beers HatieMed: ie aire vest a ccevele tony stoemacge ite teca te 4. A. murray?.
ce. Arms short and squat ....... io ecceuimt rea cles 5. A. hispida.
1. Asterias glacialis.
Asterias glacialis, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. (1758) p. 661; 2d. op. cit. xii.
p. 1099; id. ed. Gimel. (1789) p. 3162; O. F. Miill. Zool. Dan.
(1776) p. 234; Lamk. An. s. Vert. ii. (1816) p. 561; Gray, Ann. §
Mag. vi. (1840) p. 179; ad. Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 17; Jarzynsky,
Trans. Petersb. Soc. Nat. i. (1870) p. 518; Ludwig, Mitth. zeol,
Stat. Neap. i. (1879) p. 5387; Greef, Zool. Anz. v. (1882) p. 117;
Bell, op. cit. p. 282; Perrier, Ann. Sct. Nat. xix. (1885) no. 8,
p. 15; Barrows, Rev. Biol. i. (1888) p. 69.
Asteracanthion glacialis, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) pp. 14 & 126;
Dib. §& Kor. Vet.-Akad. Hdilg. 1844 (1846), p. 240; Sars, Nyt
Mag. x. (1859) p. 51; 2d. Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 87; Lorenz, SB.
Ak, Wien, xxxix. (1860) p. 677; Dy. § Hup. Ech, (1862) p. 330;
Fischer, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxvii. (1869) p. 3864; Moeb.
& Biitschli, TB. Comm. Kiel, ii. & iii. (1875) p. 147.
Uraster glacialis, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 78; id. Rep. Brit.
Assoc. 1843 (1844), p. 149; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856)
. 458.
eS spinosa, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. (1777) p. 53.
Asterias angulosa, O. F. Miill. Zool. Dan. (1788) 11. p. 1, pl. xli.
Asterias echinophora, Delle Chiaje, Mem. An. Nap. ii. (1825) p.356,
pl. xviii. fig. 6.
Stellonia angulosa, dg. Mém. Soc. Neuch. i. (1836) p. 192.
ASTERIAS. 99
Stellonia webbiana, D'Orbigny in Webb § Berthelot, Hist. Nat.
Canar. ii. (1839), Mollusques, &e. p. 148, pl. ii. figs. 8-13.
Asteracanthion webbianus, Daj. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 340.
Asterias madeirensis, Stimpson, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. viii.
(1862) p. 263.
Marthasterias foliacea, Jullien, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. iii. (1878) p. 141.
Asterias (Stolasterias) glacialis, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889)
. 088.
Stellonia glacialis, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soe. viii. (1839) p. 125.
Disk rather small, well defined ; arms long, with sharp contours
and rather long spines, arranged in regular rows, the number of
which varies considerably. Ambulacra very wide, taper very
gradually ; spinulation monacanthid, the spines pretty stout, and
blunt at their free ends; on either side a double row of short,
rather sharp spines, All the remaining spines on the arms are set
on rounded disks formed of an elevation of the integument and
crowded with papule. ‘These spines may be arranged in one median
with a lateral row along the outer dorsal margin on either side, and
the intermediate spaces almost altogether bare of even isolated
spines. There is every intermediate stage between this and the
presence of five regular subequal rows on the arms. ‘The spines
vary somewhat, but they are always pretty long and rather stout ;
the free end is blunt and may be coarsely ribbed. Madreporite
rather obscure, not large. Pedicellarie not very numerous.
Colour light yellow to white.
This species may attain to considerable dimensions :—
Breadth of arm Depth of arm
Ray-length. Radius of disk. at base. at base. Spines.
+0 5 9:5 9 ee
66 14 16 6 0:4:3
92 13 16°5 i) 3:2
100 10 15 9 2
160 Wi 21 14 2:3
200 24 36 =e )
230 20 42 .
|
a
Loch Goil, 45 fms.
1. Mouth of Kilbrennan Sound.
m,n. Mouth of Kilbrennan Sound, 22 fins,
o-r. Mouth of Kilbrennan Sound, 10-20 fms.
s. Near Trench and Kilbrennan Sound,
t. Between Great Cumbrae and Wemyss
Ground.
u—w. Between Sanda and Ailsa Craig, 24 fms,
av. Kenmare River,
y-a’, Willdjerran Bay.
. Roundstone Bay.
g', Galway Bay.
h', S.W. Treland, 100 fms,
7. S.W. Ireland, 55 fms.
jl. S.W. Ireland.
am’, Donaghadee.
n',o'. Tenby, low-water.
p'-r', Falmouth,
s'-w. Plymouth,
v'-c’", Sheerness.
d'-r"". Cullercoats.
s"'-w". Firth of Forth.
wv", Firth of Forth.
y", s". St. Andrew’s Bay.
a®-z°, Montrose, June 13, 18, 20, 2]
July 20, 1889.
—~m’, Aberdeen.
n', v4, Moussa, Shetland.
p'-«*, Shetland.
«. British.
oR.
, =65
Var, attenuata.
Exp. ‘ Knight Errant.’
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
Hon, A. E. Gathorne
Hardy.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
R. Dublin Soe.
R. Dublin Soc.
R. Dublin Soe.
‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
R. Ivish Acad.
Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
W. P. Cocks, Esq.
Miss F’, Buchanan.
hi. Howse, Esq.
Dr. Leach.
Prof. EK. Forbes.
Dr. MacDonald.
W. Duncan, lsq.
G. Sim, Esq.
EK. M. Nelson, Esq.
KE. M. Nelson, Esq.
Asterias rubens, var. attenuata, Hodge, Trans. Northumb. § Durh.
iv. (1872) p. 187.
Ri=7rto R= 5dr.
Arms long in proportion to diameter of disk, narrow at base ;
spines not numerous and sometimes feebly developed.
Breadth of arm
R
. i
105 15
15 13
at base,
14
1/5)
ASTERIAS. 103
a, Off North Rona, 53 fms. ‘ Knight Errant ’ Exp.
b, Tobermory, Mull, 30 fms. John Murray, Esq.
4, Asterias murrayi. (Plate XII. figs. 1 & 2.)
Asterias murrayi, Bell, Ann, § Mag. vii. (1891) p. 478, pl. xv.
R=7r.
Arms and disk flattened, the shallow sides nearly vertical; disk
small ; arms slender, with somewhat constricted bases. Ambulacra
wide, feebly constricted at base, but otherwise tapering regularly ;
the ordinary arrangement of the adambulacral spines is the alternate
disposal of one or two on successive plates. On the outer side of
the shallow groove that bounds these spines is an irregular set of
spines, which, where most orderly, are arranged in two longitudinal
rows; sometimes they are grouped in threes, and the set is placed
transversely to the long axis. The side of the arm is bare of spines ;
along its upper edge is a single row of spines; this never seems to
be doubled. At first sight a large specimen may seem to have no
other spines on its dorsal surface but a faintly indicated row along
the middle line, and neither optical nor tactile examination will
reveal many more, save just a few on and about the disk. The
whole surface will, however, be found to be densely covered with
pedicellarie. On smaller specimens there are a larger number of
smaller spines on the arms, but they are never numerous. Madre-
porite large, distinct, quite close to margin of disk.
Colour violet or greyish violet, darker when dried, lighter when
preserved in spirit.
Hab, Only known from West coasts of Scotland and Ireland.
R=173; 97. r= 24; 14.
a, b. Upper Loch Fyne, 65 fms. John Murray, Esq.
c, d. Wilbrennan Sound, 22 fms. John Murray, [sq.
e, f. Between Great Cumbrae and Wemyss Ground. John Murray, sq.
g, h. West coast of Ireland, R. Dublin Soe.
5. Asterias hispida, (Plate XII. figs. 3 & 4.)
Asterias hispida, Penn. Brit. Zool, iv. (1777) p. 52, fig. 58; Norman,
Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 128; Bell, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 508; Scott,
Proce. R. Phys. Soc, Edin. 1890-1 (1892), p. 81.
Stellonia hispida, Forbes, Mem. Wern., Soc. viii. (1839) p. 123.
Uraster hispida, id. Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 95; Thompson, Nat. Hist.
Trel, iy. (1856; p. 439,
Asterias rubens, var. hispida, Hodge, Trans. Northumb. § Durh. iv.
(1872) p. 187.
R = 3'5r to 2r.
A small squat form, not known to grow large. Arms short,
broad at base, rather swollen, as is the disk. Ambulacra deep,
very wide at base, bounded by a single row of rather strong spines ;
the next row of spines forms the ventro-lateral line; the dorsal
104 ASTEROIDEA.
surface shows stoutish bars forming the framework of the arm, but
the spines developed are few, short, and sharp. No major pedicel-
lari, Madreporite near the edge of the disk, rather large.
Colour, when dried, light brown.
Breadth of arm
R. Tr. at base.
12 3°5 4
9°5 4 3°5
9 3°5 3
a-f. Outer Skerries, Shetland. Rev. Canon Norman.
y-t. Coast of co. Down. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
Asterias tenuispinis.
Asterias tenuispina, Lamk. An. s. Vert. ii. (1816) p. 561 ; Ludwig, Mitth.
zool. Stat, Neap. i. (1879) p. 538.
IT should have included this species in this Catalogue on the strength of a
specimen stated, with a query, to have come from Lyme Regis, and presented by
the late Lord Enniskillen, but for the very emphatic answer in the negative
which the Rev. Canon Norman gave (Ann. & Mag. vi. (1890) p. 502) to my
query (¢. ¢. p. 424), “Is Asterias tenuispinis, Lamk., a ‘ British’ species ?”
BRISINGIDK (see p. 24).
Key to the Genera of Brisingide.
Without dorsal PRP UL sie este eaiarvenecatouee sieentets 1. Bristnaa, p. 104.
With dorsal maples scp sue eters unless le oysie ulnar 2. OprnrA, p. 105.
1. BRISINGA.
Brisinga, Ashjprnsen, Fauna Litt. Norv. ii. (1856) p. 95; Sars, On
some Remarkable Forms, §e. (1875) p. 101; Ludwig, Zeitschr. f. wiss.
Zool, xxxi. (1878) p. 216; Sladen, Chall. Rep, Ast. (1889) p. GOL.
Disk small, rays less than or not much more than twenty,
with ridge-lke lateral and dorsal bands on the proximal part of
the arms; no dorsal papulee; major pedicellarix numerous; no
minor pedicellariz.
1. Brisinga endecacnemos.
Brisinga endecacnemos, Ashjornsen, Faun, Litt. Norv. ii. (1856) p. 95,
pl. ix. figs. 1-15; Sars, On some Remarkable Forms Se. (1876
p. 101.
R= 138 or 147.
Arms eleven, long, delicate, with moderate transverse ridges on
the proximal part of the arm; ambulacra wide, bordered by two or
three more or less delicate spines, beyond which is a row of long
and rather strong spines. Madreporite prominent.
Distribution. Kastern side of North Atlantic from Norway to
Spain. 100-1095 fms.
ODINIA. 105
a. Between Faeroe and Shetland Islands, ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 74).
208 fms. (Fragments of arms.)
b, 53 miles W. 38. of Dursley Head, R. Irish Acad.
325 fms. (Disk, three fragments of arms.)
2. Brisinga coronata.
Brisinga coronata, G. O. Sars, Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1871 (1872). p. 5;
id. On some Remarkable Forms §c. 1875, p. 102; Wyv. Thoms.
Depths of the Sea, (1873) p. 66, not fig. 5; Dan. § Kor, Norske
Nordhavs Ast, (1884) p. 104; Perrier, Ann. Sci. Nat. xix. (1855)
art.no. 8, p. 4; Bell, Ann. § Mag. iv. (1889) p. 435 ; Sladen, Chall.
Rep, Ast. (1889) p. 604; id. Proc. R. Ir, Acad, i, (1891) p. 698,
R = 18 to 207.
Arms varying in number from nine to thirteen, with strong trans-
verse ridges in the proximal part of each arm; these are provided
with strong spines. Ambulacra wide, bordered by three rows of
spines, of which the innermost is very small and delicate and the
outermost large and projecting. Madreporite not conspicuous.
Pedicellariz in large numbers.
Distribution. East side of North Atlantic from Lofoten Islands to
coast of Spain. From 220 to 1360 fms.
a. Deep water, S.W. coast of Ireland. G. C. Bourne, Esq.
(A disk and pieces of arms.)
b. South of Rockall Bank, 680 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
(Fragments of arms.)
c, 5.W. Ireland, 1000 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
2. ODINIA.
Odinia, Perrier, Ann. Sct. Nat, xix. (1885) art. 8, p.9; Sladen, Chall.
Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 597.
Brisinga, auct. (pars).
Disk small, rays less than or not much more than twenty, with
ridge-like lateral and dorsal bands on the proximal part of the
arms, which are swollen; a number of papule scattered among the
plates of the dorsal skeleton ; major pedicellariz numerous, no
minor present,
1. Odinia pandina.
Odinia pandina, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast, (1889) p. 598.
Brisinga coronata, Wyv, Thoms. (pars), Depths of the Sea, (1873)
p. 66, fig. 5. :
R = 15,7 (nearly).
Rays from thirteen to eighteen.
a, Faeroe Channel, 440 fms. ‘ Porcupine ’ Exp, (St. 51),
b. Faeroe Channel, 500 fms, ‘ Lightning’ Exp. (St. 7).
106 OPHIUROIDEA.
OPHIUROIDEA (see p. 24).
ZY GOPHIUE AE (see p. 25).
OPHIOLEPIDID/ (see p. 25).
Key to Genera of Ophiolepididee.
Bursal slits extend from mouth-plate to edge of
disk’, \...n teas tery oer the ers on eee OpnivRa, p. 106.
Bursal slits lessoxtemsive ee ieee cee ae OputrocreEn, p. 118.
Incerte@ sedis.
Disk with fine imbricated scales.............. OpuiocHiTON, p. 114.
1. OPHIURA.
Ophiura, Lamk. An. s. Vert. 11. (1816) p. 540; Agass. Mém. Soc.
Neuch. i. (1836) p. 192 ; Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soe. viii. (1859) p, 125 ;
id. Brit. Starf. (1840) p.22; Norman, Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 112;
Bell, Ann. § Mag. H. H. viii. (1891) p. 389.
Ophiolepis, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 89 (pars).
Ophioglypha, Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. 1. (1865) p. 40; td. Chall.
Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 34.
No tooth-papilli ; teeth ; mouth-papille often numerous. Naked
radial shields often large ; disk-scales rosulated. Arm-spines solid,
smooth, and short. Disk notched for insertion of arm, and notch
spinose. Bursal slits extend from mouth-plate to edge of disk.
Key to the Species.
The arm-notch fringed by more than 25 spines ...... 1. O. ciliaris,
The arm-notch fringed by less than 20 spines.
a. Mouth-plate as broad as long ..............-. 2. O. albida.
b. Mouth-plate longer than broad .............. 3. OJ sarst.
The arm-notch fringed by 7 or 8 short spines ...... 4, O. robusta.
The arm-notch fringed by very minute spines ...... 5. O. signata.
Small in size, with about 10 spines................ 6. O. affinis.
No comb of spines above base of arm .............. 7. O. aurantiaca.
1. Ophiura ciliaris.
Asterias ophiura, Linn. S. N. x. (1758) p. 662 (non Linn. S. N. xii.
(1766) p. 1100) ; O. F. Mill. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 235,
Asterias ciliaris, Linn. S. N. xii. (1766) p. 1101 (non M. Houttuyn,
Nat. Hast. xiv. (1770) p. 470, pl. exit. 5).
Asterias ciliata, Retz. Vet.-Akad. Hdly. iv. (1783) p. 289; 7d. Diss.
Spec. Ast. (1805) p. 29.
Ophiura ciliata, Nelss. Coll. Zool. Scan. (1817) p. 14.
Ophiolepis ciliata, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 91; Gray, Brit. Rad.
_ (1848) p. 23.
Ophioglypha ciliata, Ljungman, Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1871 (1872),
p- 651; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 76; Fjelstrup, Zool.
Dan. Pigh, (1890) p. 22, pl. i, fig. 1.
Asterias lacertosa, Penn. Brit. Zool. (1777) p. 53.
OPHIURA. 107
Asterias texturata, Lamk. An. s. Vert. (1816) p. 542 (pars) ; Forbes,
Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 125, pl. iv. figs. 8 & 4.
Ophiura texturata, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 22 ; Maitland, An.
Belg. sept. (1851) p. 85; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856)
p- 486; Liitk. Dansk, Vid. Selsk, Skrift. vy. (1859) p. 386, pl. 1.
fies. | a—le.
Ophiura lacertosa, Norm. Ann. §& Mag. xv. (1865) p. 112.
Ophioelypha lacertosa, Lym. Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 40;
Ludw. Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel, i. (1879) p. 546; Herdm. Proc. R.
Phys. Soc. Ed. vy. (1880) p. 200; Leslie et id. op, cit. vi. (1881)
p- 87; Carus, Prod. faun. Med, (1884) p. 92.
Asterias cordifera, Delle Chiaje, Mem, An. Nap. (1825) p. 358,
pl. xx. fig. 12.
Asterias aurora, sso, Hist. Nat. v. (1826) p. 273, fig. 29.
Ophiura ciliaris, Bell, Ann. § Mag. viii. (1801) p. 341.
A fair-sized species. Covering-scales of disk imbricated. Radial
shields irregularly pyriform, each separated from its fellow by two
or three large and several smaller scales. Five teeth; mouth-
papille numerous—ten or more; the outermost the widest, the
innermost rather delicate. Mouth-plate very variable in form, but
always much longer than broad and always very large; typically
constricted in its middle so as to be fiddle- or lyre-shaped; side
mouth-plates small. LBursal slits long, very distinct, fringed on the
outer side with a large number of fine short spines. Arms
inserted into a wide notch in the disk, compressed from side to side
at the base so as to produce a mesial ridge, flattened more distally.
Lateral arm-plates carry seven spines, three of which are nearly
twice as long as the four lower, but even they are shorter than the
length of the plate; the lower diminish gradually in number as the
distance from the disk is increased. The side arm-plates within the
area of the disk separate the ventral plates from one another but do
not meet in the middle line ; beyond the area of the disk they touch
one another. The under arm-plates are much wider than long, with
a convex distal edge. The notch on either side of the arm is fringed
by more than twenty-five spines,
Colour when dried dark slate or dirty ycllow, sometimes mottled
with darker. ‘Disk is generally reddish, marbled with purple-
brown; the sides white; and the under surfaces are generally pale
yellowish, or white” (/orbes): the reddish hue is sometimes re-
tained in dried specimens.
R100; 723 70.
fio Wee i 12,
Distribution. Eastern side of North Atlantic, Mediterranean,
7 to 100 fms.
a. Sound of Mull, 20 fms., May 5, 1888. John Murray, Esq.
b-f. Loch Etive, 25 tms. John Murray, Esq.
g, h. Lower Loch Etive, 20-80 fms. John Murray, Esq.
a-k. Gareloch, 18-23 fms. John Murray, Esq.
» --n. Between Sound of Sanda and Ailsa = John Murray, Esq.
Craig, March 24, 1888.
o, p. West coast of Scotland, John Murray, Esq.
108 OPHIUROIDEA.
g, r. Blacksod Bay, 3-4 fms., April 24, R. Trish Acad.
1891.
s-v. Blacksod Bay. Dr. Grenfell.
w. West coast of Ireland. R. Dublin Soe.
a,y. Belfast Bay. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soc.
z, a’. Strangford Lough. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
b'-d'. Off Liverpool.
e’, f'. Pembrokeshire, Mrs. Fenwick.
g'. S. Wales. Mrs. Passingham.
h'-k'. Plymouth.
U', m'. Weymouth Bay.
n’, o'. Weymouth.
p'. Hastings, April 4, 1881. S. O. Ridley, Esq.
qu’. Dover. Mr. E. Tennent.
v’. Firth of Forth. Prof. E. Forbes.
w'—a'', Montrose, June 18/26, July 22, Sept. W. Duncan, Esq.
23, 1889,
ee 7", sBritish, H, Ball, Esq.
2. Ophiura albida.
Ophiura albida, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 125, pl. iv.
figs. 5 & 6; ed. Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 27 ; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel.
iv. (1856) p.486; Luthk. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. v. (1859) p. 39,
pl. i. fig. 2; Norm. Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 118; Jarzynsky,
Trans. Petersb. Soc. Nat. 1. (1870) p. 318.
Ophioglypha albida, Zym. Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 49; Heller,
Zooph. u. Echin. Adriat. Meer. (1868) p. 58; Ludw. Mitth. zool.
Stat. Neap. i. (1879) p. 547; Herdman, Proc. Phys. Soc. Ed. v.
(1880) p. 200; Leslie et ad. op. cit. vi. (1881) p. 87; Carus, Faun.
Med. (1884) p.95 ; Hoyle, Proc. Phys. Soc. Ed, viii. (1885) p. 148;
Barrois, Rev. Biol. 1. (1888) p. 72; Felstrup, Zool. Dan. Pigh.
(1890) p. 28, pl. i. fig. 1.
Ophiolepis ciliata (pars), M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 91.
Ophiolepis stenura, Lorenz, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xxxix. (1860)
p- 681.
Allied to O. ciliaris, but distinguished by not growing so large,
haying less numerous and more coarse disk-scales, a smaller number
(less than twenty) comb-spines at the insertion of the arms, and no
ventral pores owing to the union of the side arm-plates in the
ventral middle line, and proportionately stouter arms. Mouth-
plate pentagonal, as broad as long. Many of the upper disk-scales
are quite large, and the radial shields therefore are by no means
conspicuous. ‘The side-spines are short, four or five to a plate. The
lower arm-plates are more angulated and less curved along the distal
edge than in O. ciliars.
Colour when dried white ; Forbes states that in life the disk and
the centre of the arms are pink, with white or orange spots on the
disk.
R= 27; 25; 21:5.
i — a eed
Distribution. North Atlantic (Eastern side); Arctic Ocean;
Mediterranean. ‘T’o 250 fms.
OPHIURA. 109
a, 6. Firth of Lorn. John Murray, Esq.
ec, d. West coast of Scotland. John Murray, Esq.
e. 34 miles off Achill Head, 175 fms. R. Irish Acad.
fj. Donegal Bay, 30 fms. R. Irish Acad.
k, l. Blacksod Bay. R. Trish Acad.
m-p. Valentia. ‘ Lightning’ Exp.
q-s. Off Liverpool.
t,u. Plymouth.
3. Ophiura sarsi.
Ophiura sarsii, Luth. Vid. Medd. 1854 (1855), p. 101; ad. Dansk.
Vid. Selsk. Skrift. v. (1859) p. 42, pl. i. figs. 3&4; Norm. Ann. §
Mag. xv. (1865) p. 118; Jarzynsky, Trans. Petersb, Soc. Nat. i.
(1870) p. 318.
Ophioglypha sarsi, Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 41,
figs. 2&3; Marenz. Denk. Ak. Wien, xxxy. (1878) p. 882; Dune.
§ Slad. Echin. Greenl, (1881) p. 60, pl. iv. figs. 3 & 4; Lyman, Chall.
Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 40; Hoyle, Proc. Roy. Soe. Ed, xii. (1884)
p- 720; ed. Proce. Phys. Soc. Ed. viii. (1885) p. 150; Ludw. Zool.
Jahrb. i. (1886) p. 282; Lelstrup, Zool. Dan. Pigh. (1890) p. 28,
1. ii. fig. 2.
Gybiarn coriacea, Liitk. Vid. Medd, 1854 (1855), p. 201.
A rather large species, not unlike O. ciliaris, but distinguished
from it by its smaller mouth-shields, less numerous spines in arm-
combs, the absence of ventral pores, stouter lateral plates, and
longer arm-spines. Covering-scales of disk imbricated. Radial
shields much wider without, where they nearly touch, than within.
Four teeth; mouth-papille six or seven on either side. Mouth-
plate shield-shaped, a little longer than broad. Bursal slits not
very long, with a fringe of papilla along the outer edge. Arm-
notch in disk wide, with a comb of less than twenty spines. Arms
carinate at base, and flattened more distally. ‘The lateral plates,
which are much thickened, meet below in a wide suture; the
ventral plates form short triangles with straight distal edge ; the
arm-plates show a tendency to break up into smaller pieces, but the
character is by no means so marked as in Ophioplocus imbricatus.
Colour in spirit milky white, or marked with light brown.
R is frequently equal to 67; r frequently =10 mm.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic ; Arctic Ocean. To
345 fms.
a-c, Faeroe Channel, 345 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 65).
d,e. Faeroe Channel, 290 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 78).
f-t. Faeroe Channel, 312 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 82).
4. Ophiura robusta.
Ophiolepis robusta, Ayres, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. iv. (1851) p. 134.
Ophiura squamosa, Lith. Vid. Medd. 1854, p. 100; id. op. cit, 1857,
p. 50; td. Danske Vid. Selsk, Skrift. v. (1859) p. 46, pl. i. fig. 7;
Norm, Ann. & Mag. xv. (1865) p. 114.
Ophiura fasciculata, Forbes, Sutherl. Voy. (1852) ii. p. cexiv.
Ophioglypha robusta, Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. i. (1865) p- 45;
Marenz. Denk. Ak. Wien, xxxy. (1878) p. 382; Dune. & Slad.
Echin. Greent. (1881) p. 62, pl. iv. tigs. 5-7; Lyman, Chall. Rep.
110 OPHIUROIDEA.
Oph. (1882) p. 77; Felstrup, Zool. Dan. Pigh. (1890) p. 24,
pl. ii. fig. 4.
A rather small species with somewhat delicate arms. Covering-
scales of disk imbricated, coarse, irregular in shape. Radial shields
small, inconspicuous, very irregular and inconstant in shape. Six
teeth ; mouth-papille not numerous—three or four rather wide
ones in each jaw-plate. Mouth-plate short, cordiform ; mouth-
plates band-like. Bursal slits well-marked. Notches in disk not
very deep; arm-comb formed by a few quite short spines. Arms
flat, upper plates large at base and regularly hexagonal, proximal
sides diminish more distally; side arm-plates meet below, but
lower arm-plates longer than in O. ciliaris; arm-spines usually
three, the uppermost the longest but it is quite short. A single
tentacle-scale.
Colour when dried white, or banded, spotted, or mottled with
grey, brown, or red.
Fee allo.
r= 45; 3.
Distribution. North Sea, North Atlantic (east and west); Arctic
Ocean.
5. Ophiura signata.
Ophioglypha signata, Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sei. § ‘Arts, xxiii.
(1882) p. 220; Lyman, Proce. Roy. Soc. Ed. xi. (1885) p. 707 ;
Foyle, op. cit. xii. (1884) p. 715, pl. vii. figs. 4-8.
Ophioglypha aftinis, Verrzdl, non Liuthen.
This species, which I have not seen, is thus described by Prof.
Verrill :-—
“Disk varied in colour, rounded pentagonal, flattened above, or
even concave when dried ; covered with scales which form a distinct
rosette ; the dorsal surface is separated from the ventral by a mar-
ginal ridge, which becomes well-marked in dry specimens ; notches,
at the bases of the arms, slight, with an irregular and interrupted
series of minute spinules; usually a short row of smail, slender
spinules on each side of the notch, and a small, irregular, isolated
croup in the middle, sometimes nearly obsolete, or represented by
only one or two small spinules in the larger specimens; just below
these there is a similar small group on the middle of the first visible
arm-plate; the second arm-plate sometimes bears, also, two or more
small spinules, but these never form a regular row. JDisk-scales,
when living, obscured more or less by a thin skin; the central scale
and two alternating circles of five each, surrounding it, at a little
distance, are round, dark-coloured, and distinctly larger than those
that intervene, which are small but distinct, and often form rather
regular circles around the larger scales ; in the interbrachial spaces,
near the edges, there are also larger scales; radial shields irregular,
long-triangular, their edges more or less covered by small scales, and
separated by a rather wide wedge of small scales, in several rows,
OPHIURA. ital!
Oral plates short shield-shaped, the breadth and length about
equal; the outer and lateral edges form a regular curve, the inner
edges make an obtuse angle. Mouth-papille four on each side of
each mouth-angle; the outer one is flat and broad, the others are
slender, acute; the median papilla is larger, acute. The inner ten-
tacle-pore is small, and usually has a single small scale on each side ;
the others have one small scale. The arms are not very long, taper-
ing to rather slender tips, with a median ridge. Ventral arm-plates
widely separated, crescent-shaped, wider than long, those near the
base with a proximal angle. Upper arm-plates raised into a distinet
median ridge, with a slightly prominent outer angle; those near the
base are much shorter than broad ; distally they become much longer
than broad. Arm-spines three, rather slender and acute, the upper
one is decidedly longer and larger than the next, its length equalling
two arm-plates ; the lowest is much the smallest. The genital slits
have a row of very minute spinules along the upper half.
“The colour is variable; the disk is usually prettily marked by
a rosette of brown or dark-grey spots on a paler ground, or the
darker tint may take a star-shaped form, with five or ten rays, with
the radial shields usually pale; or there may be a combination of
the rosette and star; rarely the disk is nearly uniform pale grey,
like the upper side of the arms. The larger specimens have the
disk 10 mm. in diameter ; length of the arms about 45 mm.
“This species is rather common in this region in deep water ; we
have also frequently dredged it farther north, in the Gulf of Maine ;
Bay of Fundy ; and off Nova Scotia.”
Specimens stated by Mr. Hoyle to have been dredged in Faeroe
Channel, 327-640 fms.
6. Ophiura affinis.
Ophiura affinis, Liith. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. v. (1859) p. 46, pl. il.
fig. 10; Norm. Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 113.
Ophioglypha affinis, Lyman, Ill. Cat. Mus. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 52;
Ludwig, Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. i. (1879) p. 547 ; Leshe § Herdm.
Proc. R. Phys. Soc. vi. (1881) p. 87; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph.
(1882) p. 77 ; Fjelstrup, Zool. Dan. Piyh. (1890) p. 24, pl. ii.
fie. 3.
Ophiura grubei, Heller, SB. Ak. Wien, xlvi. (1863) p. 431, pl. ii.
figs. 13-16 ; td. Zooph. u. Ech, Adriat. Meer. (1868) p. 58.
Ophiura normani, Hodge, Trans. Tynes. Nat. F. Club, v. (1863)
p- 296, pl. xvi.
A very small species, with arms stout at the base. The central
and five primary plates of the disk are very distinct and large, and
are surrounded by much smaller plates; along the median inter-
radial line there are two plates almost as large as the primary, and
the remainder are much smaller. The radials are of moderate
size, wider without than within; the arm-comb consists of about
ten small spines. Four small teeth; mouth-shield very large,
pointed internally, about twice as long as wide ; bursal slit rather
WI OPHIUROIDEA.
long. Under arm-plates quite small, wider than long, with a well-
marked curve to the outer edge. , Loch Etive, 20-30 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
a°, Firth of Lorn, 50-111 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
(A mass attached to a Certanthus-tube.)
b'f*, Firth of Lorn, 50 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
g°. Firth of Lorn, 50 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
h®, Mull of Cantyre, 49 fms. J. Murray, Esq.
2-2", West coast of Scotland. J. Murray, Esq.
a‘-e", Willary, Bangor, co. Down, Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe,
AMPHIURA. 119
2, Amphiura filiformis.
Asterias filiformis, O. F. Miill. Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 235,
no. 2843 ; 2d. Zool. Dan. ii. (1788) p. 24, pl. lix.
Ophiura filiformis, Ne/ss. Coll. Zool. Scan. (1817) p. 15.
Ophiocoma filiformis, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 40; Thompson,
Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 437.
Ophiolepis filiformis, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 94; Gray, Brit.
Rad. (1848) p. 24.
Amphiura filitermis, Forbes, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. xix. (1843)
p- 151; Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 28; Liith. Vid. Selsk. Skrift.
v. (1859) p. 56, pl. ii. fig. 11; Duy. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 254 ;
Lyman, Ill. Cat. Mus. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 115; Norman, Ann. §
Mag. xv. (1865) p. 107; Ljungman, Gtfv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh,
1866 (1867), p. 521; Heller, Zoophyt. u. Echin. Adriat. 1868,
p. 60; Lyman, Bull. Mus. C. Z, viii. (1875) pl. v. fig. 63; Lud-
wig, Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel, i. (1879) p.548; Carus, Prod. Faun.
ee (1884) p. 94; Fjelstrup, Zool. Dan. Pigh. (1890) p. 27, pl. iii.
pil:
A species often confounded with A. chiajii, but distinguished
from it by the softness of the ventral surface of the disk, owing to
the reduction or absence of the scales, and by the absence of
tentacle-scales. Further, there is never a prominent rosette of a
central and five other scales, and some of the arm-spines sometimes
have a minute cross-piece. ‘The arms are longer, and the radial
plates are narrower and set more parallel to one another.
Colour, when dry, brownish.
Much more difficult to preserve satisfactorily than A. chiajit.
Variation probably considerable.
Distribution. Eastern side of North Atlantic; Mediterranean.
0-120 fms.
a, 6. Loch Etive. John Murray, Esq.
e. Firth of Clyde. Prof. E. Forbes.
d,e. Kenmare River. Sir P. Egerton.
Ff. Scotland. Dr. Melvill.
g: ? Prof. E. Forbes.
3. Amphiura elegans.
Ophiura elegans, Leach, Zool. Mise. ii, (1815) p. 57.
Asterias squamata, Delle Chiaje, Mem. An. Nap. iii. (1828) p. 77,
pl. xxxiv. fig. 1.
Ophiura neglecta, Johnston, Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. (1835) p. 467 ;
Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc, viii. (1839) p. 126; zd. Brit. Starf. (1840)
p. 30; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Ireland, iv. (1856) p. 487.
Ophiolepis squamata, M. Tr. Arch. f. Nat. vi. (1840) p. 828; zd.
Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 92; Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 28.
Amphiura neglecta, Forbes, Tr. Linn. Soc, xix. (1843) p. 150; Herd-
man, Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Ed. v. (1880) p. 201.
Ophiolepis tenuis, Ayres, Proc. Bost. Soc, N. H. iv. (1851{4]) p. 183.
Amphiura tenuis, Lyman, op. cit. vii. (1860 [1]) p. 194.
Amphiura squamata, Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 21; Lyman. Ill.
Cat. M. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 121; Jarzynsky, Trans. Petersb. Soc.
Nat. i. (1870) p. 318; Panceri, Att. Ace. Sct. Nap. vii. (1878)
120 OPHIUROIDEA.
no. 1, p. 17 [phosphorescence]; Leslke §& Herdman, Proc. R.
Phys. Soc. Ed. vi. (1881) p. 88; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882)
p- 136; Barrois, Rev. Biol. i. (1889) p. 73; Fjelstrup, Zool. Dan.
Pigh. (1890) p. 26, pl. 11. fig. 6.
Amphiura elegans, Norm. Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 109; Hoyle,
Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Ed. viii. (1885) p. 141.
Amphiura tenera, Liitk. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. v. (1859) p. 226;
Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 128.
Amphipolis squamata, Zjungman, Gifv. Vet.--Ak. Fork. 1871 (1872),
. 645.
Neighinalis tenera, zd. tid.
Amphipolis tenuis, zd. ¢. e. p. 646.
Amphipolis lineata, zd. ¢. ¢. p. 634.
Amphipolis kinbergi, zd. ¢. ec. p. 646.
Amphipolis elegans, td. tid.
Amphipolis appressa, zd. ¢. c. p. 647.
Ophiura moniliformis, Grube, Actin. §c. Meer. (1840) p. 18.
Asterias noctiluca (?), Vivant, Phosph. Mar. (1805) p. 5.
A small species, not more than an inch or an inch and a half in
spread. Arms five to nine times the radius of the disk. Disk
rounded; covering-scales small and imbricating; radial shields in
contact along the whole of their inner edge. The delicate flattened
arms have three or four fine spines; two tentacle-scales ; ventral
shields irregularly pentagonal. Three mouth-papille on either side,
and often the outermost the largest.
Colour, when dried, light or darker yellow. In life greyish.
R. r.
18.
16 23.
HG ee
Distribution. North Atlantic, Arctic Ocean, West Indies, Cape,
S.E. of Australia. To 120 fms.
a-c. Coast of Down. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
d, e. 50° 24’ 45” N., 10° 07' 30” W., 70 fms. G. C. Bourne, Esq.
F-h. Liverpool.
7,7. Aberdeen. G. Sim, Esq.
4. Amphiura securigera.
Ophiopeltis securigera, Dib. § Kor. Vet. Akad. Handlg. 1844
(1846), p. 236, pl. vi. figs. 3-6; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 14;
Norman, Ann. § Mag. N. H. xy. (1865) p. 111; Wyv. Thomson,
Depths of the Sea, (1873) p. 124.
Amphiura securigera, Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 148;
Hoyle, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Ed. viii. (1885) p. 141.
Mr. Norman writes of this species, which I have never seen :-—
“ Disk haying the radiating scales long, narrow, and parallel.
Arms extremely long and very slender; upper scales triangular,
lower cordate; lateral scales bearing three spines, of which the
upper and lower are simple, but the middle is much swollen in the
centre, and apically produced into an anchor- or, rather, axe-formed
semicircular head, having a jagged edge.
AMPHIURA. 121
‘Disk greyish; arms bright orange.
‘“‘ A single specimen of this most interesting addition to our fauna
was dredged in 1861, by Mr. Jeffreys and myself, on the haddock-
ground about six miles to the north of the Walsey Lighthouse,
Shetland, in 40-50 fathoms. The species had, previously to the
date just mentioned, been inserted as British in the ‘ List of British
Marine Invertebrate Fauna’ published by the British Association ;
but, as far as we can learn, at that time it had not been taken in our
seas; and it would seem that the name was inserted by mistake for
A, chiajic.
“The arms of these species ure more flexible than those of any
other Echinoderm with which we are acquainted.
“They are commonly coiled upon themselyes in many complete
circles.”
Allied to A. sguamata, but with more slender and longer arm-
spines, coarser disk-scales, and longer arm-plates. Perhaps only a
variety.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic.
5. Amphiura borealis.
Ophiopeltis borealis, G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ. 1871
(1872), p. 16.
Amphiura borealis, Zyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 144; Hoyle,
Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Ed. viii. (1885) p. 159.
A small species, with arms more than twelve times the radius of
the disk; scaling of disk distinct on dorsal surface only; radial
shields divergent internally; three or four short arm-spines, one of
which is considerably thickened at its free end. No tentacle-scales.
Two mouth-papille, one at the side and one at the angle.
Faeroe Channel; 203 fms. (fide Hoyle).
Distribution. Lofoten, coast of Norway. 80-400 fms.
6. Amphiura bellis, var. tritonis.
Amphiura bellis, Zyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 127.
Amphiura bellis, var. tritonis, Hoyle, Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed. xii. p. 716
(pl. vii. figs. 1-3).
Mr. Hoyle gives the following account of the single specimen of
this variety known :—
“ Diameter of disk, 12 mm. Arms long and slender, 11 cm.
Width of arm close to disk, without spines, 2mm. ‘Two mouth-
papille on either side; one large, trapezoidal, at the apex of the
mouth-angle, one of its sides coinciding with the corresponding
margin of its fellow, the ten papille almost enclosing the circle
of the mouth; the other mouth-papilla is at the commencement
of the oral process, is acutely pointed and triangular, and is
succeeded immediately by a diamond-shaped scale, which covers the
opening of the first tentacle. A supplementary scale was noticed at
one mouth-angle.
122 OPHIUROIDEBA.
‘“* Mouth-shields heart-shaped, one subpentagonal. Side mouth-
shields appear to be triangular; they do not project inwards beyond
the median shields, and they meet each other in the position
usually occupied by the first under arm-plate, which is absent. The
other arm-plates are rectangular, with the inner and outer margins
somewhat rounded ; farther out on the arms they form an angle
so that the plate is hexagonal; the lateral margins straight and
coincident with the attached margin of one of the tentacle-scales.
Side arm-plates slightly prominent where the spines are attached,
and meeting in the middle line either above or below.
“Upper arm-plates transversely oval, but the proximal margin
instead of being evenly curved forms an angle.
“Disk flat, thin, covered with small swollen overlapping scales,
which are coarser and radially elongated near the radial shields.
Radial shields wedge-shaped, very long, about four times as long as
wide, pointed at the proximal extremity, truncated distally, com-
pletely separated from each other, except perhaps at the extreme
outer end, by a median and one or two lateral rows of elongated
scales. Interbrachial spaces in the under surface covered with
similar small scales ; three, or sometimes at the proximal end of the
arm four, straight, tapering, bluntly-pointed arm-spines.
“« Two tentacle-scales, one towards the axis of the arm, elongated,
semi-oval, one on the proximal margin of the aperture, shorter and
more nearly circular.
“Colour yellowish grey, with five rather indefinite radial mark-
ings on the dorsal surface of the disk.
“The typical Amphiura bellis differs from this in having one
short stout blunt papilla on either side of the base of the mouth-
angle. It has also subtriangular mouth-shields, and the lateral
mouth-shields do not meet each other in the middle line.
“The mouth-papille are of a different shape. A first under
arm-bone is present, and the tentacle-scales of the first pair are
spiniform and rather conspicuous.
«This single specimen is worthy of special notice, because the
species has been only known hitherto from specimens collected by
the ‘Challenger’ at Stations 174, near the Fiji Islands, and 232
and 236, off Japan. It is interesting to notice that Asteronyx
loveni is also common to the North European seas and those of Japan,
and a relation has been traced by Drs. Gwyn Jeffreys and Giinther
between the Mollusca and fishes of Japan and the North Atlantic
and Mediteranean.”
Dredged at 59° 40' N., 7° 21’ W., 516 fms., during the cruise of
H.M.S. ‘ Triton.’
4. OPHIACTIS.
Ophiactis, Liith. Vid. Medd. 1856 (1857), p. 12; Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z,
i. (1865) p. 105; ed. Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 112.
Ophiolepis, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 89 (pars).
No tooth-papille ; teeth; mouth-papille few and small. Radial
OPHTACTIS. 123
shields moderate; covering-plates of disk stout, numerous, im-
bricating. Arms stout, never long, with strong, solid, smooth
spines.
Key to the Species.
Two mouth-papill.......... 1. O. abyssicola.
One mouth-papilla .......... 2. O. balli.
1. Ophiactis abyssicola.
Amphiura abyssicola, Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 18, pl. it. figs. 7-12.
Ophioenida abyssicola, Lyman, Lil. Cat. Mus. C. Zi. (1865) p. 12.
Ophiactis abyssicola, Ljungman, ifv. Vet.- Akad, Forh. 1866 (1867),
p. 324; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 122; itd. Proc. R. Soe.
Ed. xi. (1882) p. 707 ; Hoyle, op. cit. xii. (1884) pp. 710,715, 718 ;
id. Proc. R. Phys. Soc, Ed. viii. (1884) p. 145.
A rather small species, with stout scales and rather stronger arms.
Disk-scales very unequal in size, thickened; many of them carry
stout spines. Radial shields rather large, separated each from
its fellow by three or four small plates ; they have an irregularly
straight inner and a convex outer edge. ‘Two mouth-papille.
Three or four stoutish arm-spines, the uppermost the longest and as
long as the upper arm-plates; the side-plates encroach consider-
ably on the upper and lower plates, both of which are much wider
distally than proximally; the upper arm-plate is very narrow
proximally.
Colour, in spirit, white: ‘“ laete carneus seu aurantiacus, in medio
dorso subfusco-carneus, spinis pallidioribus ” (Sars).
p= 45-2°5; R=22-30.
Distribution. Coasts of Norway. 64-767 fms.
a, b, Faeroe Channel, 542 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 47 a).
c-f. Faeroe Channel, 440 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 51).
g-p. Faeroe Channel, 384 fms. * Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 52).
g. Faeroe Channel, 345 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 65).
r-w. Faeroe Channel, 458 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 90).
wv. East of Shetland, 203 fms.* ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 74).
y, 2, a’'-c’. No loc. Wyyvy. Thomson Coll.
2. Ophiactis balli.
Ophiocoma ballii, Thompson, Ann. § Mag. v. (1840) p. 99; Forbes,
Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 85; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. (1856)
. 437.
Oiptiicearis goodsiri, Forbes, t. c. p. 57.
Ophiolepis ballii, M. 7'r. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 97.
Ophiolepis goodsiri, wd. ibid.
Ophiopholis ballii, Gray, Cat. Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 25.
* Mr. Lyman, who named these specimens, notes that they have few or no
disk-spines, and have thick scales,
124 OPHIUROIDEA.
Ophiopholis goodsiri, 7d. zed.
Amphiura ballii, Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 42; td. Norg. Ech.
(1861) p. 17, pl. 2. figs. 1-6; Norman, Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865)
109
Gaieiends ballii, Lyman, Cat. Mus. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 12.
Ophiactis ballii, Lyman, Chall. Rep. (1882) p. 121; Hoyle, Proc.
Roy. Soc, Ed, xii. (1884) p. 718; td. Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Ed. viii.
(1885) p. 143.
A small species, with fairly stout, moderately long arms. Disk-
scales subequal, regularly imbricating, sometimes spiny. Radial
shields small, wider without than within ; the inner apices widely
separated from one another. A single mouth-papilla. Four or five
arm-spines, two of which may be a little longer than the length of
the side-plate ; the side-plates nearly meet in the middle line above,
and the upper arm-plates are therefore very much wider along their
distal than their proximal edge; lower arm-plates cordiform, with
a rounded proximal edge.
Colour, in spirit, white. ‘“ Disk yellowish or red, often mottled
with these two colours; arms banded with red” (Norman).
R=20 (about) ; r=3.
Distribution. North Atlantic.
a. East of Shetland Is., 203 fms. ‘Porcupine ’ Exp. (St. 74).
b,c. Dalkey Sound. Belfast Nat. Hist. Society.
d. Giants’ Causeway (adherent to Pinna). Belfast Nat. Hist. Society.
Dr. Norman states that “it lives on hard ground, in deep water,
and has a peculiar habit, delighting to nestle in hollows and crevices
of stones, squeezing its disk and twisting its arms so as to conform
to all the irregularities of the surface to which it attaches itself.”
To 203 fms.
5. OPHIOPUS.
Ophiopus, Ljungman, Gifv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1866 (1867), p. 309; Ly-
man, Chall. Rep, Oph, (1882) p. 156.
Ophiaregma, Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ. 1872 (1878), p. 112.
Very near Ophiactis, but distinguished by the absence of bursal
clefts.
1. Ophiopus arcticus.
Ophiopus arcticus, Ljungman, Gif. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1866 (1867),
p- 809; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 156; Hoyle, Proc.
ftoy. Soe, Ed. xii. (1884) p. 720.
Ophiaregma abyssorum, Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ. 1872 (1873),
p. 12:
Disk pentagonal, with large central and five primary plates well
marked ; radial shields very obscure. Arms delicate, about seven
times the radius of the disk; three or four short arm-spines, the
OP HIOPHOLIS. 125
uppermost the longest ; the under arm-plates irregularly pentagonal,
with one or, near the base, two ambulacral papille.
Colour, in spirit, whitish.
R= 4s
Distribution. Norway, Spitzbergen, Greenland ; the specimen in
our collection bears no locality. Reported by Hoyle from Faeroe
Channel. 400 fms.
6. OPHIOPHOLIS.
Ophiopholis, Liitken, Danske Selsk. Skrift.v. (1859) p.59 (ex M. Tr. Syst.
Ast, (1842) p. 96); Lyman, Til. Cat. M. C. Z. (1865) p. 96; Norm.
Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 111; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882)
p- 110.
No tooth-papille ; teeth ; mouth-papille not numerous. Radial
shields naked, not large. Disk-scales more or less ornamented with
prominent granules, which may become spines. Arm-spines smooth,
stout, of moderate length. Upper arm-plates surrounded by smaller
supernumerary plates. Bursal slits deep.
1. Ophiopholis aculeata.
Asterias aculeata, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. (1766) p. 1101; 0. F.
Mill. Prod. Z. D, (1776) p. 235; Retz. Vet.-Ak, Hdlg. iv. (1783)
p. 240; LZ. Gmel. S. N. xiii. (1789); Abily. Zool. Dan. iii. (1789)
p: 29, pl. xcix.; Retz. Diss. Spec. Ast. (1805) p. 32.
Asterias ophiura, Fabr. Faun. Grenl. (1780) p. 371.
Ophiura aculeata, Nelss. Coll. Zool. Scan. (1817) p- 14.
Ophiura ammothea, Leach, Zool. Mise, (1817) p. 55,
Ophiura flemingii, zd. ¢. ¢. p. 56.
Ophiura bellis, Fleming, Brit. An. (1828) p. 488 ; Johnst. Mag. Nat.
Hist. viii. (1835) p. 595.
Ophiocoma bellis, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 126;
td. Brit. Slarf. (1840) p. 58 ; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv.(1856)
p-438; Peach, Proc. Phys.Soc. Edinb. ii. (1859-62) p. 382, pl. xx. ;
Maitl. Faun. Belg. sept. (1851) p. 86.
Ophiolepis aculeata, M. Tr. Arch. f. Nat. 1840, p. 328.
Ophiolepis (Ophiopholis) scolopendrica, id. Syst. Ast. (1842)
p- 96 (zon O. scolopendrina, apud Duj. § Hup, Echin. p. 241);
Gray, Brit. Rad, (1848) p. 25.
Ophiopholis aculeata, Lvtk. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. v. (1859)
p: 60, pl. ii. figs. 15 & 16; Norm. Ann. §& Mag. xv. (1865) p. 112;
Jarzynsky, Trans. Petersb. Soc. Nat, i. (1870) p. 318; Marenz.
Denk, Ak. Wien, xxxy. (1878) p. 883; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph.
(1882) p.112; Hoyle, Proc. R. Soc, Ed. xii. (1884) p.720; Ludw.
Zool. Jahrb. i. (1886) p. 285; Fyelstrup, Zool. Dan. Pigh. (1890)
p- 28, pl. ili. fig. 3.
Ophiopholis bellis, Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 66, pl. i.
figs. 4-6; Herdman, Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Ed. v. (1880) p. 201;
Leslie §& Herdm. op. cit. vi. p. 87.
A rather small but stout species. The disk is rather elegantly
ornamented with clumps of granules, which become closely packed
126 OPHIUROIDFA.
spines at the sides and below; the granules are pretty thick on the
outer side of each radial shield. As many as twelve teeth in a row;
three mouth-papille on either side. _Mouth-plate irregularly lenti-
cular, wider than long; side mouth-plates of moderate size. The
spines of interbrachial area below confined to the middle, so that
the edges of the bursal slits are free of them. Form of disk and
depth of arm-notch very variable. Arms wide, flat. Seven short,
very stout arm-spines, the two lowest the most delicate. The small
plates surrounding the distal and outer edges of the upper arm-
plates disappear towards the tip of the arm, becoming gradually
smaller as the neighbourhood of the disk is left. Lower arm-plates
irregularly quadrate, separated by notches, the single tentacle-scale
very distinct.
This species presents great variations in form, colour, and extent
of spinulation ; the ordinary colour is a hue of purplish red, deeper
in parts, mottled or spotted, and it is much better retained in dried
specimens than is the case with most Ophiurids.
R=78 ; 77 (about); 68; 41.
P= sO sets ONG
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, as far south as Cape
Cod on the west and Great Britain on the east. 0-300 fms.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 65).
a-c. Faeroe Channel, 345 fms,
d. Faeroe Channel, 114 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 61).
e-n. Faeroe Channel, 312 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 82).
o. Faeroe Channel, 560 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 77).
p. East of Shetland, 64 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 67).
g. East of Shetland, 75 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 68).
7, East of Shetland, 203 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 74).
s-v. East of Shetland, 290 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 78).
w, x. Upper Loch Torridon, 30-40fms. John Murray, Esq.
y, % Between Plocton and Loch Re- John Murray, Esq.
raig, 8-24 fms. 21/9/91.
. Mouth of Sound of Mull, 68 fms.
John Murray, Esq.
b'-d'. Firth of Lorn, 50 fms. John Murray, Esq.
e’-v’, Loch Etive, 15-20 fms. John Murray, Esq.
jl. West Scotland. John Murray, Esq.
". West Lreland.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 17).
p,q’. 50° 24' 45" N., 10° 07' 30” W., G. C. Bourne, Esq.
200 fms.
ry’, Courtmasherry. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soc.
s', t'. Isle of Man. Prof. E. Forbes.
wu’, v'. Off Liverpool.
w'—b"'". Montrose, June 24, July 3, 4, 6, W. Duncan, Esq.
10, and Aug. 3, 1889.
c’-i'"'", Montrose, 3/9/89. W. Duncan, Esq.
"’, Aberdeen. G. Sim, Esq.
Kk’, U'. Shetland.
m", n'', Orkney.
OPHIACANTHA, 1 Lf
7. OPHIACANTHA.
Ophiacantha, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 106; Liitk. Danske Selsk.
Skrift. v. (1859) p. 65; Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 98 ;
td. Chall. Rep, Oph. (1882) p. 178.
No tooth-papille; teeth; mouth-papille numerous. Radial
shields elongated, often obscured. Disk spiny or thorny. Arm-
spines hollow, often rough and elongated. Long bursal slits.
Key to the Species.
Arm-spines slightly thorny............ 1. O. bidentata.
Arm-spines not thorny .............. 2. O. spectabilis.
Arm-spines translucent .............. 3. O. abyssicola.
1. Ophiacantha bidentata.
Asterias bidentata, Retziws, Diss. Ast. (1805) p. 35.
Ophiura retzii, Né/sson, Coll. Zool. Scan. (1817) p. 15.
Ophiacantha spinulosa, M. Ti, Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 107; Sars, Norg.
Echin. (1861) p. 15; Lyman, Il. Cat. Mus. C. Z. 1. (1865) p. 93 ;
Jarzynsky, Trans. Petersb. Soc. Nat. i. (1870) p. 818; Marenzell.
Denkschr, Ak. Wien, xxxv. (1878) p. 382; Dunc. § Slad. Mem.
Echin. Greenl. (1881) p. 68.
Ophiocoma arctica, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 108.
Ophiacantha greenlandica, M. Tr. Arch. f. Nat. 1844, p. 183.
Ophiocoma echinulata, Forbes, Sutherland’s Voy. (1852) ii. p. cexv.
Ophiacantha bidentata, Ljn. Gtfv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1871, p. 652 ;
Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1832) p. 186; td. Bull. Mus. C. Z. x.
(1883) p. 260; Hoyle, Proc. R. Soc. Ed. xii. (1884) pp. 709, 710,
712; wd. Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Ed. viii, (1884) p. 142.
A moderately-sized species, with projecting lateral arm-plates.
Disk covered with very short spines. Arm-spines finely serrated,
rather long, not transparent. Arms five or six, most remarkable
for the prominent ridges formed by the lateral arm-plates on each
side; these plates meet in a suture above and below. Arm-spines
six or seven, the uppermost the longest, and as much as 5°5 mm.
long. The mouth-papille not numerous, but inconstant in number,
and to some extent in position, as is the mouth-shield in form.
Except at base of arm a single tentacle-scale. Diameter of disk
13 mm.; arms very fragile.
Colour, in spirit, whitish.
A very variable species and one exhibiting great changes during
growth.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, as far south as Cape
Cod on the west, but not south of Faeroe on the east ; Arctic Ocean.
20-2335 fms.
a, b. Faeroe Channel, 440 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 51).
c. Faeroe Channel, 384 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 52).
128 OPHIUROIDEA.
2. Ophiacantha spectabilis.
Ophiacantha spectabilis, G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christ. 1871
(1872), p. 10; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 198 ; Hoyle, Proce.
R. Soc. Ed. xii. (1884) p. 714.
A rather large species. Disk pretty thickly covered with more
or less short spines. Arm-spines smooth, seven or eight in number,
radiating in all directions, and some as much as 5 mm. long; the
uppermost have sharp, the lower blunt ends. Mouth-papille from
four to eight; mouth-shields rounded triangular, wider than long ;
side mouth-plates rather large. A single tentacle-scale on all but
the most distal joints, where there may be two. Diameter of disk
14 mm.: RB is said to be =4r,
Colour, in spirit, whitish; “ uniformiter fulvus vel castaneus,
nullas maculas vel fascias obscuriores ostendens ” (Sars).
Reported by Hoyle from the Faeroe Channel.
Distribution. Norway; 80-433 fms.
3. Ophiacantha abyssicola.
Ophiacantha abyssicola, G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christ. 1871
(1872), p. 8; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 199; Hoyle,
Proc. R. Soc, Ed. xii. (1884) pp. 711-713.
A small species, with the arm-joints so constricted as to give them
a knotted appearance. Disk almost smooth. Arm-spines smcoth,
seven near base, fewer more distally, the longest the uppermost,
gradually but considerably diminishing in size to the lowermost; the
longest as much as 2mm. The arms most remarkable for their
moniliform appearance, each arm-joint being much wider along
its distal than its proximal edge. Three or four mouth-papille
very prominent and distinct. Mouth-shield constricted in its outer
half by the invasion of the bursa] slits. A single tentacle-scale.
Diameter of disk 9mm. R is said to be = 107.
Colour, in spirit, white ; ‘‘ uniformiter pallide ferrugineus, brachiis
interdum fasciis obscurioribus transversis indistincte ornatis” (Sars).
Distribution. Northern parts of East Atlantic, and Arctic Circle.
20-312 fms.
a, 6. Faeroe Channel, 312 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 82),
c-f. Faeroe Channel, 290 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 78).
OPHIOCOMID i (see p. 26).
1. OPHIOCOMA.
Ophiocoma, Ag. Mém. Soc. Neuchdt, i. (1836) p. 192; M. Tr. Syst.
Ast, (1842) p. 98; Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. i. (1865) p.70; Norm.
Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 111; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882)
p- 167.
OPHIOCOMA,. 129
Teeth, tooth- and mouth-papille ; tooth-papille very numerous.
Disk granulated and radial shields hidden. Spines smooth, not
numerous.
1. Ophiocoma nigra. :
Asterias nigra, Abilg. apud O. F. Miiller, Zool. Dan. iii. (1789) p. 20,
pl. xciii.; LZ. Gmel. S. N. xiii. (1789) p. 3168 ; Retz. Diss. Spec. Ast.
(1805) p. 31.
Ophiura granulata, Flem. Brit. An. (1828) p. 488; Thompson, Nat.
Hist. Trel. iv. (1856) p. 438.
Ophiocoma nigra, M. Tr. Arch. f. Nat. 1840, p. 328; wd. Syst. Ast.
(1842) p. 100; Dib. § Kor. Vet.-Ak. Hdlg, 1844 (1846), p. 284;
Gray, Brit. Rad, (1848) p. 26; Herdman, Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Ed.
v. (1880) p. 201; Leslie §- Herdm. op. cit. vi. (1881) p. 87; Barrots,
Rev. Biol. i. (1888) p. 73; Hyelstrup, Zool. Dan. Pigh. (1890)
p- 29, pl. iii. fig. 4.
Ophiocoma granulata, Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc. viii. (1839) p. 127;
id. Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 50.
Asterias tricolor, Adzlg. Zool, Dan. iii. (1789) p. 28, pl. xevil.; Retz.
Diss. Spec. Ast. (1805) p. 31.
Ophiura spheerulata, Ness. Coll. Zool. Scan. (1817) p. 16.
Ophiocoma nilssoni, M. Tir. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 100.
A moderately sized stout species.
Disk rounded, covered with a fine granulation, which ceases only
near the bursal slits; arms fairly stout, seven or eight times the
radius of the disk. About ten teeth, a number of small tooth-
papille ; mouth-shield irregular in form, but often lens-like and
broader than long; four upstanding mouth-papille on either side.
Upper arm-plates wider than long, but soon encroached on by the
side arm-plates, which carry five or six rather long, sharp spines.
Two tentacle-scales to very far out in the arm, then only one.
Colour black or dark brown, the arms lighter than the disk ;
’ sometimes lighter, and sometimes spotted.
R. r.
95 11
76 10
56 8°5
50 8-5
40 4°5
Distribution. Scandinavian Seas; Barents Sea. ‘To 87 fms.
a, 6. Between Plocton and Loch Reraig, John Murray, Esq.
21/9/91.
ec. Sound of Mull, 70 fms., 5/9/87. John Murray, Esq.
d, e. Loch Leven, 25 fims., 27/8/87. John Murray, Esq.
f,g. Firth of Lorn, 50 fms. John Murray, Esq.
h, i. Near Trench and Kilbrennan Sound, John Murray, Esq.
10-14 fms.
j-l. Kilbrennan Sound. John Murray, Esq.
m. 4 miles S.E. of Sanda, 30-38 fms. John Murray, Esq.
n, 0. West coast of Scotland. John Murray, Isq.
K
130 OPHIUROIDEA.
p-r. Kilkierran Bay, 4-80 fms., 6/7/90. R. Irish Acad.
s-u. Portaferry and Strangford Lough. Belfast Nat. Hist. &
Phil. See.
v-v. Off Liverpool.
y-d’, Devonshire.
e’. Falmouth. W. P. Cocks, Esq.
t':g'. Plymouth Sound.
h'. ? Plymouth Sound.
?’-k'. E. coast of Ross-shire. Dr. Sutherland.
l'-n', Shetland. EK. M. Nelson, Esq.
o’, p’. Old British Coll.
2. OPHIOPSILA.
Ophiopsila, Forbes, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. (1845) p. 149; Liitken, Danske
Selsk. Skrift. v. (1859) p. 285; Lyman, Lil. Cat. M. CZ. (1865)
p- 149; zd. Chall. Rep. ons (1882) p. 159.
Disk with very minute overlapping scales nearly or altogether
covering the radial shields. Arm-spines short and flattened, from
six to twelve. Lowest tentacle-scale elongated, spatula- or dagger-
shaped; the tentacle-scales le in a longitudinal groove.
1. Ophiopsila annulosa.
Ophianoplus annulosus, Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 25, pl. i, figs. 2
7; Brady § Robertson, Ann. § Mag. ii. (1869) p. 355, pl. xxii.
figs. 1-6.
Ophiopsila annulosa, Liitk. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrift. v. (1859)
p- 258; Ludw. Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. i. (1879) p. 551; oe
Faun, Med. (1884) p. 95; Hoyle, Proc. Rk. Phys. Soc. Ea. viii.
(1885) p. 152.
This species, which I have never seen, is defined by 8 Sars thus :-—
“ Disco supra fusco annulis albis; spinis brachiorum xii.” It has
been recognized by Dr. Norman among specimens collected on the
west coast of Ireland, but is otherwise only known from the Medi-
terranean; 40-50 fms.
OPHIOTHRICID& (see p. 26).
OPHIOTHRIX.
Se M. Tr. Arch. f. Nat. vi. (1840) p. 328; wd. Syst. Ast.
(1842) p. 109; Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z, (1865) p. 155; Norman,
Ann. § Mag. xy. (1865) p. 107; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882)
p. 213.
Tooth-papille numerous ; teeth ; no mouth-papille ; the mouth-
frames united in their proximal half only so that there is a pore in
the hinder part. Radial shields long. Disk spiny or granulated or
both. Arm-spines rather long and numerous, notched at their
sides, generally glassy.
OPHTOTHRIX. ifs!
Key to the Spectes.
Sides of the interbrachial spaces spiny ......-.++.+5- 1. O. fragilis.
Sides of the interbrachial spaces bare .........-..++5: 2. O. luetkeni,
1. Ophiothrix fragilis.
Asterias fragilis, Abilg. apud O. F. Miiller, Zool. Dan. iii. (1789)
p. 28, pl. xeviii.; Retz. Diss. Spec. Ast. (1805) p. 30; Nélss. Coll.
Zool, Scan. (1817) p. 16.
Ophiura fragilis, Lamk. An. s. Vert. ii. (1816) p. 546.
Ophiothrix fragilis, MW. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 110, pl. ix. fig. 2;
Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 26; Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 18;
td. Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 12; Norm. Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865)
p: 107; Heller, Zooph. u. Ech. Adriat. (1868) p. 62; Liitk.
Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. viii. (1870) p. 52; Lyman, Bull. M.
C. Z. iii. (1874) p. 249; Ludw. Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. i. (1879)
p- 551; Carus, Prod. Faun. Med. (1884) p. 95; Fjelstrup, Zool.
Dan. Pigh. (1890) p. 25, pl. ii. fig. 5; Bell, Ann. § Mag. viii.
(1891) p. 338.
Asterias pentaphylla, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. (1777) p. 54; Turton,
Brit. Faun. (1807) p. 141.
Ophiothrix pentaphyllum, Ljwngman, CUsfo. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1871,
p- 622; Lyman, Bull. M. C. Z, iii. (1874) p. 249; ed. Proce. Roy.
Soc, Ed. xi. (1882) p. 707.
Ophiothrix rammelsbergii, MW. Jr. Syst. Ast, (1842) p. 113, pl. viii.
fig. 3.
Ophiocoma rosula, Forb. Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 60; Peach, Proc.
R. Phys. Soc. Edinb, ii. (1859-62) p. 63; Herdman, Proc. Roy. Phys.
Soc. Ed. v. (1880) p. 200; Leslie § Herdm. op. cit. vi. (1881) p. 89;
Tregelles, Rep. § Trans. Penzance Nat. Hist. Soc. 1887-88,
p. 371.
Asterias varia, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. (1777) p. 54.
Asterias radiata, id. cbid.
Asterias hastata, id. t. e. p. 55.
Asterias fissa, 7d. vid.
Asterias nigra *, id. ibid.
A species which exhibits the greatest variations in colour and
marking, and in the presence or absence of spines on the disk; of
moderate size.
Arms very fragile, about eight to ten times as long as the radius
of the disk. The scales on the upper surface of the disk often
form projecting spinules, but may be almost completely hidden by
elongated, delicate spines. ‘The triangular radial shields are of
large size and are bare except for a few spines which may be present
on the inner side of their base. Each is separated from its fellow
by a few laterally compressed scales on which are spinous granules
or short spines.
The teeth-papille are exceedingly numerous and beneath the
clump are seven teeth. The arms are rather delicate; the upper
* Pennant’s descriptions are not sufficient, but Borlase’s figures, to which he
refers, easily enables us to recognize these forms; all these five but radiata are
cited by Turton, Brit. Faun. (1807) p. 141.
a)
132 OPHIUROIDEA.
arm-plates have a concave proximal and a strongly curved distal
edge ; the upper surface is carinate and the distal end of the keel is
knobbed. The side arm-plates intrude considerably on the proximal
part of these plates and carry about seven spines, of which the
uppermost is shorter than the next three or four, but not so short as
the lowermost two or three. The under arm-plates have the distal
edge wider than the proximal, and often concave outwards. (One
tentacle-scale.
Colour very variable, sometimes very dark, often banded and
spotted with brick-red ;
vailing hue, sometimes grey, slate, or bluish.
It is difficult to give a satisfactory account of the length of the
sometimes a deep brown is the very pre-
arms; in the four here given the total length of the arm is nearly
correct for the last only.
R. Ds
76 8
55 55
4] 4:5
28 o7
Distribution. Norway to Mediterranean—often very abundant.
0-52 fms.
a-e. Faeroe Bank. ‘Porcupine’ Exp.
fh.
59° 35’ N., 9° 11' W., 767 fms.
z. The Minch.
‘Porcupine’ Exp.
‘Porcupine’ Exp.
j-z. Sound of Mull, Tobermory, 50 fms. John Murray, Esq.
a’. Sound of Mull, Tobermory, 70 fms. John Murray, Esq.
6’. Sound of Mull, Tobermory, 5/9/87. John Murray, Esq.
c'. Loch Leven, 25 fms., 27/8/87. John Murray, Esq.
d’-h', Firth of Lorn. John Murray, Esq.
t', x’. Blacksod Bay, 5-6 fms., 01/4/91. R. Tish Acad.
v'. Blacksod Bay. Dr. Grenfell.
w'-z', Kenmare River.
a", b". Portaferry, Aug. 1837, and Strangford, Belfast Phil. & Nat.
11/10/34. Hist. Soe.
e'-e", Off Liverpool.
f"-k". Falmouth. W. P. Cocks, Esq.
Ul’. Falmouth Harbour. W. P. Cocks, Esq.
m''-o'’. Falmouth.
p'-r"'. Plymouth.
s'-w'', Torbay.
v''-b®, Weymouth, Oct. 1880. KE. A. Smith, Esq.
e*—e*, (Herm. R. LL. Spencer, Esq.
J*. Herm, Sept. 1889. Prof. Bell.
g®. Channel Isles. R. L. Spencer, Esq.
h®, 2°. Lulworth, July 1889. F. J. B. Beckford,
Es
j°-l. Lobster Patch, Poole, 53 fms. F. JB Beckford,
/. Loch Etive.
. Great Cumbrae and Wemyss Ground.
. West coast of Scotland.
. 20 miles off Achill Head, 126 fms.
. 40 miles off Achill Head, 220 fms.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
John Murray, Esq.
R. Irish Acad.
R. Irish Acad.
2
OPHIOTHRIX. 135
m'. Poole, 23 fms., July 1889. F. J. B. Beckford,
Esq.
n*. Firth of Forth.
o*-z°. Montrose, 22/6, 27/6, 3/7, 4/7, 6/7, 1889. W. Duncan, Esq.
a‘, Aberdeen. G. Sim, Esq.
b*. KE. coast of Ross-shire, Dr. Sutherland.
c*, d'. Moussa (Shetland). EK. M. Nelson, Esq.
e*, Orkney. Haslar Coll.
2. Ophiothrix luetkeni.
Ophiothrix litkeni, Wyv. Thoms. Depths of the Sea, (1872) p. 100
[n.n.]; Lyman, Bull. M. C. Z, iii. (1874) p. 248; td. Chall. Rep.
Oph. (1882) p. 218; Bell, Ann. §& Mag. viii. (1891) p. 339.
Ophiothrix pentaphyllum, Bell, Ann. § Mag. iv. (1889) p. 436; ed.
J. Mar. Biol. Assoc, i. (1890) p. 825.
A stout well-grown species. Arms about ten times as long as
the radius of the disk. The scales on the disk not unlike those of
O. fragilis and, as in it, they may or may not be covered with
spines. The interbrachial spaces have the middle third occupied
by fine spines, which are sometimes only poorly developed, while
the sides are bare. The triangular shields differ chiefly from those
of O. fragilis in not having their spines or spinous granules confined
to one angle.
Teeth-papille coarse. Arms broad, flat, strong. The upper
arm-plates somewhat variable in form, but always with a few fine
spines on their surface; they are hardly at all carinate, and have
pretty even proximal and distal edges. Spines coarser and rather
shorter than in O. fragilis, about seven in number. The lower
arm-plates may. have a distal concavity, but this is not very obvious
in full-grown specimens. One tentacle-scale.
Colour white or banded, or spotted with red or purple.
R. Oe
100 (arm broken) 11-5
150 (arm broken) 13
(arms much broken) 15
Distribution. A young specimen reported by Lyman from the
Azores. 90-315 fms.
a. 40 miles off Bolus Head, 115 fms. R. Irish Acad.
6. 50 miles off Bolus Head, 200 fms. R. Irish Acad.
ce, d. 50° 50' 15” N., 11° 12’ 30” W., 200 fms. G. C. Bourne, Esq.
e. 48° 39’ 42" N., 10° 07' 27” W., 90 fms. G. C. Bourne, Esq.
f. S.W. coast of Ireland, 200 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
g. 3.W. coast of Ireland, 250 or 315 fms. ‘Fiying Fox’ Exp.
h-+yj. ——? ‘Porcupine’ Exp.
134 OPHIUROIDEA.
STREPTOPHIURG (see p. 26).
1. OPHIOSCOLEX.
Ophioscolex, WM. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 109; Lyman, Chall. Lep.
Oph. (1882) p. 252.
Teeth and mouth-papille; tooth-papille present or absent.
No upper arm-plates. A thick naked skin covers all the disk and
extends on to the arms and spines. ‘Tentacle-scales present or
absent.
Key to the Species.
Mouth-papille seven to ten ...:.-......225 1. O. glacials.
Mouth-papille tem or more ..0........:..-- 2. O. purpurea.
1. Ophioscolex glacialis.
Ophioscolex glacialis, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 109; Barr. §
M‘ Andrew, Ann. § Mag. xx. (1857) p.46; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861)
pp-7&12; Lyman, Bull. M. C. Z. x. (1883) p. 268; Hoyle, Proc.
Kk. Soe. Edinb. xii. (1884) p. 720.
Disk nearly circular; arms seven to nine times as long as radius
of disk, flattened, tapering rather rapidly. All the parts of the disk
are obscured by the thick wrinkled skin, except the seven to ten
somewhat irregularly arranged delicate mouth-papille. Three deli-
cate arm-spines about as long as the arm is broad. No tentacle-
scale.
Colour, in spirit, yellowish white.
R=65; 42. r=7;
6.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, as far south as
38° 21' 50” N., 73° 32’ W. (West Indies?) on the west, from
Faeroe to Spitzbergen on the east. 100-300 fms,
Some semi-macerated fragments, determined by Mr. Lyman, from
60° 0’ N., 5° 13’ W., 312 fms. * Porcupine’ Exp.
2. Ophioscolex purpurea.
Ophioscolex purpurea, Diib. § Kor. Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846),
p. 235, pl. vi. fig. 2; Sars, Nory. Ech. (1861) p. 8.
Ophioscolex purpureus, Lyman, Bull. C. M. Z, v. (1878) p. 233 ad.
Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 234; Hoyle, Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed. xii.
(1884) p. 720.
Disk pentangular; arms about cight times as long as the radius
of the disk, flattened, do not taper very rapidly. Mouth-papille
more numerous (ten or more), stouter, and more regularly arranged
OPHIOBYRSA. 135
than in O. glacialis, Three arm-spines rather shorter than in the
preceding species. One tentacle-scale.
Colour said to be ** intense purpureus,” but in spirit quite white.
R=384; 32. r=45; 4.
Distribution. Both sides of the North Atlantic, as far south as
23° 1' N., 83° 14’ W., 190 fms.; Norway, 64-767 fms.
a. 59° 56’ N., 6° 27’ W., 363 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 54).
b,c. 60° 14' N., 6° 17' W., 632 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 57).
d, e. 60° 39' N., 8° 9' W., 203 fms. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 74).
7. 60° O'N., 6° 13’ W., 312 fms, ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 82).
2. OPHIOBYRSA.
Ophiobyrsa, Lyman, Bull. M. C. Z. vy. (1878) p. 181; a. Chall. Rep.
Oph. (1882) p. 245.
Mouth-armature consists of a set of spines at the angles, with a
spine scattered here and there on the sides of the jaws. Disk
covered with thick integument on which spines or spinous granules
are feebly developed. Upper arm-plates reduced or absent; side
arm-plates project and carry slightly roughened spines. No
tentacle-scales. Very large bursal slits.
1. Ophiobyrsa hystricis.
Ophiobyrsa hystricis, Lyman, Bull. Mus. C. Z. x. (1883) p. 272,
pl. viii. figs. 120-122; Hoyle, Proc, Roy. Soc. Ed. xii. (1884)
p- 711; Bell, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc, i. (1890) p. 826; ad. P. ZS.
1892, p. 185. pl. xii. figs. 2 & 3.
A very large Ophiurid, Wyv. Thomson, Depths of the Sea, (1874)
p. 128.
A large fine species, not unlike an Ophiomywxa.
Disk and arms flattened; skin of disk alone beset with spines,
which are best marked on the radial shields; no spines on dorsal
surface of arms. Radial shields narrow, wider without than within.
Upper arm-plates represented by two vestigial plates, which do not
meet in the middle line or touch their neighbours in front or behind.
Five feebly roughened arm-spines, the uppermost the longest. Lower
arm-plates tend to be square. The prominent bursal slit looks both
downwards and outwards, and the outer portion is marked by a
strongly curved lip.
During life or in spirit the details are much obscured by the
thick skin, which extends even on to the spines ; the skin in drying
is apt to contort the specimen.
Colour, in spirit, white ; dry, disk dark, arms lighter.
R. ns
185 2
250 (or more) 16
136 OPHIUROIDEA.
a. North-west of Shetland, 345 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. (St. 63).
b. Off S.W. coast of Ireland, 315 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
ec, Off S.W. coast of Ireland, 400 fms. G. C. Bourne, Esq.
Distribution. These are the only known habitats.
3. OPHIOMYXA.
Ophiomyxa, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 108; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph.
(1882) p. 244.
Disk and arms covered by a thick skin. Mouth-papille and teeth
flattened lobes, with serrate edges. No tentacle-scales. Arm-
spines jagged at tip.
1. Ophiomyxa serpentaria.
Ophiomyxa serpentaria, Lyman, Bull. M.C. Z. x. (1888) p. 274; Hoyle,
Proc. Roy. Soc, Ed, xii. (1884) p. 710.
A single specimen, reported by Lyman from 363 fms. in Faeroe
Channel, and distinguished by the absence of upper arm-plates,
three short arm-spines, and three small mouth-papille; radial
shields small *.
CLADOPHIURE (see p. 26).
ASTRON YCIN A (see p. 27).
ASTRONYX.
Asteronyx, M. Tr, Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 119; Norman, Ann. § Mag.
xv. (1865) p. 105.
Astronyx, Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 285.
Disk pentagonal, arched, sharply separated from the narrow
arms ; radial shields in the form of elongated rods, but broken into
several pieces. Papille on the angles of the mouth large ; mouth-
shields hidden and small, as is the madreporite. Basal clefts set in
a depression, very short, and in the interbrachial angle only. Some
of the arm-spines hooked.
1. Astronyx loveni.
Asteronyx loveni, IZ. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 119; Sars, Norg. Ech:
(1861) p. 5, pl. i. figs. 1-56; Stewart, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 96 (fig.) 5
Norm. Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 106; Jarzynsky, Trans. Petersb-
Soc. Nat. i. (1870) p. 318; Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882)
p. 187; Stim, Zoologist, xl, (1882) p. 24; Hoyle, Proc. R. Phys.
Soc. Ed. viii. (1884) p. 187; id. Proc. Roy. Soc, Ed. xii. (1884)
p. 713.
Arms very long, slender, convex above, flattened below, very fine
* No specimen is in the British Museum.
GORGONOCEPILALUS, 137
at tip; one of the arm-spines very much longer than the rest, and
almost as long as the arm is wide. Skin both of disk and arms
without any hard deposit; no tentacle-scale; about six mouth-
papillae.
Colour, in spirit, creamy white.
Sometimes found clasping the axes of living specimens of Funicu-
lina quadrangularis. Arms not naturally extended, but when so
drawn out may give a spread of 800 mm.
R. ie
380 (ca.) 15
» 360 (ca.) 20
175 (ca.) 10
125 (ca.) 8
Iistribution. Circumpolar: North Sea, eastern side of North
Atlantic, Japan. To 350 fms.
a. The Minch.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
6. Loch Torridon.
J. A. Stewart, sq.
e-g. Loch Hourn, 70 fms., 29/8/87. John Murray, Esq.
h. Firth of Lorn. John Murray, Esq.
7,7. Firth of Lorn (embracing Funiculina quad- John Murray, Esq.
rangularis).
k,l. Aberdeen. Geo. Sim, Esq,
GORGONOCEPHALIN SE (see p. 27).
GORGONOCEPHALUS.
Gorgonocephalus (pars), Leach, Zool. Mise. ii. (1815) p. 51; (sens.
emend.) Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 258.
Euryale (pars), Lamk. An. s. Vert. ii, (1816) p. 585; Ag. Mém. Soe.
Neuch. li. (1839), Notice, Se. p. 1.
Astrophyton (pars), Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 67; M. Tr. Syst.
Ast, (1842) p. 121; Lyman, Ill. Cat. Mus. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 180;
Norm. Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865) p. 105.
Disk rounded or with slight re-entering curves, thick; arms
narrow at the base and not dividing so frequently as in Astrophyton.
Radial shields elongated, diverge considerably. Upper arm-plates
represented by a mosaic of thin irregular plates.
Key to the Species.
Dorsal surface of disk spiny .............. 1. G. linckt.
Dorsal surface of disk not spiny...,........ 2. G. eucnemis.
1. Gorgonocephalus lincki.
? Astrophyton arborescens, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. (1777) p. 56 (non
MEL T.\)s
? Asterias caput-meduse, Turt. Brit. Faun. (1801) p. 140,
? Astrophyton scutatum, Flem. Brit. An. (1827) p. 489; Couch, Corn.
Faun, i, (1838) p. 84.
138 OPHIUROIDEA.
? Euryale scutatum, De Bl. Actin. (1884) p. 246 (non Gould, Invert.
Mass. (1841) p. 545).
Astrophyton scutatum, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1840) p. 67 (non Agassiz,
Mém. Soc. Neuch. ii. (1859), Notice &e. p. 11).
Astrophyton linckii, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 122; Lyman, Ill.
Cat. M. C. Z. 1. (1865) p. 190; Norman, Ann. § Mag. xv. (1865)
. 105.
Goseonodapieind linckii, Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 264;
Hoyle, Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Ed. viii. (1885) p. 138.
Disk with a single madreporite at one of the angles of the rays,
equally covered on the whole of the dorsal surface with strong
spinous cylinders or cones, the longest near or on the margin; un-
equal and irregular development of spines on the ventral surface.
No tubercles on the arms, but on the ventral side a median band of
large granules ; papille well developed, three and then four in a
row.
Distribution. North Atlantic (eastern side).
No specimen from British area in the collection of the British
Museum.
2. Gorgonocephalus eucnemis.
? Asterias caput-meduse, Fabr. Faun. Grenl. (1780) p. 872, no. 367 ;
Dewhurst, Nat. Hist. Cetacea, (1854) p. 279.
Astrophyton eucnemis, M. Tr, Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 125; Liith. K.
Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. v. (1859) p. 70, pl. ii. figs. 9-19; Sars,
Norg. Ech. (1861) p.4; Lyman, Til. Cat. M. C. Z.i. (1865) p. 181;
Marenzeller, Denks, Ak. Wien, xxxv. (1878) p. 383.
Gorgonocephalus eucnemis, Lyman, Chall. Rep. Oph. (1882) p. 263;
Hoyle, Proc, R. Phys. Soc, Ed. viii. (1884) p. 187,
Disk with a single madreporite at one of the angles of the rays.
Surface of disk with thin integument, through which the elongated
radial shields stand out very prominently ; the surface of the shields
loosely covered with granules, but there are no spines or tubercles ;
skin in interbrachial areas smooth, as are, too, the under surfaces
of the arms; three, four, or five papille.
Colour yellowish brown.
Distribution. Northern parts of Atlantic (east and west).
ECHINOIDEA. 139
ECHINOIDEA (see p. 27).
CIDARID/ (see p. 29).
CIDARIS.
Cidaris, Leske (ex Klein), Addit. (1778) p. 42 (pars) ; Gray, Ann. Philos.
xxvl. (1825) p. 426; Ag. § Des. Ann. Sc. Nat. vi. (1846) p. 325;
J. Mill. Abhl. k. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1853 (1854) p. 123; Desor, Syn. Ech.
Joss. p. 3; Stewart, Q. J. M. S. xi. (1871) p. 51; A. Ag. Rev. Ech.
(1872-4) p. 252 ; ed. Chall. Rep. 1881, p. 33; Loven, Bih. K. Svensk.
Vet.- Akad. Hdig. xiii. (1887(8}) iv. no. 5, p. 138; Duncan, J. Linn.
Soc. xxiii. (1889) p. 27.
Cidarites, Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 52.
Kocidaris, Desor, Syn. Ech. foss. (1858) p. 155.
Rabdocidaris, 7d. op. cit. p. 89; Rhabdocidaris, De Loriol, Mém. Soc.
Phys. Geneve, xxviii. no. 8 (1885) p. 7.
Leiocidaris, 2d. op. eit. p. 48.
Porocidaris, 2d. op. cit. p. 46; Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. elxiv. (1874)
. 726.
Phyllacanthus (subg.), Brandt, Prodr. descr. Anim. (1835) p. 67.
Gymnocidaris, A. Ag. Bull. M. C. Z. i. (1863) p. 17.
Orthocidaris, ¢d. ibid.
Temnocidaris, zd. ¢. ec. p. 18.
Prionocidaris, 7d. ced.
Stephanocidaris, 7d. aid.
Chondrocidaris, td. zbid.
Dorocidaris (subg.), 7d. Rev. Ech. (1872) p. 254.
Schleinitzia, Studer, MB, Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 463.
Discocidaris (subg.), Doderlein, Arch. f. Naturg. 1885, p. 82.
_ Test stout, turban-shaped, flattened above and below; ambu-
lacral aree slightly sinuous, about one-fourth the breadth of the
interambulacral ares ; the plates of the latter are not numerous,
and each has its centre occupied by a large primary tubercle. This
is frequently perforated at its tip, but it may not be, and the base
may or may not be crenulated.
A large number of generic forms have been quite unnecessarily
distinguished, as the synonymy of the genus shows.
Key to the Species.
Peristome nearly as large as calycinal area.......... 1. C. papillata.
Peristome much smaller than calycinal area ........ 2. C. purpurata.
PROUT URAL A POCLOR Aes ds taste eae ee cle dsls « s 3. C. gracilis,
1. Cidaris papillata.
Cidaris papillata, Leske, Addit. (1778) p. 61, pl. xxxix. fig. 2; Flem.
Brit. An. (1828) p. 477; Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 146;
Philippi, Avch. f. Nat. 1845, p. 353; Dib. § Kor. Vet.-Ak.
Hadlg. 1844 (1846), p. 255, pl. ix. figs. 25-30; Ag. Ann. Set. Nat.
vi. (1846) p. 524; Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p.2; Sars, Norg. Ech.
(1861) p. 98; Lovén, Vet.-Ak. Hdlg. xi. 7. (1874) pl. xx.;
Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. elxiv. (1874) p. 722, pl. lix. figs. 1-13,
Echinus cidaris, ? var. a, Sowerby, Brit. Mise. (1805) p. 89, pl. 44.
Cidarites papillata, Desmoul. Syn. Ech. (1837) p. 320.
140 ECHINOIDEA.
Leiocidaris papillata, Duj. § Hup. Ech. (1862) p. 485; Perr. Ann.
Sct. Nat. xiii. (1870) p. 24.
Orthocidaris papillata, A. Ag. Bull. Mus. C. Z. i. (1863) p. 17.
Dorocidaris papillata, A. Ag. Rev, Ech, (1872-3) pp. 105 & 254,
pls. i., i. 6, i. a. figs. 1-18, il. b. tigs. 1-5, ii. ¢. figs. 7-12 ; id. Bull.
Mus. C. Z, viii. (1878) p. 70; Ludwig, Mitth. oer Stat. Neap. i.
(1879) p. 554; Stewart, Trans. Linn. Soc. i. (1880) p. 569, pl. 70.
figs. 1-5; A. “ly. Chall. Rep. Ech, (1880) p. 40; Ludw. Zeits. f.
w. Zool. Xxxiv. (1882) p. 85, pl. ili. figs. 8-10; Verrill, Am. J. Set.
xxul, (1882) p. 133; A, Ag, Proc. Roy. Soc. Fa. vl. (1883) p Oo fe
Koehler, Ann. Mus. Marseill. i. 3, (1885) p. 118, pl. iii. He lige
Rathbun, Proc. US, Nat. Mus, viii. (1885) p. 611; Prouho, CR.
cil. (1886) p- 1408 ; ed. Arch. Zool. expér. v. (1887) p. 217, pls. 14-
21, 23-25.
Cidarites hystrix, Lamk, Anim. s. Vert. fecal a p- 55; td. op. cit.
(1840) il. p. 879; Desm. Etudes (1851) p
Cidarites (Phyllacanthus) hystrix, Br “nee Py dr, descr. Anim.
(1836) p
Cidaris eee De Blainv. Actinol. (1832) p. 231, pl. xx. bis, fig. 5;
Phil. Arch. f Nat. xi, (1845) p. 853; Ag. Ann. "Sei. Nat. vi. (1846)
p. 32; Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 53; Lovén, op. cit. p. 29, a 5.0.
feller, Zoophyt. u. Lchinod. adriat. Meer. (1863) p- 69.
Leiocidaris hystrix, Du). § Hupé, Hist. nat. Echin. (1862) p. 484.
Orthocidaris hystrix, A. dg. Bull. Mus. C. Z. i. (1865) p. 17.
Dorocidaris hystrix, A. Ag. Rev. Echin. (1872) p. 105.
Dorocidaris abyssicola, 7d. Bull, Mus. C. Z. i. (1869) p. 253.
Cidaris borealis, Duben §& Koren, Utfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1844 (1845),
p dA:
Gass affinis, Phil. Arch. f. Nat. x. (1845) p. 3853; Sars, Nyt
Mag. x. (1859) p. 54; Wyv. Thomson, Phil. Miran. clxiv. (1874)
Dy A205 pleas
Giannis aon Ag. Ann. Sct. Nat. vi. (1846) p. 32; Heller, Zoophyt.
u. Echinod. adriat. Meer, (1868) p. 69; Perrier, Ann. Sci. Nat. xiii.
(1870) p. 26, pl. ii. fig. 6.
Rhabdocidaris hystrix, De Lorioit, Mém. Soc. Phys. et d@ Hist. nat.
Geneve, xxviii. (1883) no. 8, p. 7.
Primary spines are few in number, vary in colour from pale straw
to reddish brown, may be twice as long as the diameter of the test,
but are shorter above and below the ambitus, vary somewhat in
thickness and in the extent to which they are compressed at the
tip; the serration of the spines, caused by the granules on their
surface, is scarcely ever pronounced. There is generally a delicate
pink band at the base of the spine. Round the tubercle to which
the spine is attached are set a number of spatulate spines, light
yellow to dark brown in colour, often darkest in the middle line or
at the tip. The ambulacral spines are less numerous and smaller
than the interambulacral secondaries, while those on the apical area
may be like either, and those on the buccal membrane are like the
former.
The test is flat above, circular in outline; ambulacra slightly
sinuous, not wide; there is no groove connecting the members of
each pair of pores, but there is a transverse ridge along the upper
side of the perforate portion of each ambulacral plate. The inter-
ambulacral area is covered by two regular rows of tubercles and two
more internal and more irregular rows. There are eight or nine
CIDARIS. 141
interambulacral plates in each row; the areole round each primary
tubercle is wide and deep; the tubercle is perforated, but its base
is not crenulated; the remaining portion of each plate is closely
covered with miliaries ; as a rule the circlet of tubercles is complete,
but it sometimes happens that only one row of tubercles divides one
areola from one of its neighbours.
In the calycinal area the periproct has a pentagonal form, and
the angles of the pentagon are produced along the lines of the radii,
a triangular plate separating each of the radials and touching the
interradial by its pointed apex ; the interradials are kidney-shaped in
form, with the long axis at right angles to the line of the ray; the
radials vary a good deal in contour, but are always wider along their
inner than their outer edge, and are generally notched at the sides.
Peristome rather large, about the same size as the calycinal area.
Diameter of
a
Diam. of Height of & Calycinal . Length of
test. test. Mouth, area. Periproct. spines.
43 29 15 17°5 e 83, 42, 20
44 27 16 19 10°5 "3
33 19°5 11 14 =f 54, 22, 15
Distribution. Very wide. ‘“ We dredged it in from 100 to 400
fathoms wherever there was a gravelly or sandy or in any way
a hard bottom, in one continuous belt from the Faeroe Islands to
Gibraltar. . . . In some localities the number of individuals was
quite surprising. In the Shetland Sea, and at some stations off the
South and West of Ireland, the dredge-bag was almost choked with
them” (Wyv. Thomson, Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 725). Prof. A.
Agassiz has himself (Chall. Rep. Ech. p. 38) thrown doubt on his
correct identification of Pacific forms as belonging to this species.
0-874 fms.
a. Off coast of Kerry, 100-200 fms. Royal Irish Academy.
b. OF S.W. coast of Ireland, 250 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
c-n, Off S.W. coast of Ireland, 150-315 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
o. Ott S.W. coast of Ireland (young). ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
p. Off Wexford, 80-40 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp.
g,r. 49° & 50° N., 11° W., 200-400 fms. G. C. Bourne, Esq.
s, t. 40 miles off Achill Head, 144 & 220 fms. R. Dublin Soe.
u. 45 miles off Blackrock, 500 fms., 12/5/91. R. Dublin Soe.
v. 45 miles off Blackrock, 250 fms., 12/5/91. R. Dublin Soe.
2. Cidaris purpurata.
Porocidaris purpurata, Wy». Thoms. Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 728,
pl. lix. figs. 14, 15, pl. Ixi.
Cidaris purpurata, Duncan, J. Linn. Soe. xxiii. (1889) p. 82.
Some of the primary spines are swollen in their basal half, which
is coloured purple. A few of the spines are a little longer * than
the diameter of the test; some are almost smooth, others a good
deal serrated ; those around the mouth are flattened and spatulate.
* Twice and more as long, feste Wyv. Thomson.
142 ECHINOIDEA.
The remaining, smaller, spines of a uniform light brown colour.
The secondaries form a definite circlet around each areola and are
flattened and blunted; the tertiaries are finer and more pointed.
As large as the smaller of these are the large bivalved pedicellarix,
which are most numerous in the apical region. The buccal mem-
brane is crowded with small spines.
The test is somewhat flattened, subpentagonal rather than cir-
cular ; ambulacra about as wide as in C. papillata; around each
pair of pores a groove; the pore-areas are nearly as wide as the
area between them, in which there are two regular rows of miliaries,
with a few smaller tubercles scattered between them. There are
eight or nine plates in each interambulacral series. The areole are
not as deep as in C. papillata; they frequently are only separated
from one another by a single row of granules; the tubercles are
perforated or faintly crenulated ; the granules which closely cover
the plates are more equal in size than in C. papillata.
The extensive calycinal area differs in the two sexes, for in the
female the genital pores are of enormous size, and intrude even on
the upper ambulacral plates. The radials are very regularly heart-
shaped ; the interradials are large, with a nearly straight inner edge,
with sides slightly curved, and the outer edge complete in 3, but
deeply notched in °.
Peristome rather small, considerably smaller than calycinal area.
Diameter of
A.
(au =a
Diam. of Height Peri- Calycinal
test. of test. stone. area. Periproct. Spines.
Coomera os) 32 13 22°5 ah 45, 55, 62
BO. ATS 33 75 23°5 11 23
a, b, North of the Hebrides. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
The two specimens in the Museum are said to be Sir W. Thom-
son’s types; they were taken “about 100 miles to the north of
the Hebrides,” and are by Prof. Agassiz said to have come from a
depth of 542 fms.
3. Cidaris gracilis.
Porocidaris gracilis, Sladen, Proc. R. Irish Acad.i. (1891) p. 699,
plo exe,
Under this name Mr. Sladen has described a single specimen,
“probably immature,” from 51° L' N., 11° 50° W., and depth 750
fms. Perhaps when a mature specimen is found it will be seen to
be only C. purpurata.
ECHINOTHURIIDS (see p. 29).
Key to the Genera of Kchinothuriide.
Vertical muscles divide the coelom into chambers.. 1. ASTHENOSOMA,
No vertical muscles dividing the ecelom into [p. 143.
chamibers:.«,. tae sue hee 4 es onl meres 2, PHORMOSOMA,
[p. 144.
ASTHENOSOMA. 143
1. ASTHENOSOMA.
Asthenosoma, Grube, JB. schles. Ges. xly. (1868) p. 42; A. Ag. Rev.
Ech, (1872) p. 272; Ludwig, Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. xxxiv. (1880) p. 70 ;
Duncan, J. Linn, Soe. xxiii. (1889) p. 45.
Calveria, Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. elxiv. (1874) p. 737.
An Echinothurid in which the imbrication of the coronal plates
is very marked, and the ambulacral plates very wide ; the tubercles
that bear the primary spines form prominent bosses. The calca-
reous deposit in the coronal plates may be greatly reduced, and the
celom is divided into separate chambers by vertically disposed
muscular bands. The organs of Stewart appear, in some species,
to be well developed.
1. Asthenosoma hystrix.
Calveria hystrix, Wyv. Thoms. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. xx. (1872)
p. 494; Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 738 (non Proc. Roy. Soc. xviii.
(1869) p. 445), pls. lxiv. & Ixv.
Asthenosoma hystrix, A. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 93 & 273, pl. ii.
figs. 1-5; td. Bull. Mus. C. Z. viii. (1880) p. 74; td. Mem. C. Z. x.
(1885) p. 29, pls. xiii. & xiv.; Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. ix.
(1886) p. 267; Bell, Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc. vii. (1892) p. 526,
pls. xxiv. & xxv.
Asthenosoma reynoldsii, A. Ag. t. ec. (1880) p. 75.
Calveria fenestrata, Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 741,
pl. xiii. figs. 9 & 9a, & pls. Ixvi. & Ixvii.
Asthenosoma fenestratum, A. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) p. 210.
Varying considerably in one of the chief characters that dis-
tinguish the genus—the extent to which the plates of the corona
are calcified, so that the membranous interspaces may be very
marked or nearly obsolete ; varying also in the size of the genital
pores, but this perhaps is sexual. Varying from pale grey to brilliant
pink; the bands or patches of colour varying considerably in in-
tensity. In each interambulacrum a row of primary tubercles is
well developed ; these diminish in size from the ambitus towards
the mouth and are set very regularly on every plate; above the
ambitus they are not always present on every successive plate, and
they cease about eight plates from the apical area; in addition there
may be a few scattered primary tubercles ; there are no prominent
tubercles in the ambulacra. Both ambulacral and interambulacral
plates are low from above downwards. The anal plates are very
numerous, and nearly all bear a distinct tubercle. The madreporite
is irregularly triangular and somewhat variable in size. The peri-
stomial plates are thickly covered with tubercles. None of the
spines are long, and all but the primaries are delicate and almost
silky.
The diameter of the test may be as much as 200 mm.; one
measuring 110 mm. across has been extended as much as possible,
and its vertical axis was found to measure 50 mm. Specimens in
all kinds of distension, and, if dried, of distortion, may be observed.
144 ECHINOIDEA.
Distribution. Both sides of N. Atlantic from W. Indies to Rockall.
103-547 fms.
a-k, 45 miles off Blackrock, 500 fms. Royal Dublin Society.
l,m. 45 miles off Blackrock, 500 fms. Royal Irish Academy,
n. A dried fragment, marked “type of Cal- ‘ Porcupine’ Exp.
veria hystrix.”
o. Two dried fragments, marked “Sp. 1, ‘ Poreupine’ Exp.
fenestrated.”
2. PHORMOSOMA.
Phormosoma, Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 732; Duncan,
J. fae xxiii. (1889) pp. 42 & 310; Bell, Ann. § Mag. iv. (1889)
p-. 40/.
An Echinothurid in which the coronal plates imbricate slightly,
and the ambulacral plates are narrow; the areol of the tubercles
that bear the primary spines are deeply sunken, and their impress
may be seen on the internal surface of the test. The calcareous
deposit in the coronal plates is greater than in Asthenosoma, and
there are no yertical muscular bands dividing the ccelom into
separate chambers. The organs of Stewart are not known to be
ever well developed.
1. Phormosoma placenta.
Phormosoma placenta, Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874)
p- 782, pls. lxit. & Ixiii. figs. 1-8; A. Ag. Bull. M. C. Z. x.
(1883) p. 301, pls. xii. & xv. figs. 3-19; wd. Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed.
xi. (1883) p. 697; Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix. (1886)
p. 267; Bell, Ann. § Mag. iv. (1889) p. 436.
Phormosoma sigsbei, A. Ag. Bull. M. C. Z. viii. (1880) p. 75.
A species with very large primary tubercles, which are more
numerously developed on the oral than the aboral surface; they
have well marked areole, and from what is known as to their spines
it is probable that they are rather long and have a stout calcareous
cap: these tubercles are both ambulacral and interambulacral in
position. There are but few other tubercles on the surface above
the ambitus, but below, and especially near the mouth, there are a
number of tubercles, which are also developed on the transversely
elongated peristomial plates. Organs of Stewart vestigial.
Colour deep purple below, grey above, with spots and patches of
purple.
Diam. of calye.
Diam. of test. Diam. of mouth. area.
125 36 20
110 5b4 18
100 32 18
95 24-5 SPS
80 21 14:5
Distribution. Both sides of Atlantic, as far south as the Lesser
ECHINUS. 145
Antilles, and as far north as the Faeroe Channel. From 150-
1242 fms.
a-e, OF S.W. coast of Ireland, 1000 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
Jf. Off S.W. coast of Ireland, 500 fms. Royal Dublin Soe.
g. Three fragments, marked “ Calveria Phormo-
soma. Types of Porcupine.”
2. Phormosoma urauus.
Phormosoma uranus, Wyv. Thoms. Voyage of ‘ Challenger’ (The
Atlantic) (1877), i. p. 146, figs. 35 & 34; A. Ag. Chall. Rep. (1881)
p- 103, pl. xvili.e. fig. 12; 7d. Mem. Mus. C. Z. x. (1883) p. 35,
Is. x. & xi.; 7d. Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed. xi. (1883) p. 697; Rathbun,
Proce. US. Nat. Mus. ix. (1886) p. 268; Sladen, Proc. R. Irish
Acad, i. (1891) p. 701.
Phormosoma petersii, A. Ag. Bull. Mus. C. Z. viii. (1880) p. 76.
Test very thin; large primary tubercles not greatly developed till
a late period of growth, and then “not closely packed but irregu-
larly arranged” and limited to region near the ambitus. When
collected of a brilliant claret colour.
Distribution. Both sides of Atlantic from Lesser Antilles to Faeroe
Channel. 399-1742 fms.
A specimen dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Knight Errant’ from 555 fms.,
N.W. of Lewis, was referred to this species by Prof. Agassiz.
ECHINID (see p. 30).
Key to the Genera of Echinide.
A. Three pairs of pores in an arc......... 1. Ecuinus, p. 145.
B. More than three pairs of pores in an are. [p. 155.
i. With moderate gill-cuts ........ 2, STRONGYLOCENTROTUS,
li. With deep gill-cuts ............ 3. SPHARECHINUS, p. 158.
1. ECHINUS.
Echinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. (1758) p. 663 (pars); Ag. wm Val.
Anat. Echin. (1841) p. ii; Desor, Syn. Ech. foss. (1858) p.123; A. Ag.
Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 121, 293; Carus, Prod. Faun. Med. (1884)
p- 100: Dune. J. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (1889) p. 126, ‘
Heliocidaris (pars), Desml. ef. Ag. §& Des. Ann. Set. Nat. (2) vi.
yh D
Spheerechinus (pars), Dj. § Hupé, Echinod, (1862) p. 529.
Psammechinus, Ag. et Des. t. c. p. 368 (subg.) ; Desor, Syn. Ech. foss.
(1858) p. 118; Liitken, Vid. Medd. 1863 (1864), p. 140.
Test varies greatly in size and shape, often swollen at ambitus ;
ambulacra rather narrow, ares of pores more or less vertical ;
primary tubercles subequal in all parts of the test, more closely
packed below than above the ambitus. Peristome moderate or small,
slits slight; membrane sometimes covered by secondary calcareous
plates in addition to the five pairs of small radial plates. Spines
never long, acutely pointed, sometimes quite sharp.
L
146 ECHTNOIDEA.
Key to the Species.
A. Primary spines very much longer than secondary.
I, Mouth of moderate size.
a. No red patches near periproct ........ 1. E. acutus.
8. Red patches near periproct .......... 2. E. norvegicus.
IL, “Mouthivery sara en no ee ee ter 3. E. microstoma.
B. Primary spines short.
a. Withopurple tips oe ape ae Gir oe A. E. miliaris.
8. With tips not purple i.e. en cette eck 5. E. esculentus.
C. Primaryxspines moderate yy .ceie aoe ene 6. FE. elegans.
1. Echinus acutus.
Kchinus acutus, Zamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 45; de Bl. Dict.
Sci. Nat, xxxvii. (1825) p. 78; Desmoulins, Syn. Ech. (1887)
p. 270; Ag. § Desor, Ann. Sct. Nat. vi. (1846) p. 865; Aradas,
Atti Ac. Gioenia, viii. (1853) p. 276; A. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872)
p- 121, & (1873) p. 489; Ludwig, Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. i. (1879)
p: 558; Koehler, Ann. Mus. Marseille, i. 3. (1883) p. 121; Carus,
Prod. Faun. Mediterr. (1884) p. 100; Bell, Ann. § Mag. iv. (1889)
p. 439; Prouho, C. R. cii. (1886) p. 444.
Kchinus miliaris, Flem. Mem. Wern. Soc. ii. (1818) p. 246; Brit.
Anim, (1828) p. 478 [non auctt. ].
Kchinus flemingii, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 164; Diib. § Kor.
Vet.-Akad. Halg. 1844 (1846), p. 266; Ag. & Desor, Ann. Sct.
Nat. vi. (1846) p. 365; Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 3; ’ Sars, Nyt
Mag. x. (1859) p. 55; Gr ube, Insel Lussin, (1864) p. 101 ; Wyo.
Thomson, Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 744, pl. 68, fig. 14.
Primary spines much larger and longer than secondary, more or
less pointed at their tip; pale yellow in colour, but rather darker at
the base; shorter, blunter, and more closely packed below than
above the ambitus. Secondary spines much more numerous, much
shorter and finer than the primary; the smaliest exceedingly fine.
Pedicellarie very numerous, of various sizes, as much as 3 mm. in
length. The spines of the adult are proportionately shorter than
those of younger specimens.
Test of full-grown form conical above, almost flat below, small
mouth, moderately sized apical area; neither primary nor secondary
tubercles are very numerous above the ambitus; below, however,
the plates are well covered. Apical area pentangular; periproct
rather large, all the radials shut off from it; the madreporite is
not prominent, and the tubercles on the interradials are rather
small. In the interambulacra there about fifty plates, each of
which may, above the ambitus, carry one large primary tubercle;
this may be very prominent or less well marked or absent; below
the ambitus there are three or four subequal primary tubercles, and
these diminish in size and number as the mouth is approached.
The number of secondary tubercles is not large, and the miliaries
are not closely packed. The number of compound ambulacral
plates may be nearly fifty; each of these has a large primary
tubercle set about the middle of each plate, but the ambulacral
present the same kind of variations as the interambulacral tubercles ;
above the ambitus secondary tubercles are very rare, so that in both
ambulacral and interambulacral areas the middle line is almost
HCUINUS. 147
completely bare. Below the ambitus the secondary tubercles are
more numerous, and the miliaries are very well developed. The
peristome is pentagonal and the gill-cuts slight. A bright red
line extends along the twenty lines of the primary tubercles above
the ambitus and give a very characteristic appearance to the test.
A very considerable amount of variation is exhibited by :—
(a) The form of the test. This is always much flatter in younger
than older specimens, but the former vary in the extent to which
they are respectively conical; the latter are sometimes more rounded
than is typically the case, and the sharpness of the apical pole is
sometimes a good deal blunted.
(>) The length of the spines. The younger examples usually
have the spines proportionately longer than the adult, but the latter
vary very considerably among themselves. When the spines are
short, they are sometimes more than ordinarily stout.
(c) In many cases the bases of the spines are green, but they are
sometimes red.
Diameter of
Diam. of r— “~ —————. Longest
test. Height. Peristome. Calye. area. Periproct. spine.
115 66 27 as ® 29
115 60 27 20°5 9 36
110 78 24-5 18°5 9
50 30 18°5 12 a5 Re
50 27 Ly ic a 28
42 28 14 ‘c 4:5 26
38 22 12 10 4-5 24
30 12:5 10 ae ate 21
23 11 9 21
Distribution. Atlantic from Neiene and Halifax to Ascension ;
North Sea; Mediterranean; off Kermadec Island. To 1350 fms.
a. Off Tenby. Prof. W. N. Parker.
a me S.W. Ireland.
. S.W. Ireland, 55 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
n. 1 SW. Ireland, 110 fms. : Flying Fox’ Exp.
o. S.W. Ireland, 150 fms. ‘ Flying Fox’ Exp.
p. Galway Bay. Royal Dublin Soe.
q. 20 miles off Achill Head, 20 fms. Royal Dublin Soe.
s-u. Falmouth. W. P. Cocks, Esq.
riba Weymouth.
d'. Tynemouth.
2. Echinus norvegicus.
Echinus norvegicus, Dib, § Kor, Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846),
p- 268, pl. ix. figs. 33-39; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 94; A. A
Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 125 & 296, pl. via. fig. 4; Wyv. Thoms. Pe,
Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 744; Mob. § Biitschli, ‘TB. Comm. Kiel, ii.
& iii. (1875) p. 149; A. Ag. Chall. Rep. Ech. (1880) p. 117 ; td.
Bull, Mus, C. wv; vill. (1880) p. 77.
Kchinus (Psammechinus) norvegicus, Ag. § Desor, Ann. Sct. Nat.
vi. (1846) p. 568.
Psammechinus norwegicus, Daj. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 526.
L2
148 ECHINOIDEA.
Echinus flemingii, A. Ag. Bull. Mus. C. Z. i. (1862) p. 262.
Echinus depressus, G. O. Sars, Vid.-Selsk. Forh. 1871 (1872), p. 23.
Kcbinus elegans, Bell, Journ. Linn, Soe. xvii. (1884) p. 102 *,
All the specimens in the Collection known to come from the
British area belong to the small form of this species, which it will
be sufficient to describe in detail.
The test is conspicuous by a reddish, much more rarely greenish,
patch in the middle of each ambulacral and interambulacral area.
In the latter the patch may be wide and extend to the ambitus; in
the former it may be wedge-shaped. In many dried tests the latter
and in some the former also may completely fade away. The test
is more or less depressed or conical, flat beneath, with rather large
peristome, calycinal area and periproct, all of which are or may be
juvenile characters, but are in this case found in a form which
has been shown to have matured gonads.
Primary spines white, sometimes red at base, often rather long
and delicate, nearly the diameter of the test, not very numerous,
sometimes a good deal shorter and then rather stouter and yellower
or greenish in hue. A moderate number of well-developed smaller
spines, most numerous below the ambitus. Pedicellariz pretty
numerous, some with the three valves very thick at their base,
though not so fleshy as in L. microstoma.
Ten or eleven plates in each row of the interambulacra, with
a single, central, large primary tubercle; below the ambitus the
secondaries are pretty numerous, above it they are much more
sparse. The interambulacra are wide owing to the width of the
poriferous zones; these are the most noticeable when there is an
intermediate reddish wedge-shaped patch above the ambitus,
above which the large primaries are not developed, and only a few
scattered secondaries are to be found. The size and number of the
tubercles is, however, subject to some considerable variation.
The calycinal area is often remarkably prominent, either because
of the coloration of the area or the raising up of its constituent
plates; the radials are all shut out from the periproct, the inter-
radials are rather large, and there are three or four granules along
the inner edge; the number of granules on the interradials is
inconstant. The peristome is large and nearly circular, its mem-
brane is remarkable for the large quantity, small amount, or absence
of calcareous plates.
Diameter of
A
Diam. of Height of —
test. test. Peristome. _— Calye. area. Posen
15 6-5 55 Ms) 2°5
15 8 5 a7 27
14 a 52 na we
12 7 5) 4:8 2
10 5°25 4-3 4 2
10 4-75 3°25 37) 2
* Echinus rarispina of Thomson (Phil. Trans. clxiv. p. 744) and of Hoyle
(Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Ed. x. p. 417) are references to a MSS. species of Sars.
ECHINUS. 149
The longest primary spines of specimens of this size vary from
8-4 to 4 mm.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, from Norway to
Valentia, and Halifax, U.S., to Florida; off Japan; off Patagonia.
Littoral to 2435 fms.
a. Zetland. R. M‘Andrew, Esq.
b-k. 52° 25' N., 11° 40’ W., 80-110 fms. ‘ a ate ? Exp.
I,m. 50° 29’ 26" N., 11° 4° W., 400 fms. G. C. Bourne, Esq.
3. Echinus microstoma. (Plate XIV. figs. 1 & 2.)
Echinus microstoma, Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 744,
pl. Ixviii. figs. 1-10; Norman, Ann. § Mag. vi. (1880) p. 455; Bell,
Ann. § Mag. iv. (1889) p. 440, pl. xix. fig. 1.
Primary spines not numerous, of moderate length, fairly stout,
taper very gradually or end bluntly; white, straw-coloured, or
crimson ; shorter, blunter, and more closely packed above than
below the ambitus; rather finely striated. Secondary spines very
fine and rather sparse above the ambitus, below which they are
stouter and more numerous. Pedicellariz not abundant.
Test very thin, somewhat flattened above, tumid below; small
peristome, a little depressed ; calycinal area of moderate size; both
primary and secondary tubercles rather rare above the ambitus, but
much more numerous below. Calycinal area with rather large peri-
proct, from which all the radials are shut off; madreporite not very
prominent; the tubercles on the interradials are confined to the inner
half, where they are closely packed. In the interambulacra there are
about twenty plates, each with a prominent central primary tubercle ;
these diminish in size more markedly as they approach the peri-
stome than the periproct, above the ambitus they are surrounded
by a few secondary and miliary tubercles, which are more numerous
and definitely arranged below it. There are rather less than thirty
compound pore-plates; these bear distinct primary tubercles at and
below the ambitus only ; above it only an occasional plate here and
there carries a largish tubercle. The number of smaller tubercles
is also scanty above, and not very large below the ambitus. The
peristome is small and depressed, and the gill-cuts are not well
marked. The surface of the test is a brilliant brick- or salmon-red,
with which a little yellow is sometimes combined.
The bright-red colour, the thin test, and the proportionately small
peristome easily distinguish this species, which is very common in
deep water. Its range of variation does not seem to be as marked
as that of some other members of the genus.
Diam. of test. Height. Peristome. Periproct.
68 34 Mi 14
a0 25 12 Ss)
47 20 13 3)
43 19°5 115 3)
40 21 10°5 4°5
150 ECHEINOIDEA.
The spines vary somewhat, but a length of about 12 mm. is
probably common among the primary spines of average-sized
examples.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay, West coasts of Ireland and Scotland.
a-c, 28 miles W., 3S. of Dursley Head, 108 fms. Royal Irish Academy.
d—f. 45 miles of Blackrock, 500 tms. Royal Dublin Soc.
g-). S.W. coast of Ireland, 110 fms. ‘ Flying Fox’ Exp.
k-p. 5. W. coast of Ireland, 180 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
q. S.W. coast of Ireland, 500 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
4. Echinus miliaris.
Echinus miliaris*, Z., Gmel. Syst. Nat. xiii. (1778) p. 3169 ; Lamk.
An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 49; de Bl. Dict. Sei. Nat. xxxvii. (1825)
p- 80; Desmoul. Etudes (1857) p. 272; Ag. im Val. Anat. Echin.
(1841) p. vi; Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 161; Gray, Brit. Rad.
(1848) p. 38; Maitland, Faun. Belg. (1851) p. 94; Thompson, Nat.
Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 441 ; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p.94; A. Ag.
Rev. Ech. (1872-74) pp. 125 & 495; Mob. § Biitschh, JB. Comm.
Kiel, ii. & iii. (1875) p. 149.
Echinus (Psammechinus) miliaris, 4g. § Desor, An. Sct. Nat. vi.
(1846) p. 368.
Psammechinus miliaris, Desor, Syn. Ech. foss. (1855) p. 119, pl. xviii.
fig.5; Duj. § Hup. Ech. (1862) p. 526; Perr. Ann. Sct. Nat. xiii.
(1870) p. 41; Fischer, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxviii. (1869)
p. 370; Barr. Cat. Crust. (1882) p. 44.
Echinus saxatilis, O. F. Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. (1776) p. 235 (non
LTinn., nec Fabr.).
Cidaris saxatilis, Leske, Addit. (1778) p. 18.
Kchinus pustulatus, dg. am Val. Anat. Ech. (1841) p. vi.
Psammechinus pustulatus, Day. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 527.
Kehinus virens, Dub. § Kor, Vet.-Akad, Hdlg. 1844 (1846), p. 274,
pl. x. figs. 43-45.
Echinus (Psammechinus) koreni, 4g. § Desor, Ann. Sci. Nat. vi.
(1846) p. 368.
Primary spines rather short, longest at the ambitus, pretty
numerous, slightly tapering, finely ribbed, and often purple at the tip.
A considerable number of secondary spines, similar to but smaller
than the primary.
Test stout, with a quantity of tubercles, markedly pentangular,
but more so in adults than young, more or less depressed above,
never at all high; peristome rather large, pentagonal in adult, its
membrane armed with a number of small scales. Calycinal area
moderate, all the radials excluded from the rather large periproct ;
the pores in both radials and interradials well marked ; madreporite
sometimes a good deal swollen.
In the interambulacra there are about twenty plates, each of
which, both below and above the ambitus, carries a distinct primary
* The references by A. Agassiz (Rev. Heh. p. 125) to “ Mill. 1771, Knorr,
Del.,” and by Hoyle (Proc. R. Phys. Soe. Ed. x. p. 417), “ P. L. S. Miller in
Knorr, Delic. Nat. Select. pl. D” [for which read D. ii. 5, p. 108], appear to be to
a nomen nudum.
ECHINUS. 151
tubercle, and the rows formed by them are quite well marked. At
the ambitus there are on the outer side of this primary tubercle
two or three secondary tubercles, and on the inner side one or two;
these disappear very regularly as either pole is approached ; there
may be two rows of these secondary tubercles on each plate, or the
second row may be replaced by one made up of a larger number of
miliaries ; with these, at any rate, the rest of each plate is closely
packed.
On the ambulacral plates, of which there are about thirty in each
row, a prominent primary tubercle is also to be noticed; this is
placed just inside the rather wide poriferous zone ; between the two
rows are a number of secondary and miliary tubercles, but they are
not so closely packed as in the interambulacral area ; a few miliaries
are scattered over the poriferous zone. The distribution of tubercles
on the calycinal plates is not constant, but it frequently happens
that the interradials have three or four largish tubercles on the edge
nearest the periproct.
Colour: the tips of the spines may be light or pinkish, but are
more frequently purple; the test, when dry, may be dark grey-
brown with pink bands, or have a more general pinkish or reddish
hue.
On the whole this is perhaps the species of Hchinus which presents
less striking variations than any other found in our seas; even the
differences due to age are slighter than is often the case.
Diameter of
Diam. — - ~ ~ Longest
of test. Height. Peristome. Calye. area. Periproct. spine.
34 17 13 35 4:5
27 13 11°5 7 3d ae
19 10 8 55 3 75
16 9 8 + 2
Distribution. The species extends northwards to Iceland and
southwards into the Mediterranean ; North Sea. To 45 fms.
a-c. Between Loch Reraig and Plocton, 8-24 John Murray, Esq.
fms., 21/9/91.
d-f. Loch Goil, 45 fms. (February). John Murray, Esq.
g. Wilbrennan Sound, 10-20 fms. (March). John Murray, Esq.
h, Whiting Bay, Arran. Rev. D. Lansborough.
?. Kenmare River (July 1889).
j-n. Lough Hoyle (July 1889).
o. Ballywater. Belfast Nat. Hist. &
Phil. Soe.
p. Strangford Lough, 5 fms., 8/9/51. Belfast Nat. Hist. &
Phil. Soe.
g-s. Isle of Man. Prof, E. Forbes.
t-v. Off Liverpool.
w,x. Low water near Tenby (March 1889).
y,z. Falmouth. W. P. Cocks, Esq.
a’. Plymouth.
‘, ec’. Plymouth.
b',¢
d'—f, Weymouth (October). Edgar A, Smith, Esq.
152 ECHINOIDEA.
g',f'. St. Leonards (August). R. [. Pocock, Esq.
?,j. Lobster Patch, Poole, 53 fms., July F. J. B. Beckford, Esq.
1889.
k',U, S. England. B. B. Woodward, Esq.
m'—s', Firth of Forth.
t’. Zetland. R. McAndrew, Esq.
©. Echinus esculentus.
Kchinus esculentus, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. (1758) p. 663; ad. Faun.
Suec, ed, ii. (1761) p. 518, no. 2116; id. M. L. U. (1764) p. 705 ; ad.
Syst. Nat. xii. (1766) p. 1102; Penn. Brit. Zool. (1777) iv. p. 57,
pl. 384; zd. op. cit. (1812) iv. p. 137, pl. xxxvi.; Flem. Brit. An.
(1828) p. 478; Desm. Syn. Ech. (1837) p. 278; Diib. § Kor, Vet.-
Akad. Hdlg, 1844 (1846), p. 264; Ag. § Desor, Ann. Ser. Nat.
vi. (1846) p. 565; Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 3; Liitk. Vid. Medd.
1856, p. 72; ad. op. cit. 1871, p. 806; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861)
p. 93; Jarzynsky, Trans. Petersb. Soc. Nat. i. (1870) p. 319; Al.
Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 122, 491, pl. vii.a. fig. 7; Wyv. Thoms.
Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 744; Mob. § Biitsch. JB. Comm. Kiel,
i. & iil. (1875) p. 149; Bell, J. L. S. xvii. (1883) p. 105; Herd-
man, Liverp. M. B. C. i. (1886) p. 136; Scott, Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist.
i. (1892) p. 49.
Spheerechinus esculentus, Duj. § Hup. Echin, (1862) p. 529; Perr.
Ann. Sci, Nat. xii. (1870) p. 151.
Kchinus sphera, O. F, Miill. Zool. Dan. Prod. p. 235, no. 2845;
Nilsson, Coll. Zool. Scan. (1817) p. 4; Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841)
p- 149; Ag. am Val. Anat. Echin. (1841) p. ii; Maitland, Faun.
Belg. (1851) p. 938; Gosse, Tenby, (1856) p. 240, pls. xii. & xiii. ;
Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. (1856) iv. p. 441; Stewart, Tr. L. S.
xxv. (1866) pl. 1. fig. 2@; Romanes § Ewart, Phil. Trans. elxxii.
(1881) p. 851 (general physiology) ; Geddes § Beddard, Tr. R.
Soc. Ed. xxx. (1888) p. 385, pls. xix.—xxi. (pedicellariz).
Kehinus globiformis, Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 44; de Bl. Dict.
Sct. Nat. xxxvii. (1825) p. 79; Desm. Etud. (1837) p. 270.
Kchinus subangulosus, de Bl. t.c. p. 78; Desm. t.c. p. 270,
Nechinus pseudomelo, de Gi. t. c. p. 77; Desm. t.¢. p. 270.
Kchinus aurantiacus, de Bl. t.c. p. 79; Desm. t. ¢. p. 272.
Kchinus quinqueangulatus, de Bi. t.c. p. 79; Desm. t. c. p. 270.
Hchinus violaceus, de Bi. t.c. p. 80; Desm. t.c, p. 272.
Primary spines numerous, short, not sharply pointed; whitish or
pinkish in colour, often violet at the tip or for their whole extent ;
longest at the ambitus. So closely packed are they that the
secondary spines are with difficulty detected; these are fine and
short. Pedicellariw very numerous, of various sizes, but not so large
as in 1, acutus. Spines not much shorter proportionately in old
than young specimens, sometimes not at all so.
Test of adult well rounded, often not flattened in any way, except
of course on the oral surface, and there not abruptly, but some-
times quite pentagonal, occasionally subconical, sometimes rather
depressed; mouth of moderate size, apical area not large, madre-
porite rather prominent. Large numbers of primary tubercles,
which are larger at and below than above the ambitus. Apical area
irregularly pentagonal ; periproct not large, all the radials generally,
ECHINUS. 153
but not always, shut off from it ; three large tubercles often on inner
edge of each interradial. In the interambulacra there may be as many
as seventy plates, and on these a tendency may sometimes be observed
to carry alternately one and two large primary tubercles ; there is
typically a regular row of primary tubercles from pole to pole fringing
the poriferous zone, but with increase of size several of them may
become absorbed. ‘The tubercles are rather larger and more closely
packed below than above the ambitus ; there are a moderate number
of secondary and miliary tubercles. The number of compound ambu-
lacral plates is about thirty, and they are covered by a number of
primary tubercles, of which there may be as many as six in a
rather irregular row ; there may be two irregular rows, and the
irregularity may be further increased by absorption of some of the
tubercles. No median bare space in either ambulacra or inter-
ambulacra, except in rare cases. Peristome rounded or pentagonal,
the membrane closely covered with plates bearing fine spines ; near
the mouth the spines are much stouter, and a large number of
pedicellariz are scattered among them.
Distribution. East side of North Atlantic, North Sea, Mediter-
ranean ; Port Nata] and John Adams Bank (Brazil). ‘To 110 fms.
a. Loch Etive, 15-20 fms. John Murray, Esq.
b. Tobermory, 30.fms. John Murray, Esq.
c. 4 miles 8.E. of Sanda, 30-38 fms. John Murray, Esq.
d,e. Between Sanda and Ailsa Craig, 24fms, John Murray, Esq.
f-A. Wilbrennan Sound, 10-20 fms. Jobn Murray, Ksq.
?,j. Loch Fyne, 80 fms. John Murray, Esq.
k,l. Between Great Cumbrae and Wemyss John Murray, Esq.
Ground.
m. West coast of Scotland.
n. Belfast Bay, 20 fms. Belfast Nat. Hist. &
Phil. Soc.
o. S.W. coast of Ireland, 50-GO fis.
p. S.W. coast of Leland, 110 fms.
q-t. ? Galway Bay. Royal Dublin Soe.
u. Turbary, 8. Ireland. Dr. Grenfell.
v, w. Off Liverpool.
x, Fishing-ground off Lundy,
y. Of Tenby.
z. Off Tenby. Dr. Bowerbank.
a’. Ulracombe, Dr. Gray.
6’. Polperro.
ce’. Falmouth. W. P. Cocks, Esq.
d', Plymouth. C, Stewart, Esq.
e'-h'. Plymouth,
',7'. Poole, 24 fms., July 1889, F. J. B. Beckford, Esq.
k'. Outside Portland Breakwater. Rev. 8. O. Ridley.
l’. Herm, T. H. Powell, Esq.
m'—p'. Fern Islands. W. Thorburn, Esq.
q'-s'. Firth of Forth, Dr. Leach.
t’. Firth of Forth. KE. Forbes, Esq.
u'~7''. Montrose. W. Duncan, Esq.
k'-m'’, Cromarty and Moray Firths. Dr. A. Sutherland.
n'-w'', Moussa, Shetland. Ki. M. Nelson, Esq.
154 ECHINOIDEA.
wv". English Channel. Miss Buckland.
y''. British Seas. Coll. Mantell.
z''-d’, British Seas.
6. Echinus elegans. (Plate XIV. figs. 3 & 4.)
Echinus elegans, Dib. &§& Kor. Vet.-Ak. Hdlg. 1844 (1846), p. 272,
pl. x. figs. 40-42; Ag. § Desor, Ann, Sct. Nat. vi. (1846) p. 365;
Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p.94; Duj. § Hupé, Hist. Nat. Ech,
(1862) p. 524; A. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1873-3 hie 122 & 491, pl. vii. a.
fic. 4; Wy». Thoms. Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 744, "pl. Ixviil.
figs. 11-18; Al. Ag. Bull. Mus. C. Z. viii. isso} p. 77: id. Chall.
Rep. (1881) p. 115.
Test rather stout and rather high, sloping somewhat rapidly
fromm apex to ambitus, flattened below. Primary spines of mcderate
length, often with the appearance of being broken at their tips,
much shorter below than above the ambitus, red in colour, except
at the tip which is white; below the ambitus as much as or more
than half the length of the spine may be white. Secondary spines
of the same colour, numerous, rather delicate. Pedicellariza nume-
rous, large, valves as much as 2-5 mm.long. Spines proportionately
much longer in young than old forms.
Peristome moderate, calycinal area not large, but madreporite
very large and conspicuous. Primary tubercles more widely sepa-
rated above than below the ambitus, and the secondaries much
more numerous below than above it.
In both ambulacral and interambulacral areze there is a con-
spicuous median space devoid of all but small tubercles and bearing
only small spines. About twenty-five plates in each interambu-
lacral row ; the primary tubercle which occupies its centre is very
conspicuous, has a wide spreading base, and stands well up; there
are only a few secondary tubercles on these plates. The primary
tubercles on the interambulacral plates diminish more rapidly in
size towards the calycinal than the peristomial area ; at the ambitus
they are quite prominent.
All the radial plates are shut out from the periproct; there may
be one, two, or three largish tubercles on the inner border of each
interradial plate.
Colour: the denuded test has a pinkish hue, of not so deep a red
as in #. microstoma, and not so patchy as in #. norvegicus.
Diameter of
Diam. of Height of —
—-—-— +. -—— ~ Longest
test. test. Peristome. Calyc. area. = Periproct. spine.
19 85 775 oo
19 9 75 6 2:5 ie
15 8 55 Bs 2 12
12°5 35 6 ae 2 1
9 4 375 3 1:5 10
85 4 $3 2°75 15
In drawing up this diagnosis much use has been necessarily
STRONG YLOCENTROTUS. 155
made of a well-grown specimen from Hardangerfjord, as the Col-
lection contains but few specimens and all small. According to
Sars this species is very rare. It has been sometimes thought to be
‘a variety of Z. norvegicus; with the small number at my disposal
I am quite able to see the points of difference.
Distribution. Both sides of Atlantic ; Mediterranean ; Admiralty
Islands. Down to 1350 fms,
a-d, St. 47 a*. ‘ Porcupine Exp.,’ 1868,
e-h. S.W. Ireland, 250 fms. ‘Flying Fox’ Exp.
7,j. 54 miles off Achill Head, 500 fms. Royal Dublin Society.
k, l. 45 miles off Blackrock, 500 fms. Royal Dublin Society.
Echinus melo, Lamk.
I cannot inscribe this species in the list of British specimens on the present
record ; Forbes (Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1850 (1851), p. 123) speaks of an Echinus
which “ appears to be identical with the Echinus melo of the Mediterranean,”
as having been found by Mr. Peach on the coast of Cornwall. In his ‘ Revision ’
Prof. Alex. Agassiz makes no reference to this, but in the Proc. Roy. Soe.
Edinb. xi. (1882), p. 697, he reports EZ. melo from off North Rona, after saying
“there is nothing new.”
2. STRONGYLOCENTROTUS.
Echinus (pars), O. F. Miiller, Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 285; Molina,
Stor. nat. Chili, (1782) p. 348.
Echinus (Toxopneustes) (pars), dg. § Des. Ann. Sci. Nat. vi. (1846)
. 367.
Siren oceninatad, Brandt, Prodr. descr. Anim, (1835) p. 63; Gray,
Proc, Zool. Soc. 1855, p. 87 ; A. Agass. Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 161 &
276; Carus, Prod. Faun. Med. (1884) p. 99; Duncan, J. Linn. Sve.
xxiii. (1889) p. 121.
Heliocidaris (pars), dg. § Des. Ann. Set. Nat. vi. (1846) p. 371.
Echinometra, Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 4.
Loxechinus, Desor, Syn. Ech. fuss. (1858) p. 136.
Psammechinus (pars), Duj. § Hup. Ech. (1862) p. 525.
Spherechinus (pars), zd. ¢. ¢. p. 529.
Anthocidaris, Liith. Vid. Medd. 1863 (1864), p. 164.
Euryechinus, Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. x. (1866) p. 341.
An echinine Echinid in which the secondary plates are formed of
more than three primary plates. Test circular or subpentagonal ;
gill-slits well marked.
Key to the Species.
Primary spines hardly larger than secondaries .... 1. S. droehachiensis.
Primary spines distinctly larger than secondaries... 2. S. lividus.
* No Station “47a” is given in the Report of the Voyage published in the
Proc. Roy. Soc. 1869-70; Stat. 47 was at 59° 34’ N., 7° 18’ W., depth
2 fms.
156
ECHINOIDEA.
1. Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)
Echinus drobachiensis, O. F. Mill. Prodr. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 235,
no. 2846 ; L., Gmel. S. N. xiii. (1778) p. 3169; Lritk. Vid. Medd.
Kj benh. 1856, p. 91, and 1857, p. 24; C. Stewart, Tr. L. S. xxv.
(1865) pl. 1. fig. 3; Jarzynsky, Trans. Petersb. Soc. Nat. i. (1870)
. 318; Stuxberg, Afv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1878, no. 3, p. 29.
Richens saxatilis, Fabr. Faun. Grenl. (1780) no. 368; Nilss. Coll.
Zool. Scan, (1817) p. 9 (non Linn. nec O. F. Miill.).
Echinus (Toxopneustes) drobachiensis, 4g. § Des. Ann. Sct. Nat. vi.
(1846) p. 867; Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 58; zd. Norg. Echin.
(1861) p. 95.
Toxopneustes drobachiensis, Duj. § Hupé, Hist. Nat. Echin. (1362)
p: 682; Lntk. Vid. Medd. 1863 (1864), p. 143; Al. Ag. Proc. Bost.
Soc. N. H. 1868, p. 191; id. Proc, A. N. S. Philad. 1863, p. 357 ;
ad. Sea-side Studies, (1865) p. 101, figs. 181-135, 173-181 (Pluteus) ;
Packard, Canad, Nat. § Geol, viii. (1863) p. 405; Wyv. Thoms.
Phil. Trans, clxiv. (1874) p. 745 ; Levinsen, Dijmphna Togt. (1887)
p. SV.
iinet drébachensis, Gray, Brit. Rad, (1848) p. 4.
Kuryechinus drobachiensis, Verr, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1866,
pp. 340 & 352.
Kchinus neglectus, Lamk. An, s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 49, & iii. (1840)
p. 366; Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 172 (fig.); Dib. §& Kor.
Vet.-Ak. Hdlg. 1844 (1846), p. 277; Maitland, Faun. Belg. (1851)
p. 93; Forbes in Sutherl. Voy. (1852) p. cexiv.
Hchinus (Toxopneustes) neglectus, Ag.§ Des. Ann. Se. Nat. vi. (1846)
p- 867; Brandt in Middend, Sibir. Reise, (1851) ii. 1. p. 34.
Toxopneustes neglectus, Desor, Synops. (1858) p. 135, pl. xvii. bis
fies. 1 & 2.
Echinus subangularis, Flem. Brit. An. (1828) p- 479 (non Leske).
Strongylocentrotus chlorocentrotus, Brandt, Prod. dese. Anim. (1885)
. 64,
Beads chlorocentrotus, Stimps. Bost. J. N. H. vi. (1857) p. 526.
Kchious granularis, Say, J. A. N. S. Philad. vy. (1827) p. 225 (non
Lamk.).
Kchinus granulatus, Gould, Inv. Mass. (1841) p. 344.
Kuryechinus granulatus, Verrzl, P. Bost. Soc. N. H. x. (1866) pp. 840
& 352.
Strongylocentrotus drébachiensis, A. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872-73)
pp- 162, 277, pls. iv. a. figs. 2, 3, 6, pl. vi. fig. 9, pls. ix. & x.; 2d.
Bull. Mus. C. Z. viii. p. 76; 1d. Mem. Mus. C. Z. ix. no. 2, pl. x.;
Mob. § Biitsch. TB, Comm. Kiel, ii. & ii. (1875) p. 149; Marenz.
Denk. Ak. Wien, xxxv. (1877) pp. 359 & 385; Dune. § Slad.
Echinod. Arct, Sea, (1881) p. 19; Bell, P. Z. 8S. 1881, p. 427; id.
wn Markham’s Polar Reconnais. (1881) p. 346, and J. Linn. Sve.
xvii. (1883) p. 103; Lesle § Herdm. Pr. Phys. Soc. Ed. vi. (1881)
p. 93; Hoffmann, Ned. Arch. Zool., Suppl. Bd. (1881) p. 14;
Murdoch, Exp. to Port Barrow, Aluska, (1885) p. 158; Fischer,
Intern. Polarforsch, iii. (1886) p. 38; Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. ix, (1886) pp. 271 & 275; Ludw. Zool. Jahrb. i. (1886)
p. 281; Pfeffer, JB. Hamb. iii. (1886) p. 49; Sturberg, Vega
Exped. v. (1887) p. 155; Whiteaves, Tr. R. Soc. Canada, iv. 4.
(1887) p. 117; Scott, Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. i. (1892) p. 49.
Kchinus (Toxopneustes) dubenii, dg. Ann. Ser. Nat. vi. (1846)
p. 368.
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS. 157
Toxopneustes dubeni, Dey. §& Hupé, Hist. Nat. Echin. (1862) p. 532.
Toxopneustes carnosus, Al. Ag. Proc. A. N. S. Philad. (1853)
p. 367.
Toxopneustes pictus, Norm. Rep. Brit. Assoc, 1868 (1869), p. 314.
Toxopneustes pallidus, G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christ. 1871,
p. 25.
Toxopneustes droebachiensis, Zovén, Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. xi. no. 7 (1874)
pl. xvii.
Test never large. Primary spines rather short, numerous, rather
sharp, white, brick-red, bright red, purple, yellowish green, or green
throughout, or with the tip lighter or darker than the rest. Secondary
spines numerous, not obscured by the primaries ; pedicellarice
numerous.
Test pentagonal in outline, rather depressed; pretty stout, with
twenty prominent rows of primary tubercles, large peristome ;
ealycinal area compact, prominent madreporite, moderate periproct.
About fourteen plates in each interambulacral series, those at the
ambitus twice as wide as deep, with asingle large primary tubercle
occupying the middle of the plate ; on either side there is a smaller
primary tubercle, and on the outer side there are sometimes two,
one above the other; these are larger and more definitely arranged
below and at than above the ambitus ; the rest of the plate is occupied
by smaller miliary tubercles. The primaries of the ambulacral
plates are somewhat smaller than those of the interambulacral, but
the primary tubercle which occupies the middle of each plate is
quite distinct ; between the two rows are afew miliaries, and in the
midst of each are there is one small tubercle, occasionally there are
two, and very rarely there are three.
Distribution, Circumpolar, extending as far south as north coast
of France, Massachusetts Bay, Vancouver’s Island, Sea of Okhotsk.
0-640 fms.
a, Shetland. Ki. Forbes, Esq.
6. Sandwich Bay, Shetland. KE. M. Nelson, Esq.
e, Cromarty Frith. Dr. A. Sutherland.
d-x. Montrose. W. Duncan, Esq.
2. Strongylocentrotus lividus.
Echinus lividus, Zamk. An, s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 50; de Bl. Dict.
Sci. Nat. xxxvii. (1825) p.,88; Desmoulins, Syn. Ech. (1837)
p-. 282; Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 167 ; Valentin. Anat. Echin.
(1841) p. 1; Cuvier (Masson’s ed.), pl. 11. figs. 2-4; J. Miiller,
Abkh, Ak. Berl. 1850 (1852), p.49, with numerous figs. of larvee, as
also in Metschnikoff, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. xiv. (1869) no. 8, pls. vii.
& vili.; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 441; Cailliaud,
- Cat. Rad. Lowre Inf. (1865) p. 21; John, Arch. f. Nat. ly. (1889)
pp. 299-801; Fewkes, Amer, Nat, xxiv. (1890) p. 1.
Echinus lithophagus, Leach, Tilloch’s Phil. Mag. xxxix. (1812)
p. 151; 7d. Mem. Wern. Soc. ii. (1818) p. 647.
Hehinus sp., L. 7. Bennett, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. (1827) p. 74.
Kchinus (‘l'oxopneustes) lividus, 4g. § Des. Ann. Sci. Nat. vi. (1846)
p- 867.
158 ECHINOIDFA.
Toxopneustes lividus, Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p.52; Bronn, Ki. u.
Ordn. ii (1859) p. 333, and numerous figs. :
Euryechinus lividus, Verr. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. x. (1866)
. 4d,
Renn vulgaris, de Bl. Dict. Scr. Nat. xxxvil. (1825) p. 341;
Desmoulins, Syn. Ech. (1837) p. 278; Gray, Cat. Brit. Rad.
(1848) p. 4.
Echinus purpureus, Risso, Eur, Mérid. v. (1846) p. 277.
Toxopneustes concavus, dg. § Des. Ann. Sct. Nat. Vi. (1846)
. 367.
Toro pnetstss complanatus, Ag. & Des. bid.
Strongylocentrotus lividus, A. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) p. 164, & (18738)
p. 446; Gauthier, Compt. Rend. Ixxix. (1874) p. 402: Koehler,
Ann. Mus. Marseille, i. 3. (1888) p. 123; Carus, Prod. Faun. Med.
(1884) p. 99; Korschelt, Zool. Jahrb. iii. (anat.) (1889) p. 653
(development) ; Barrots, Rev. Biol. i. (1888) p. 79.
Distribution. Atlantic, from British Channel to Canaries; Brazil ;
Mediterranean. 0-2 fms.
a. Ilfracombe.
b-f. Ireland. Earl of Enniskillen.
g-). Ireland.
k. Cork. J. Humphrey, Esq.
l, Guernsey. R. L. Spencer, Esq.
m, Jersey.
3. SPHARECHINUS.
KEchinus (pars), Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 38.
Toxopneustes (pars), dg. § Des, Ann. Sct. Nat. vi. (1846) p. 367.
Spheerechinus, Desor, Syn. Ech. foss. (1858) p. 134; A. Ag. Rev. Ech.
(1872) pp. 159 & 451; Bell, P. Z. S.1881, p.480; Carus, Prod. Faun.
Med. (1884) p. 100; Duncan, J. Linn. Soc, xxiii. (1889) p. 122.
Closely allied to Strongylocentrotus, but distinguished by deeper
gill-slits, several sets of ossicles on buccal membrane, and widely
diverging free ends of radius in Lantern of Aristotle.
1. Spherechinus granularis. (Plate XV. figs. 2 & 3.)
Echinus granularis, Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 44.
Kchinus (Toxopneustes) granularis, Ay. § Des. Ann. Sct. Nat. vi.
(1846) p. 367.
Spherechinus granularis, 4. Ag. Bull. M. C. Z. i. (1863) p. 23;
Liitk. Vid, Medd. 1863 (1864), p. 143; Fischer, Actes Soc. Linn.
Bordeaux, xxvii. (1869) p. 868; A. Ag, Rev. Ech, (1872) p. 159, &
(1875) p. 452; Ludwig, Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. i. (1879) p. 557;
Koehler, Ann. Mus. Marseille, 1. 3. (1883) p. 125; Carus, Prod.
Faun. Mediter. (1884) p. 100; Barrois, Rev. Biol. i. (1889)
p- LOY.
Kchinus brevispinosus, Risso, Eur. Mérid. vy. (1826) p. 277.
Echinus (Toxopneustes) brevispinosus. Ag. § Des. Ann. Sct. Nat. vi.
(1846) p. 367; Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 56.
Toxopneustes brevispinosus, Bronn, Kl. u. Ordn. ii. (1860) p. 337;
Dohrn, Zeits. f. wiss, Zool. xxxv. (1875) p. 471 [mode of feeding
=
ol:
SPH ®RECHINUS. 159
Spheerechinus brevispinosus, Desor, Syn. Ech. foss. (1858) p. 154.
Kchinus esculentus, de Bl. Dict. Sct. Nat. xxxvii. (1825) p. 86.
Spherechinus esculentus, Bronn, Kl. u. Ordn. ii. (1860) pl. xxxvii.
figs. 1-3 & 5-14, pl. xxxix. figs. 6 & 8.
Echinus equituberculatus, de Bl. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxvii. (1825) p. 86
(not p. 76).
Kchinus eequituberculatus, Desmoulins, Syn. Echin. (1837) p. 280.
Kchinus subglobiformis, de Bi. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxvii. (1825) p. 89;
Desmoulins, Syn. Ech. (1837) p. 282.
Echinus dubius, de Bl. op. cit. p. 87 ; Desm. op. cit. p. 280.
Kchinus (Toxopneustes) albidus, 4g. § Des. Ann. Sct. Nat. vi. (1846)
p- 367.
Test may attain some size. Primary spines short, very numerous,
rather blunt, white, purple, purple tipped with white, pink, red or
brown ; secondary spines inconspicuous; pedicellarize globiferz
enormous.
Test hemispherical or slightly conical, not often depressed ; stout,
thickly covered with primary tubercles. Small peristome, compact
calycinal area, rather large periproct.
In a typical specimen there are rather more than thirty plates in
each interambulacral series, and those at the ambitus are about
three times as wide as deep; they there bear six primary tubercles
each, and this number only slowly decreases as either pole of the
test is reached; the primary tubercles are not very prominent, but
their large number gives a special facies to the test; scattered
around and between them are small miliaries. ‘The primaries of the
ambulacral plates are somewhat smaller than those of the inter-
ambulacral; there are, at the ambitus, two on either plate, and the
inner of these disappears somewhat more rapidly above than below
the ambitus, so that a narrow, almost bare space is left near the apex
of the test ; near the line of suture one of the secondary tubercles is
often rather prominent. The poriferous zones vary somewhat in
breadth, the arrangement of the pairs of pores in ares being in-
constant. Hach compound pore-plate may carry five or six pairs of
pores, and on each there is one rather large tubercle.
The plates of the calycinal area form a narrow ring, and even the
madreporite is not very prominent: the tuberculation is inconstant ;
two of the radials touch the periproct, which is of an elongated
oval form. The vent is excentric; round it are some very small
plates, but the rest of the circumanal plates are rather large.
The test may be of a purplish or pinkish hue ; the poriferous zones
are generally of a lighter hue than the rest of the test, but appear
to be somewhat depressed in consequence of the smaller size of the
tubercles on than those to either side of them.
Diameter of
Diameter Height of ———- ait SN
of test. test. Peristome. Calye. area. _Periproct.
82 o7 24 15 9
66°5 40 21 11:5 §
58 36 20°5 9
5
48 30 18:5 85 3)
160 ECHINOIDEA.
Specimens about 70 mm. in diameter have the longest spines
between 9 and 10 mm. long; but the spines are little, if at all, shorter
in examples with a diameter of 50 mm. The spines vary more in
colour than in their other characters.
Within the British area this species is only found in the Channel
Islands.
Distribution. Coasts of France, Spain, and Portugal; Mediter-
ranean. Q-d37 fms.
a. Herm. T. H. Powell, Esq.
b, Herm. R. L, Spencer, Esq.
CLYPEASTRID & (see p. 31).
ECHINOCYAMUS.
Kchinocyamus, Van Phelsum (1774), Brief aan C. Nozeman, (1774)
p. 131, pls. 1 & 2; Ag. Mon. Seut. (1841) p. 125; A. Ag. Rev. Lich.
(1872) pp. 111 & 304; Dune. J. Linn. Soc, xxiii. (1889) p. 144.
Spatagus, O. F. Mill. Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 236 (pars).
Kehinus, Z., Gmelin, Syst. Nat. (1789) p. 8168 (pars).
Fibularia, Lamk. An. s. Vert. (1816) p. 16 (pars).
Test small, rather thick; ambulacra short, wider than the inter-
ambulacra ; anus round, midway between mouth and hinder margin ;
tubercles small, set in depressions.
1. Echinocyamus pusillus. (Plate XVI. figs. 8 & 9.)
Spatagus pusillus, O. F. Mull. Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 236; Abilg.
Zool. Dan. iii. (1789) p. 18, pl. xci. figs. 5 & 6.
Kchinocyamus angulosus, Leske, Add. p. 151; Ag. Mon. Scut. (1841)
p. 180, pl. 27. figs. 14-18; Dib. § Kor. Vet.-Akad. Hdlg. 1844
(1846), p.279; Ag. § Des. Ann. Sct. Nat. vii. (1847) p. 140; Sars,
Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 95; Duj. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 556.
Echinus pulvinulus, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. (1812) p. 140.
Kchinocyamus pusillus, Gray, Ann. Phil. xxvi. (1825) p. 428; Fem.
Brit. An. (1828) p. 481; Ag. Mon. Scut. (1841) p. 128, pl. 27.
figs. 1-8; Forbes, brit. Starf. (1841) p.175; Phil. Arch. f. Nat.
1245, i. p. 356 [on its variation]; Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 5;
Gray, Cat. Rec. Ech. (1855) p. 28; Thompson, Nat. Hist. Irel. iv.
(1856) p. 441; Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 60; Heller, Zooph. §
Echin. Adriat. (1868) p. 66; Modge, Tr. North. § Durh. iv. (1872)
p- 140; Al. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 111 & 304; Mob. & Biitsch,
JB. Comm. Keel, ii. & ii. (1876) p. 149; Ludwig, Mitth. zool. Stat.
Neap. i. (1879) p. 559; Koehler, Ann. Mus. Marseille, 1. 3. (1885)
p. 127; Carus, Prod, Faun. Mediter, (1884) p. 101.
Fibularia tarentina, Lamk. An. s. Vert. i. (1816) p. 17; Risso, Eur.
Meérid. v. (1826) p. 283.
Clypeaster pulvinulus, Van den Ende, Nat. Verh. Hollandsche
Maatsch. xvi. 2. (1828) p. 801.
Fibularia pusillus, Maitland, Faun. Belg. septent. (1851) p. 92.
ECHINOCYAMUS. 16L
Echinocyamus angulatus, Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874)
p. 747.
Test always small, very variable in form. Spines short, greenish
er yellowish, fading to white; some about twice as long as the
rest and rather longer, more or less club-shaped ; a few longer than
the rest around the mouth; the finer spines are thickest at their
free end.
The test has generally an elongated oval form, but sometimes, and
more particularly with smaller specimens, it is rounded ; the lower
surface is often flattened, but sometimes is more or less tumid; the
upper is flattish or slightly arched. The tubercles are large and are set
in deep areole, which in full-grown specimens give a characteristic
deep-pitted appearance to the surface of the test. The ambulacral
are wider than the interambulacral areas; there are six or seven
pairs of pores, the distal more widely separated from one another
than the proximal. Mouth rather large, circular or suboval in form ;
anus about half as far from the edge of the test as from the mouth.
Length. Breadth. Height.
6 4-6 25
6 5 3
5 4 2
3°5 3 2
Quite unlike any other British Echinoid; generally distributed,
but not well represented in collections.
Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic (from Azores to Nor-
way; Florida); Mediterranean. 0-325-fms.
a-d. Mouth of Sound of Mull. J. Murray, Esq.
e, f. Arran. Rey. D. Landsborough.
g-k. Castle Chichester, 6-10 fms. (Aug. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
26th, 1844).
1. Portmarnock. Belfast Nat. Hist. Soe.
m,n. Near Tenby (May 1888).
o-z. Kent.
a', b'. Berwick-on-Tweed. Dr. G. Johnston.
c'-f’. Montrose. W. Duncan, Esq.
g'-l'. Sandwich Bay, Shetland. KE. M. Nelson, Esq.
Arachnoides placenta.
Hehinarachnius placenta, Gmelin; Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 178, fig.
This species, confined, so far as is known, to the Indian and Pacific Oceans,
is stated by Forbes to have been dredged by Jameson in deep water off Foula.
The specimen is not now to be found in either the Museum of Science and Art
or the University Museum at Edinburgh, and it is impossible to say what the
error is Or whence it arose.
162 ECHINOIDEA.
SPATANGID A (see p. 31).
Key to the Genera of Spatangide.
A. Peristome nearly central............ 1. NEoLAMPAS, p. 162.
B. Peristome excentric.
i. No subanal fasciole .......... 2, SCHIZASTER, p. 168.
ii. A subanal fasciole.
a. Some of the tubercles much larger
Phamsthe ests yy crisis teen tere 3. SPATANGUS, p. 164.
B. Tubercles subequal.
i, Test highest behind .......... 4, EcurnocarpiuM, p. 168.
ii. Test not highest behind ...... 5. Brissopsis, p. 172.
1. NEOLAMPAS.
Neolampas, A. Ag. Bull. Mus. C. Z.i. (1869) p. 271; 2d. Rev. Ech.
(1872) pp. 147 & 840; Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 745 ;
Duncan, J. Linn, Soc. xxiii, (1889) p. 195.
Test prolonged posteriorly into a short blunt rostrum, and arching
nearly uniformly from before backwards. Ambulacra flush with
the surface of the test, and formed of a uniform double row of
single pores. Well-developed bourrelets and floscelles.
1. Neolampas rostellata.
Neolampas rostellatus, Al. dy. Bull. Mus. C. Z. i, (1869) p. 271.
Neolampas rostellata, 4. Ag. Rev. Ech. pp. 147 & 340, pl. xvii.
figs. 1-12; Wyv. Thoms. Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 745, pl. xix.
“The single specimen procured in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition,
which was dredged living in 690 fathoms at the mouth of the
English Channel, is 20 millims. in length, 16 millims. in extreme
width across the ambitus, and 7 millims. in height. The outline
from above is not quite symmetrically oval or pyriform, the shell
bulging on either side somewhat uregularly towards the posterior
extremity. In profile, the anterior end of the test is the thinnest ;
the outline rises to the apex and then sinks gradually to the trun-
cated posterior rostrum, along the top of which it coincides with a
slight longitudinal ridge. The oral surface of the test also rises
slightly from the anterior border to produce the depression in which
the mouth is placed, and from the mouth it sinks towards the trun-
cated extremity forming the floor of the rostrum. This truncated
end is occupied by a deep inversion, deepest above, at the bottom of
which the anal orifice opens. The periproct is oval, large, and plated.
with small scales. In one specimen there is no trace of the exserted
anal tube described by Prof. A. Agassiz as occurring in the specimens
dredged by Count Pourtales in the Strait of Florida.
“The ambulacra have all precisely the same character. Those of
the bivium are apparently in slight depressions. This is, however,
only an effect produced by the slight projection of the sides of the
posterior rostrum. The ambulacra are not very easily seen, the
pores are so minute ; by holding the shell up to the light, however,
they become sufficiently apparent as rows of simple pores passing
SCHIZASTER. 163
between irregularly hexagonal plates, in double series, from the apex
to the mouth. The ambulacral aree widen somewhat from the
apex to the ambitus, and become slightly narrower from the ambitus
towards the mouth; they are about 4 millims. in width at the
widest point, the lateral ambulacral spaces being 12 millims.
At the mouth the ambulacra expand into a very distinct floscelle,
and the interambulacral are end in bourrelets crowded with
tubercles and bearing combs of long spatulate spines. The plates
of the apical disk are so compacted and fused together, that it is
difficult to trace their outline. Eight holes, nearly of equal size,
surround a central madreporic tubercle ; of these, five terminate the
ambulacra, and are the pits for the sense-organs, the other three are
ovarial. The posterior and the right anterior ovaries and ducts are
undeveloped.
“The surface of the test is crowded with minute tubercles for the
articulation of the larger spines and many small granules. The
tubercles are imperforate, with a smooth mammillary boss ; they
are placed in circular scrobicular depressions, but they project some-
what above these and above the surface of the test. The larger
spines, articulated to the tubercles, are cylindrical, fenestrated, with
slight asperities on the longitudinal calcareous shafts. The small
spines which, attached to the minute granules, form a close under-
felting all over the test are fenestrated and slightly roughened, and
expand at the end into a rosette of pointed tubercles. The pedi-
cellarize articulated to some of the granules are three-valved ; they
are very small and of a somewhat peculiar form, though resembling
generally the smallest pedicellaria in Hchinus.
“The bases of the valves are wider, the valves themselves are
rounder and more arched and toothed round the edge. Round the
mouth there are groups of three and four very small pedicellaria,
differing in form somewhat. from the others, and with the bases of
the valves apparently fused together.”
I have not been able to trace this specimen, the account of which
as here given, is copied from Sir Wyville Thomson’s description in
the ‘ Philosophical Transactions.’
The species has been found at various depths between 100 and
229 fms. off the coasts of Florida.
2. SCHIZASTER.
Echinus (pars), Linn. Syst. Nat. x. (1758) p. 663.
Spatangus (pars), Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 27.
Ova, Gray, Ann. Phil. x. (1825) p. 431.
Micraster (pars), Ag. Mém. Soc. Neuch. i. (1836) p. 184.
Schizaster, zd. t. c. p. 185; td. § Des. Ann, Sci. Nat. viii. (1847) p. 20;
Al. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 157 & 363; Carus, Prod. Faun.
Medit. (1884) p. 104; Duncan, J. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (1889) p. 254,
Periaster (pars), D’ Orb. Pal. Frang. vi. (1854) p. 269.
Test thin, generally longer than wide, highest posteriorly ; the
paired ambulacra sunken, and the anterior longer than the posterior,
the median in a deep groove ; two or three genital pores.
mM 2
164 ECHINOIDEA.
1. Schizaster fragilis.
Brissus fragilis, Diib. § Kor. Vet.--Ak, Hdlg. 1844 (1846), p. 280, pl. x.
fies. 47 49.
Schizaster fragilis, Ag. § Des. Ann. Sct. Nat. viii. (1847) p. 22; Lrith.
Vid. Medd. 1863 (1864), p. 175; Al. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 157
& 363; Mob. § Biitschhi, JB. Comm. Kiel, ii. & iii. (1875) p. 150;
Al. Ag. Bull. Mus. C. Z. (1880) p. 85; id. Chall. Rep. (1881)
p: 201; td. Mem. Mus. C. Z. x. (1883) p.74, pl. xxviii. figs. 8-14;
Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. ix. (1886) p. 291.
Schizaster (Brisaster) fragilis, Gray, Cat. Ech. (1855) p. 61. ;
Tripylus fragilis, Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 96; Wyv. Thoms. Phil.
Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 750.
Periaster fragilis, D’ Orbigny, Pal. Frange. vi. (1854) p. 270; Duj. §
Hup. Ech. (1862) p. 598.
Schizaster cubensis, Al. Ag. (non D’Orb.) Bull. Mus. C. Z, i. (1865)
p. 278.
Anterior ambulacrum not very deep; antero-lateral ambulacra
about three times as long as the postero-lateral. Highest point of
test in hinder third of body, whence there is a steep slope forwards
and a very slight slope backwards. Mouth very far in front.
General coloration of test in spirit brownish with lighter-coloured
spines.
emg thie tare arate ees cicteteucVoneetremnc terete: 45 53 51
Greatest breadtly 9.1 je cie Gaertn ee ae 40 47 51
Mele ht: 2.55 de ee, Barca a ad eee 24 29 27
Length of anterior ambulacrum ........ 25 29 28
Length of antero-lateral ambulacrum .... .. 26 27
Length of postero-lateral ambulacrum.... 5 10 11
The only known British locality is that given by Thomson, “ at
from 400 to 500 fathoms, between Scotland and Faeroe.” First
reported from Norway, it has been taken at 50-452 fms. on North
American coast, and at 150 fms. in Simon’s Bay. From each of
these localities the Museum has specimens, but it has no British
examples.
3. SPATANGUS.
Spatangus (pars), O. F. Miller, Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 286.
Spatangus, Leske, Addit. (1778) p.171; Lamk. An. s. Vert. (1801)
p. 348; Gray, Cat. Rec, Ech. (1855) p. 46; Desor, Syn. Ech. foss.
(1858) p. 419; A. Ag. Rev. Ech, (1872) pp. 158, 564; Lovén,
Vet.-Akad. Hadlg. xi. 7. (1874) pl. xxxvi; Carus, Prod. faun. Mediter.
(1884) p. 102; Duncan, J. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (1889) p. 251.
Echinus (pars), Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. (1777) p. 58; L., Gmel. Syst.
Nat. (1789) p. 3168.
Test large, thin, cordiform, grooved in front, truncated behind ;
the paired ambulacra petaloid, broad and sunken, the anterior and
posterior pairs almost of the same length; the anterior ambulacrum
in a groove, not well developed. Some of the tubercles much larger
than the rest, and carrying long, strong, curved spines.
The two species have very many characters in common, but
SPATANGUS. 165
S. raschi comes from deeper water, and has the labrum more pointed
and convex.
1. Spatangus purpureus. (Plate XVI. fig. 10.)
Spatagus purpureus, O. F. Mill. Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 236;
td. Zool. Dan. (1788) i. p. 5, pl. vi.
Spatangus purpureus, Leske, Addit. (1778) p. 171, pl. xliii. figs. 3-5, &
pl. xlv. fig. 5; Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 29; Gray, Ann. Phil.
xxvi. (1825) p. 480; Flem. Mem. Wern. Soc. v. (1825) p. 288; zd.
Brit. An. (1828) p.480; Desml. Syn. Ech. (1837) p. 888 ; Edwards
wn Cur. Regne An. (n. d.) xx. pl. 11 bis (anatomy), & pl. 17;
Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 182; Dib. § Kor, Vet.-Akad. Hdlg.
1844 (1846), p. 285; Phil. Arch. f. Nat. 1845, p. 350; Martins, Ann.
Sei. Nat. v. (1846) p. 157 (temperature); Ag. § Des. Ann. Sci. Nat.
vill. (1847) p. 6; Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 6; Maitland, Faun.
Belg. (1851) p. 91; Gray, Cat. Ech. (1855) p. 47 ; Thompson, Nat.
Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 441; Bronn, Klass. uw. Ordn. ii. (1860)
pl. xl. figs. 21-23 (larve); Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 99; Perr.
Amn. Set. Nat. xiii. (1870) p. 73; Al. Ag. Rev, Ech, (1872) p. 158,
& (1878) p. 564; Mobius § Biitschi, JB. Comm. Kiel, ii. & iii.
(1875) p. 150; Ludwig, Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. i. (1879) p. 560;
Koehler, Ann. Mus. Marseille, i. 3. (1885) p. 127; Carus, Prod.
Faun. Mediter. (1884) p. 102; Prouho, C. R. cii. (1886) p. 1498 ;
Bell, Ann. § Mag. iv. (1889) p. 442.
Echinus lacunosus, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. (1777) p. 59.
Echinus purpureus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. (1789) p. 38197; Penn, Brit.
Zool. iv. (1812) p. 139.
Spatangus meridionalis, Risso, Eur. Mérid, (1825) p. 280; Phil. Arch.
J. Nat. 1845, p. 850; Ag. § Des. Ann. Sci. Nat. viii. (1847) p. 6 ;
Sars, Nyt Mag. x. (1859) p. 62; Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868
(1869), p. 315; Jeffreys, Ann. § Mag. vy. (1870) p. 146; Gray,
Ann. § Mag. x. (1872) p. 1238.
Spatangus spinosissimus, dg. §- Des. Ann. Sct. Nat. viii. (1847) p. 6;
Gray, Cat. Rec. Ech. 1855, p. 47.
Spatangus regine, Gray, Ann. § Mag. vii. (1851) p. 180; td. Cat.
Ree. Ech. (1855) p. 47.
Test more or less broadly heart-shaped, more or less flattened,
with rather tumid ambitus, broad spout-shaped lower lip. The
primary spines on the dorsal surface light-coloured, curved, very
long ; proportionately longer in younger specimens. General colour
purplish.
In addition to the large, curved, prominent, backwardly directed
spines articulated to the primary tubercles found on the dorsal
surface there are a number of other spines; the longest of these
are found below the ambitus; those on the ventral plastron are of
varying lengths, and the longer are spoon-shaped at their free ends ;
two tufts of longish spines on either side of the plastron below the
anus; the upper surface is densely covered with short, rather fine,
whitish spines; most are curved, and all are directed backwards ;
some of the spines are sometimes purplish.
The variations in the colour and character of the spines are very
considerable. ‘Thus the large spines may be very prominent both
166 ECHINOIDEA.
from their great size and the distinctness of their bright yellow
colour from the purplish test; sometimes they may be remarkable
for their size only, and sometimes they may be quite inconspicuous.
The general coloration, again, varies within wide limits ; the general
facies may be a universal purple, but it may be brown, or yellowish,
or whitish. So, again, the form of the test is sometimes well rounded,
sometimes flattened ; the cordiform contour may be qualified, so that
some specimens are more truncated and some more evenly rounded
than others.
The ambulacral petals are wide and each of the antero-lateral pair
s longer than the postero-lateral ; the pores in the neighbourhood
of the apex are quite small, and the reduction in size is most marked
and most extensive in the anterior half of the antero-lateral petals ;
the inner pore of a pair is always smaller than the outer. Anterior
groove rather wide. In the apical area the madreporite is very
prominent. The mouth is wide, and the lower lip has a rounded
angle. The subanal fasciole is well-marked, broad, with a wide and
deep angle on the side nearer the anus. The anus is transversely
oval, looks backwards and downwards. The tubercles vary con-
siderably in size; the largest are found on the dorsal surface, and
chiefly between the petals; a very few are found within the petals ;
the granules forming the general covering of the upper surface
of the test have a tendency to become smaller as the ambitus is
approached.
On the ventral surface the tubercles are generally larger; they
are smallest near the ambitus and largest in the region of the
mouth ; within the subanal fasciole the tubercles are smallest in the
narrowest region and largest in the wings on either side.
There is some not inconsiderable variation in the breadth and
form of the petals; the postero-lateral are sometimes almost oblong
instead of petaloid; in young specimens the pores of a pair are not
markedly different in size; while always wide the anterior groove
varies somewhat in depth.
Greatest breadth of
A
Breadth Breadth Ant.-lat. Poste
Length. Breadth. Height. of mouth. of vent. ambulacra. ambulacra,
100 100 ol 20°5 16 12°5 12°5
85 92 51 18 11 8 78
rats) 84 48 145 12°5 12 att
80 87 44 17-5 Ie, 10°5 11°8
SO &4 42 18°3 13 9:5 9
70 70 35 13 10 5) 6:5
55 58 32 13 10 68
45 45 25 10°5 5d
40 38 21:5 9 5) ae ¥
25 24°5 12 65 2 1:7 1:8
12 10°5 6°5
Distribution. East side of Atlantic from the Azores to Iceland;
Bermuda; North Sea; Mediterranean. 5-530 fms,
SPATANGUS. 167
a, b. 60° 32’ N., 0° 29’ W.; 60° 28’ N., ‘Porcupine’ Exp.
0° 33’ E.
c-f. 59° 41'N., 7° 34’ W., 458 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp.
gy. Loch Lorn, 50-70 fms. John Murray, Esq.
h-q. Near Trench and Kilbrennan Sounds, John Murray, Esq.
10-14 fms.
r-z. Sanda Sound, 22 fms. John Murray, Exq.
a’, 40 miles off Achill Head, 220 fms. R. Dublin Soe.
b', OF S.W. coast of Ireland, 200 fms. G. C. Bourne, Esq.
e', d’. Off S.W. coast of Ireland, 50-G0fms, ‘ Flying Fox’ Exp.
e’. Irish Sea. Prof. KE. Forbes.
Sf’, g'. Off Liverpool.
h'. Fishery-ground west of Lundy.
v. Scilly.
J, k'. Jersey.
U-n'. Channel Islands, T. H. Powell, Esq.
o'-q'. Plymouth.
r'. South coast of England. B. B. Woodward, Ksq.
s'. Berwick Bay. Dr. G. Johnston.
t'-xz'. Montrose (July 11 & 16, 1889). W. Duncan, Esq.
y', z'. Cromarty and Moray Friths. Dr. A. Sutherland.
a’, b''. British seas.
2. Spatangus raschi. (Plate XVI. fig. 11.)
Spatangus raschi, Lovén, Qifvers. Vet.-Akad. Stockholm, 1869, p. 733,
pl. xiii.; Al. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872-3) pp. 159 & 567 ; Wyv. Thoms.
Phil. Trans. clxiv. (1874) p. 750 ; Al. Ag. Chall. Ech. (1881) p.171;
Bell, Ann. § Mag. iv. (1889) p. 442.
Test rather narrowly heart-shaped, high, with rather well-marked
edge ; the lower lip sharply angulated at its free edge. The spines
purplish, none particularly prominent in length or strength; the
whole test above regularly covered with spines, the smaller of which
are evenly disposed among the larger; all seem to be covered, and
all are directed backwards. On the lower surface the spines are
scarcer, finer, and whiter. No subanal tufts. It must, however,
be noted that in some specimens the spines may be as long and as
prominent as in examples of S. purpureus of the same size; in
others they are more ordinarily both smaller and less conspicuous.
The shape of the test is very variable, the height being to the
length from 60 to 100 to 75 to 100, and there is some variation in
the rounding of the contour; but, as a rule, the test rises more
abruptly and higher than in S. purpureus, and the contour is more
circular.
The ambulacral petals are narrower than in S. purpureus, and
there is not, in adults, so marked a difference between the pores of a
pair. The madreporite is rather less prominent. Mouth wide and
large, the oral region more, sometimes much more, depressed and the
lower lip more pointed and convexly curved than in S. purpureus.
Subanal fasciole quite obscure, not constricted in the middle. The
anus looks more downwards than backwards. The longer primary
tubercles are less restricted in distribution than in S. purpureus,
but they are not so large or so prominent, though more numerous.
168 ECHINOIDEA.
The smaller tubercles on the dorsal surface are very delicate, but
not distinctly smaller close to than at a distance from the ambitus.
The tubercles of the lower surface have the same general characters
as in S. purpureus, but are not so large.
Breadth of Breadth of
Length. Breadth. Height. mouth. vent.
100 94 55 18 85
95 95 54 19°5 11
90 88 63 175 55
90 90 66 19 9
70 68 40 a 8:5
Distribution. Atlantie—Norway, Azores, Portugal, Agulhas Bank,
Cape of Good Hope. 30(?)—200 fms,
a, b. Off coast of Kerry, 100-200 fms. Royal Irish Academy.
c-u, S.W. Ireland, 100, 110, 180 fms., July 1889. ‘ Flying Fox’ Exp.
v. 54 miles off Achill Head, 500 fms. Royal Dublin Soe.
w. 30 miles off Achill Head, 144 fms. Royal Dublin Soe.
x,y. 45 miles off Blackrock, 500 fms. Royal Dublin Soe.
z,a’, 40 miles off Bolus Head, 115 fms. Royal Dublin Soe.
b'. Shetland. J.Gwyn Jettreys, Esq.
4. ECHINOCARDIUM.
Echinocardium, Gray, Ann. Phil. xxvi. (1825) p. 480; id. Cat. Brit.
Rad. (1848) p. 6; td. Cat. Ree, Ech, (1855) p.42; Al. Ag. Rev. Ech.
(1872) pp. 109 & 349; Carus, Prod. Faun. Mediter. (1884) p. 102;
Dune. J. L. S. xxiii, (1889) p. 261.
Spatagus (pars), O. F. Miill. Prod, Zool. Dan, (1776) p. 236.
Amphidetus, 4g. Mém. Soc. Neuch. i. (1856) p. 184; [Amphidotus,
Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 190]; Ag. § Des. Ann, Sct. Nat. vii.
(1847) p. 11.
Test never large, rather thin, cordiform, truncated and highest
behind ; the paired ambulacra triangular in outline, with few large
pores; anterior ambulacrum in a groove, which may or may not be
deep. Spines mostly silky.
Key to the Species.
a, Anterior ambulacrum in a groove.
Antero-lateral ambulacra with, generally, 7 an-
terior and 10 posterior -pores ; postero-
lateral with 9 outer, and 8 or 9inner.... 1. E. cordatum.
6. Anterior ambulacrum not in a groove.
Antero-lateral ambulacra with, generally, 6 to
8 and 12 to 15 pores ; postero-lateral with
14 and IDM ere sss occa eee eee 2. E. pennatifidum.
Antero-lateral ambulacra with, generally, 5 to
6 and 9 to 10 pores; postero-lateral with
Zand Gy kB Romat.(isce lk aanteoe en 3. E. flavescens,
ECHINOCARDIUM. 169
1. Echinocardium cordatum. (Plate XVI. figs. 1-4.)
Kchinus cordatus, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. (1777) p. 58, pl. xxxiv. fig. 75 ;
td. op. cit. iv. (1812) p. 139, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2.
Spatangus arcuarius, Lamk. An. s. Vert. iii. (1816) p. 32.
Kchinocardium pusillus, Gray, Ann. Phil. xxvi. (1825) p. 480.
Spatangus cordatus, Flem. Brit. An. (1828) p. 480.
Spatangus ovalis, van den Ende, Nat. Verh, Hollandsche Maatsch. xvi.
2, (1828) p. 301.
Amphidotus cordatus, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 190 ; Thompson,
Nat. Hist. Irel. iy. (1856) p. 442.
Amphidetus cordatus, Diib. § Kor, Vet.-Ak, Hdlg. 1844 (1846),
p- 285; Ag. § Des. Ann. Sci. Nat. viii. (1847) p. 11, & vi. (1846)
pl. xyi. fig. 8; Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 97.
BKehinocardium cordatus, Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 6.
Amphidotus arcuarius, Maitland, Faun. Belg. septent, (1851) p. 91.
Kchinocardium cordatum, id. Cat. Ech. (1855) p. 45; Du. § Hup.
Echin. (1862) p. 602; Al. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 109 & 349,
pl. xix. figs. 10-17 & pl. xx. tigs. 5-7; Mob. § Bits. JB. Comm.
Kiel, ii. & iii. (1875) p. 150; Ludwig, Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. i.
(1879) p. 561; Koehler, Ann. Mus. Marseille, i. 3. (1885) p. 180;
Carus, Prod. Faun. Mediter, (1884) p. 102; Fleischmann, Zeit. f.
wiss. Zool. (1888) p. 151 (development).
Body irregularly heart-shaped, widest at its posterior third ; ante-
rior ambulacrum in a rather deep groove, spines silky grey, none
very long above; when the spines are well developed they con-
siderably obscure the anterior depression, and the whole creature has
a brownish hue. ‘The longest spines are the backwardly directed,
slightly curved spines found on either side of the ventral surface ;
the outermost on the plastron are curved outwards and backwards,
but the greater number are a little shorter, stouter, and spatulate at
their free ends. On the upper surface the most prominent spines
are found just in front of the apex and on either side of the
anterior ambulacrum,
The test of a full-grown adult is only a little higher posteriorly
than anteriorly, and the heart-like form is not very apparent. In
smaller specimens, which are much more common, the hinder part
is distinctly higher than the anterior and the cordiform shape of the
test is much more pronounced. The hinder aspect descends verti-
cally, and the anus is not overhung.
The groove for the anterior ambulacrum is very well marked
anteriorly, on the upper surface it forms a shallower depression ;
the apical system is some distance behind the middle of the back ;
the internal fasciole is symmetrical on either side of the middle line
and is rather broader behind than in front; the number of well
marked pairs of pores in the antero-lateral ambulacra are often 7 in
the anterior and 11 in the posterior series; while in the postero-
lateral there are often 9 in the outer and 8 or 9 in the inner row ;
but these numbers are not always constant; both pairs of ambu-
lacra are in slight depressions of the test. The periproct is large, oval,
and vertical; as a rule, there are three pairs of pore-bearing plates
between the subanal fasciole. The bare ambulacral spaces below
170 ECHINOIDEA.
are rather wide. The tuberculation of the test is much more
uniform than in many species.
The periproct is not always longer than broad, and the hinder
surface of the test is not straight vertically in fully grown speci-
mens, and there may be only two pairs of poriferous plates within
the subanal area.
Test. Greatest diameter of
Len eth Breadth. Hei Phe Peristome. Poriproct.
67 65 47 15 10
53 56 37 jal 10
47°5 53 34 13 11
36 40 24 et 65
32°5 33 21°5 8:5 6
26 26 16 6°5 +)
Distribution. Both sides of Atlantic from Norway to Spain, and
S. Carolina to Bahia.
North Sea; Mediterranean.
0-85 fms.
a. Lamlash Bay.
b-g. Southport. Mrs. J. E. Gray.
h-m. Southport. Edgar A. Smith, Esq.
n—p. Liverpool.
q, 7. Tenby, March 1889 (low water in sand).
s, t. Milton Sands, Devon. G. Montagu, Esq.
u-y. Scilly Islands.
z-b'. Plymouth.
ce’, St. Andrews. Dr. Macdonald.
d’-g'. Montrose. W. Duncan, Ksq.
h'-j'. Cromarty and Moray Firths. Dr. A. Sutherland.
k'-m'. Zetland. R. M‘Andrew, Esq.
n’, British. Robinson Bequest.
2. Echinocardium pennatifidum. (Plate XVI. fig. 5.)
Echinocardium pennatifidum, Norm. Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868, p. 315;
Hodge, Tr. North. & Durh. iv. (1872) p. 142, pl. v. figs. 1-5; Al.
Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872-73) pp. 111 & 351, pl. xx. figs. 1 & 2.
Echinocardium levigaster, Al. Ag. Bull. M. C. Z. i. (1869) p. 277.
Echinocardium sp., Bell, Ann. N. H. xvii. (1886) p. 516.
Amphidotus gibbosus, Barrett, Ann. N. H. xix. (1857) p. 38, pl. vil.
fig. 2 (non Ag.).
Body less heart-shaped than in E. cordatum, being either rounder
or longer ; anterior ambulacrum not in a groove ; spines not quite so
silky as in Z. cordatum, but the longest in the same position as in
it, and of much the same character both on the upper and lower
surface.
The test of an adult is a good deal higher posteriorly than ante-
riorly ; the posterior end is deeply curved in its upper half and the
periproct is overhung ; the internal fasciole is, or may be, asym-
metrical, but the longer half may be on the right or on the left
side ; it is some plates farther back from the madreporite than in
E. cordatum; the number of well-marked pores is, in the first
ECHINOCARDIUM, 171
antero-lateral series six to eight, and in the hinder from twelve to
fifteen ; the outer postero-lateral series has fourteen, and the inner
twelve; but these numbers must not be taken to be quite constant ;
these ambulacra are about flush with the test.
The periproct is an irregular oval, with the long axis at right
angles to a vertical line ; the subanal fasciole seems to include only
one pair of plates, which are triangular in form and have a pair of
pores at the outer apex of each triangle; the spines carried on them
are more prominent than in &. cordatum; the bare ambulacral
spaces below are rather narrow.
The tubereulation is a good deal finer on the upper than on the
lower surface, but on each, respectively, it is very uniform.
Test.
(a Greatest diameter of
Greatest lm —<—$—_——_— —
length. Breadth. Height. Peristome, Periproct.
67 70 45 17°5 15
63 65 43 16
57°5 15) 40 12:5
Distribution. Both sides of Atlantic, but known only from
Shetland, North Sea, English Channel, West Indies, and Florida.
Shallow water to 120 fms.
a, 6. Scilly Islands.
ce. Jersey. Prof. Bell.
d, e. Jersey.
3. Echinocardium flavescens. (Plate XVI. figs. 6 & 7.)
Spatagus flavescens, O. F. Mill. Prod. Zool. Dan. (1776) p. 286.
Spatangus ovatus, Fem. Mem. Wern. Soe. y. (1824) p. 287, pl. vi. ;
id. Brit. Anim, (1828) p. 480; de Bl. Actin. (1834) p. 202;
Desmil. Syn, (1837) p. 888.
Amphidetus ovatus, Dib. § Kor, Vet-Akad. Hdlg. 1844 (1846),
p- 283, pl. x. fig. 50; Ag. § Des. Ann. Sci. Nat. viii. (1847) p. 12;
Sars, Norg. Ech. (1861) p. 98; Perr. Ann. Sci. Nat. xiii. (1869)
p. 70, pl. vi. fig. 2; Jarzynsky, Trans. Petersb. Soc. Nat. i. (1870)
». B19.
Pet ocastiuse ovatum, Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 6; td. Cat. Ree.
Ech. (1855) p. 43; Duy. § Hup. Echin. (1862) p. 602; Al. Ag.
Bull. Mus. C. Z. i. (1869) p. 276.
Echinocardium flavescens, Al, Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 110 & 351,
pl. xx. figs. 3& 4; Gauthier, C. R. Ixxix. (1874) p. 402; Mob. §
Biitsch. JB. Comm. Kiel, ii. & iii. (1875) p. 150; Ludwig, Mitth.
Stat. Neap. i. (1879) p. 561: Al. Ag. Chall. Ech. (1881) p. 175;
id. Proc. R. Soc. Ed. xi. (1880-82) p. 698; Koehler, Ann. Mus.
Marseille, i. 3. (1883) p. 129; Carus, Prod. Faun. Mediter. (1884)
p- 103 ; Herdman, Rep. Faun. Liverp. Bay, (1886) p. 138 ; Barrois,
Rev. Biol. i. (1889) p.110; Scott, Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1890-91
(1892), p. 82.
Amphidotus roseus, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 194; Thomps.
Nat. Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 442.
Test rather oblongo-ovate than cordiform in shape; anterior
172 ECHINOIDEA.
ambulacrum not in a groove, spines fine and delicate. Upper part
of test nearly level from hinder end to the anterior border of the
internal fasciole, and then sloping gradually downwards; the anus
is slightly overhung by the upper part of the test ; the internal fas-
ciole is well marked and is almost triangular in form, its hinder
part is only one or two plates behind the madreporite ; the number
of well-marked pores is, in the front antero-lateral series five or six
and in the hinder nine or ten; the outer postero-lateral series has
seven and the inner six; but, as before, too much importance must
not be given to the constancy of these numbers; all the ambulacra
are flush with the test.
The long axis of the oval periproct is at right angles to a vertical
line ; the subanal fasciole contains one or two pairs of pore-bearing
plates; the bare ambulacral spaces below are very wide ; the tuber-
culation is coarser at the sides and below than it is in the median
part of the dorsal surface.
Length. Breadth. Height. Peristome.
3+ 33 23 vf
24 20°5 16 5°5
Distribution. Atlantic from Norway to Cape of Good Hope;
North Sea; Coast cf Florida ; Mediterranean. 5-140 fms.
a, b, 59° 34’ N., 7° 18' W., 542 fms. ‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869.
ce, d. Port Erin, Isle of Man. Prof. Herdman.
e, f. Shetland. R. M‘Andrew, Esq.
5. BRISSOPSIS.
Brissopsis, Ag. Cat. Syst. Ectyp. (1840) p. 16 ; Ag. et Des. Ann. Set. Nat.
viii. (1847) p. 14; Desor, Syn. Ech, foss. (1858) p. 878; Al. Ag.
Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 95 & 354; Dune. § Sladen, Pal. Ind. xiv. 3.
(1884) p. 202; Dune. J. Linn. Sec, xxiii. (1889) p. 248.
Brissus, orb. Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 187.
Brissiopsis, Gray, Cat. Brit. Rad. (1848) p.7; id. Cat. Ech. B. M.
(1855) p. 55.
Kleinia, Gray, Ann. § Mag. vii. (1851) p. 183; zd. Cat. Ech. (1855)
. 48.
Pecabaeets) Des. Syn. Ech. foss. (1858) p. 399.
Deakia, Pavay, Magyar foldt. intézet. Budap. Evk. iii. (1874) p. 804.
? Verbeekia, Fritsch, Paleontogr. Suppl. ii. 1. (1877) p. 92.
Test never large, rather thin, oval, somewhat compressed from
side to side, truncated behind but not highest there; the paired
ambulacra subpetaloid and sunken, the anterior pair as long or
longer than the posterior, Anterior ambulacrum slightly sunken.
Spines moderately stout.
1. Brissopsis lyrifera.
Brissus lyrifer, Forbes, Brit. Starf. (1841) p. 187 ; Diib. § Kor. Vet.-
Akad, Hdig. 1844 (1846), p. 280, pl. x. fig. 46; Thompson, Nat.
Hist. Irel. iv. (1856) p. 442. .
srissopsis lyrifera, dg. § Des. Ann. Sci. Nat. viii. (1847) p. 15;
Sars, Norg. Ech, (1861) p. 96; Du. § Hupe, Echin. (1862)
id
BRISSOPSIS. 173
p- 597; Al. Ag. Rev. Ech. (1872) pp. 95 & 354; Mob. § Biitsch.
JB. Comm. Kiel, ii. & iii. (1875) p. 150; Ludwig, Mitth. zool. Stat.
Neap. i. (1879) p. 562; Al. Ag. Mem, Mus. C. Z. x. 1. (1883) p. 69;
Koehler, Ann. Mus. Marseille, i, 3. (1883) p. 185; Carus, Prod.
Faun. Mediter. (1884) p.103,; Rathbun, Proc. US. Nat. Mus. ix.
(1886) p. 289; Hoyle, J. Linn. Soc. xx. (1890) p. 458; Scott, Rep.
Scot. Fishery Board, 1889 (1890), p. 316; ad. Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist.
1892, p. 50.
Brissiopsis lyrifera, Gray, Brit. Rad. (1848) p. 7; td. Cat. Ech.
(1855) p. 55.
This species may be at once recognized by the lyre- or fiddle-
shaped black fasciole on the dorsal surface.
Body elongated or more or less oval, rather higher posteriorly
than anteriorly; pretty closely covered with rather short and
delicate, slightly curved spines, which are longest and strongest on
the edges of the ambulacral petals and just in front of the mouth.
The general coloration is brown, but the spines are light yellow ;
the finer spines of the peripetalar and of the subanal fascioles are
very much darker.
The peripetalar fasciole varies a good deal in the details of its
course, but its general direction is as follows: there is a band at
right angles to the anterior odd ambulacrum, placed at the point
where the test begins to sheer downwards; on either side it takes a
more or less angulated course to the tips of the antero-lateral petals ;
the band then curves inwards, sweeps outwards around the postero-
lateral petals of either side, and joins its fellow in a nearly straight
transverse band. The subanal fasciole, which is of a transversely
elongated oval form, varies somewhat in the extent of its distinct-
ness ; the spines within it are disposed in two diverging tufts, but
are not prominent as in Spatangus purpureus.
The tubercles on the test are rather coarse, and are coarsest
below and anteriorly, and are nowhere very closely packed. The
part within the peripetalar fasciole is longer for the antero-lateral
than for the postero-lateral ambulacra, and the former are also
somewhat more deeply excavated. The madreporite, which lies
between the proximal ends of the latter, is rather small and very
finely punctured. ‘The lower lip is hardly at all curved from side
to side or from above downwards. The periproct is irregularly oval
in form and its somewhat longer axis is vertical; the outermost or
peripheral plates are of some size. When the spines are particularly
well-developed the peripetalar fasciole is a good deal obscured, the
spines within the two fascioles become much more prominent, and
those below much longer than ordinary.
A great quantity of mud becomes entangled in the spines of this
species.
Length. Breadth, Height. Peristome. Periproct.
62 59°5 29 11:3 <
53 46 31 10 6
dL 47-5 33 10 7
40 36 23 6 4
34 30°5 21 5
pire! ECHINOIDEA.
Distribution. Both sides of Atlantic, from Greenland to Cape of
Good Hope and Antilles; shallow water to 1487 fms. Rare in
North Sea ; Mediterranean,
a. Loch Duich, 60 fms., 31/8/87. John Murray, Esq.
b, c. Loch Hourn, 70 fms., 29/8/87. John Murray, Esq.
d, Lower Loch Fyne, 80 fms. John Murray, Esq.
e. Upper Loch Torridon, 30-40 fms. John Murray, Esq.
J-t. Kalbrennan Sound, 10-45 fms., 22/3/88. John Murray, Esq.
j,k. WKilbrennan Sound, 10-15 fms. John Murray, Esq.
lp. Kilbrennan Sound, 22 fms., 22/12/87. John Murray, Esq.
q-s. Between Cumbrae and Arran. John Murray, Esq.
a’, Between Great Cumbrae and John Murray, Esq.
Wemyss Ground.
b'-h'. Between Sanda and Ailsa Craig. John Murray, Esq.
a’. Rothesay Bay. E. Forbes, Esq.
7’. E. coast of Ross-shire. Dr. Sutherland.
k’-p'. Shetland. R. M‘Andrew, Esq.
DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH ECHINODERMS.
Taste I1.—Table showing the Horizontal Distribution of British
Echinoderms beyond the “ British Area,” together with ther
range in depth *
fathoms.
Resgmaniaannerens. A., Avi, Me oo ecidcssesees cela. es 0-96
2. buskt. ne SP tie cuss oly a:avapersty aya cai enah ee ame te ete 15-380
3. digitata. a Mase Es.” ile open hatte vascecelaigtanaist ater 10-80
4. Cucumaria h sarin gy ME MRS, cae crise ete pameeverochens az-420
5. planers bn. MS Mauritius (2) ts tenet ence een © oss 9-30
6. pentactes. "Ay. Brad bp RR ieee a ete wh iy 10-50
ies DEO Va wa Tipe oke «o/c iv o'aiy e.eis Cras eitte cre degiers 0-50
So SSS UL ee a Ot 2 IPP ea 40-555
9. WORE G Aa renter stan ore als) ofeai's ays aren dte vcs) aereiels « 3-220
10. RUT UE Mn te ratty ca cyainrets eleva! statery arti e cinvsst eins’ ere/eieie’s ?
lie DETREI. 0 onc ten ENERO ORME AIO CRORE TOIE GLE eae ETC P
ETE RISEN ee io NL ce daverc1ataie'drers dis ais nis /es-s)ai 6.) 0 0is)0 arb. 10-80
13. RIFLE a Seg Ge stale srcheiatlsve sie, 9\ ¢)8. ap ei eie eye « av-155
fl IRE tara pan Cloncl sa stare, wis wiiavcbeXararas 6.8) sevice ese's = Bie, vhs ?
15. aU RTE Ry Wet eo) stat ay Seer a) ot aan oa x6 op) Siac 1 5, 0/5) 41 ?
AGE AUR RATE DUS! CAAT, ING is aces css hae an cccemeces 2-127
We ATP OR CANE Gait Gta. Pa ws Wha ie iia ard sim ar eeehe, ohavieyni diem esas. 5-148
MOG ICRU UA ANGLTEONE “6.6 cs e's s ves dv.e we O4 sreuees ieees F
1D Phyllophorus pellucidus.” Avy AP... isin s canes scenses 5-70
20. ETOP AGT he, ia aise ciah cine Sux ted 4e are-ate BN 3x wm 28 a-80
Dla OLGUMUNIE SRLCSLINGIS: | D5 ATS Niels vec c can bee canebes x-672
22 PRIUS ity Ds tater erat exat dis, 222. serie rae a—200
55, Neomorphaster eustichus. “AZOTCS 1. .0+00s200ese00: 900-1000
OG. pZOLOUSlEr FUG OMS. Ne. | raieln a ouekopeks icleney feehel steed 500-1350
Of. pSolaster, papposus. Buy AP. ia.cinisin \ereie ie usiave ols ekelenees 0-640
58 endeca. ai NTN Piva aint a ouer sitet Wate stORe eile ch Dee eR 0-150
59 Sureifer. WAP, ,,77 to the 1000
28 » 750
22s, %9 500 4
Aw s: 29 250s,
Dy » 200s,
6» %» 150,
ENON Gs > 120,
oe ss 5 100 5
3» » 90»
3 99 red 80 br)
3 99 9 70 9
al 99 ” 60 9
5 ” 9 50 92
2 ” 39 40 99
3 ” ” 30 ”?
2 ” 29 20 99
if bP 9 10 bh)
Of the six as to which we have no definite information, we may
suppose that none were dredged from more than 100 fms.
Limiting ourselves, however, to the 126, we note :—
(1) Only 13 are limited by the 50 fm. line.
(2) Only 27 7 5 LOO
(3) While 22 reach the 500 Pr
(4) And 28 a 750
DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH ECHINODERMS. 181
It is obvious that, if there be a natural British area, that area
must be limited in depth as well as in extent, and the bathymetrical
limit must lie at the point where the coast of Britain becomes con-
terminous with the continent of Europe. Outside this the land
sheers rapidly downwards, and not far from the mouth of the
English Channel the dredge will sink for more than 2000 fms.
But, for Echinoderms at any rate, there is no natural British
area; Shetland belongs as certainly to the Scandinavian area as do
the Channel Islands to the Lusitanian, or the deep water off Ireland
to the general Atlantic fauna.
The only conclusions, therefore, which we need attempt to reach
are such as may be of interest to a collector who finds himself more
or less within hail of the United Kingdom.
He will find that, if his apparatus be sufficient, he may dredge to
any depth with almost a certainty of finding Echinoderms. He
will often find them in profusion and sometimes in great variety.
He will find that the teaching of the earlier marine zoologists as to
zones or belts of animal life is hardly confirmed by the extension of
such characteristically shore forms as the Common Sea-Star or the
Heart-Urchin to, respectively, 120 fms. and 85 fms. Forms which
he has dredged from a few fathoms, like the Fiddle-Urchin, will be
found at a depth of more than a hundred times ten fathoms, or,
like Ophiacantha bidentata, to extend from 20 to 2000 fms.
Of a number of Echinoderms found within a few hours’ or days’
sail of the British coast, we know far too little; nearly every deep-
sea dredging increases the bathymetrical range of familiar forms,
and there is, doubtless, much work to be done in the future.
Well known forms, if taken from considerable depths will often
appear at first sight to present important points of variation from
specimens already known, but comparison with a large series will
often show that they are only some of the many varieties of a
widely-distributed species.
Taste V.—Distribution of Echinoderms within the British Area.
The distribution of the British Echinoderma within the artificial
region selected offers some points of interest: for example, the area
of the North Sea contains far fewer species than the western coasts
of our islands ; a number of the forms here catalogued are confined to,
or, to speak more strictly, are only known as yet from, the Faeroe
Channel, and the fauna of the Channel Islands is very different from
that of Shetland.
I proceed, therefore, to give a Table of Distribution for nine
areas, which will, I think, be found generally useful to the collector.
* [rere cee here te Sees Tpreziy eRdOuone ag
AG ae sess tenedocesenecstsesins maadgp BG
oe Fa BO SSR a SOS DOGO fe) 7
*% Ot we Sis nares gc ake the 80 lela (LO eae
* oS Pde Oe SS SAGE on BIINTY OO FT mG
*
Eo
* * * *
iS
lod
Peters nesses e's Tpnourmmap 3
fe seeereeeeee-** snpronijed snioydoyAqg “6
ore 1 1 1 a eerie viele se 2) STO Se PUGS RETTOO| OG)
5 oe | — Le | ates ns Se Pheer ee eres eee qontq ey :
Hea BOF Woeeea|te * a ba ert hve eee vie eee ene STOm cal
5 | seus su ape | oe ree a SRR eg IGE ROSIN TG se ‘GT
eae o: Eo Cie gas wi an rere eee teer eee eee esnxar :
* we *# | oe se oe | * * * CC snueyde.t "eT
+ Ba | * * | % % ate CC rc er er ry snsnj auokyy, “ZT
| 1 ame ad aa Deter ee eeeseseeeeeeees Igmarpae
* ee | oe . . | rey oe ee St ee ee ee eae ee OOO TT .
See vp [eee teense e enters aeeeee pgoptogp ——
. niece 6.0) 8.0 eprdsty
| ros BaqIORT
Beauceron a soqovjued
i errr e eee eecee “onerd
* Tuvutpudy vitemnong
reece te eee se paen Tsp
Msaoteesnla Ss ucatee So MAE HET Cl
. . : i mn oi oe - a Peters eveeer sees es esuazenqur edeutg
S
ies
~~
oe
by)
Ll
*
* * *
oe ke hoor
et
*
*
1 o#
1
*®
*
oA od Hid
.
‘spurysy |... ‘cog «| ‘JouuRqg | ‘jouueyD |. ay | (PUPAL “pury | jeumey9 ,
[OEE ) aaa YMON | Ystsuq | sed10aH “4g wes HEL "M D'S | -JOog MA | 90108 seedy Jo oureyy
<¢ PALY YSU ,, oY} Jo syed SNOLIVA UL SULIpPOULyoOy jo TOTFN GLAST jO ATAVY],
*
*
‘pury|
a
*
wyYg pur
*
* Ke KX K *
ma0\40q
* * *
x * * *
pue
‘purely
*
jo [ION
* .
%
*
*
*
*
ve eeee mmm Fs 9 Soo ava
srrtees* snesod 1eISBqIyG
"ress eqneoeld sodiumpeg
"Ths BSOqqLs BULIAISW
"oe" * SNSOT[IA ToISBIse’T
"* snqzRUqmy LoysvTloyO
‘res ChB Jopsesoq yy
sree sniptamnd eroeiog
Tr * THrezTy Lo]SBUMl
vueiodaygd semoyseddtpy
snsourdsqns tayseqdard yy
CR eh Ce TUaaIG
SLIB[NUBLS Jaysvu0sRyueg
ee SELBYLO: SIprnNy
** IOFITIIXOA Joysviq Aqyeq
ee Spee IO}SVpISq
stres+ xetdousyds
sliepnsot woyodoysy
snoyore rayseyo4ydoqdarT
** snjedst19 snosrpouey)
Ber MR Ce Ip) 12 [0
"'** SUOMI 10ySBU04N] J
‘+ sturdsmue, 1oysvyu0g
“' cnidarypeqd
SUN P LOLS his 6 ee extpoad
Feteeeeees prramay
veneer eees angejod ——
cc
"''* WyoLgose wopezTy
x * Ane ae oe oe * oe GAnnoudodunp sooo noODROo On sTuyye —— ‘6)
* Bee ee ee eee sere UU URUOLS eae
* oe oe oe ee es ORO ee Amanat ne Moran ai ore Eton dha (08 jy
* oe o. oe oe ne oe A ST eg Cr aT 9)
* elie * * * * * K * G16) 8; (6 0). 0.6) 6 8: Ope. 10 6 a) *e!e) w a) eae Bie. BpIqie "Gl
# # * * * * vs sisal #4 tlauy t]e oieuale oeielains®) SLIME [COMBO G (ity
* o syaaeieiee nels ols 5 oer BEPC eR Op Gey
* oe ee Slee le 6.6! ©: O08) (0) m6) .¢: 608, 08) oe) 8. 8) ee: ¥B1BU0I0N
* . ne ne cee oe * nie * sreeesoersooss sOmoudvoepUe BOUISIIG "TJ
* uae * ee fue ie Ane eae ue ipa oap eee TUB EO
* * On Par ae See CRON Och eh ationee — ow VeY9
* * * * * * * * TSTOMT ING | cate atte eal aaa ie eas oe OULU LIL "99
* eoeeveeee eee eee ees eee ee Lo] [onU
* Ate AG * * Se * * oe lee ge olen oe args ee oOLORT a SU LIOTe 99
* * # # * * * * * seeeeeeesesees BITQIOUMSURS VIOMUIE ‘GO
* oe oe Bd ces eer aee teeacete sees ON OVUMD EA
* treeeereceeess snpronted reyseuemAzy “EQ
# oe oe EE ER Es PO snjeuosied Ae)
* oie ss ce SCOTT TU LO} ERO) TiO)
* ecielet sie ere eso sie En pIdsiy 1eIsely eLOO io
* HEC Ea CECI NORM MOOI SR (ey) a "eg
* * * *K * * *K oe Pe Cn Ci a Yer SOC STL Yat at Yet Ht Ct YEG YRC Yea Ss Jer eT | eoopue 8G
# * * * * * # * fas see 940 cin tert 0.0 SOC U BUI BE LOG eno
* mena oTe a/eid 9s a eR TeD | P oI SUO Oy AGG
* i ye treeeeeerre ss congorqsne deyseqdIouloeN ‘GG
em ef ng
“tag ‘jouuryy | ‘juuegO ‘purport | ‘purl | ‘jauueyg | saioadg jo omeyy
YON | YSIpSUG | 8,98.1005 4g "M 3‘ | -J099 “AA | eOnoR KT ;
I ————— ————
‘(panurjwoo) SWdapoUTYyO Ysijag Jo uornqiystq Jo 9[qvJ,
SPT | -pueyeyg
jouuryy wos TSI
* * * *¥
*
* Dury snpeydasouos.104)
sete qagao7 xfaogsy
oe eee evens sI[Ba.10q
Wig wie we eels) ers
vitequadaias vxCuoryd()
"++ sronysdy vsatqoryd¢
rise i ats Bsa
"** stRroRps xapoosorydg
eee Se THasgany
Grab arena cene STLOVIy xiuporqd¢
‘+ vsopnuue episdorydo
Heres ss surgi wuLosorqdg
RpooissAqr
‘+++ + gritqajoads —
BVI UapIg VYQUBoVTydG
"* uyeatnoe sipoydorqdy
e109) UBS) sndorydg
inp ee eee
"* ypoorssXqe syyoutydg
SIUOJLIY “VA ‘SITLaq
sceree* BIODINIes
suRsala
Peers s ssTOyt yy ——
meres riferqo wanigdory
“ uqerpoweq eptaoorydg
“TR UAT winisnurorydg
* sturdsrate, woptyoorqdgG
"** wnaottes deyordgG
"ewoeueine vinrgdg
‘LOT
‘OOL
‘GOL
FOL
‘COL
‘COL
“LOL
‘OOL
66
‘86
“16
‘96
G6
6
“66
C6
‘TG
‘06
‘68
‘88
18
‘98
G8
‘8
68
‘C8
‘TS
‘08
*
| ‘spurysyT
jouuryg
* *
* *
* *
* *
Ke oe
* *
* *
* *
* *
* *
* ’
* | oe
A | "Bag
DUBTII | >
Beep ATS paso
|
‘LauUURyY |
| YSILsugE |s.adtoaxy “yO
|
‘TouUVyY
"BOQ Slay
*
*
ev yy pus
“purypoay
“M 3S
* KK *
“pury
-J008 “M
*
‘BuO’ NT
*
Tae MO,
“BUOY “NT
‘youUvyy)
VOLIB AT
.
.
oe
wrastdT sisdosstiq
SudOSeART
“'*"* umpyiyedaued
tanyupsoo UINTprEoUTyO, *
ain 06-00 TyOsea
‘+ snomdind snsurzyedg
"'** SLovdy Loiseziqog
oe BYLET[OISO.L sud mepoa Ny ‘G
snqpisnd snureAooaryonp
SUvpNUBLS snutyooreyqdg
eo) ulke 6) 6118) (6
SNptAty
sISMATT|OVqeOIp snjorpmeo0[{ou0g *
oe
.
.
.
oe
"(panuijJuor) SULMIPOULO YS JO worynqriaystq FO 9qvV,
in) eels
suvseta ——
$ snyuepnosa ——:
* BUTO}SO.LOTUL
* snoLoaA.1ou
STUBITLUL
* snynoe SHUT OT
sees SnuviIn
eyueord vmosomI0y
‘xiysdy BULOsOMsySW
seeee eavindimd
ee eee
SI[IOV.L.S
"rss +eqerided stepio
"'+'** srometione snpeydeoou0s.104)
~_——_—.
‘sotoodg Jo omeyy
DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH ECHINODERMS. 187
So far as at present known 56 species are found in the Faeroe
Channel, of which 25 are not known in the seas nearer Britain ; of
the 43 found at Shetland only 3 have not been collected further
south. The record of Channel Islands species ought, in all proba-
bility, to be a good deal higher than 22; of these, only one (Spher-
echinus granularis) is not found to the northward of those islands.
Forty-four species are recorded from the North Sea, but the east
coast of England would seem to be particularly poor, if we may
form an opinion from tbe Collections in Museums.
euk
ie 5 aia alee ’
@ : uP . |
Prate II.
. a, Plates from the body-wall; and 6, Spicules from the
podia of Cucumaria hyndmani (p. 36).
. The same from Cucumaria planci; c, Spicules, x 450
(p. 37).
Prate ITI.
. a, Plates from the body-wall; and 3, Spicules from the
podia of Cucumaria pentactes (p. 37).
. The same from Cucumaria lactea (p. 38).
Pratt LY.
. Spicules of Cucumaria hispida, shown as large as they are
for the purpose of being easily compared with the
others, as they are drawn to exactly the same scale as
most (p. 38).
. The same of C. frondosa; these generally become less nume-
rous as the animal increases in size (p. 39).
200 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Prate Y.
Fig. 1. Spicules of Thyone fusus, the two lower x 450 to show the
details of those figured on their right (p. 42).
Fig. 2. Spicules of Thyone raphanus (p. 42).
Fig. 3. 9 Phyllophorus pellucidus (p. 46).
Fig. 4 5; 55 drummondi (p. 47).
Prate VI.
Fig. 1. Spicules of Psolus phantapus (p. 44).
Fig. 2 » fabricii: a, from the body-wall ; 6, from
the podia (p. 45).
Fig. 3. Spicules of Holothuria intestinalis (p. 48).
Fig. 4. a 5 tremula (p. 49).
Fig. 5 nigra (p. 49); the three uppermost
x 450 to show the details of those which lie just below
them.
Pirate VII.
Figures of external forms of Holothurians, from specimens
preserved in spirit.
Fig. 1. Synapta digitata, nat. size (p. 34).
Fig. 2. Tentacles of Sz ynapta digitata, x 6, to show the arrange-
ment of the pinne on the tentacles.
Fig. 3. Thyone fusus, nat. size (p. 42).
Fig. 4, Phyllophorus drummondi, nat. size (p. 47).
Prats VIII.
Figures of external forms of Holothurians; figs. 1, 2, and 5 from
life, 3 and 4 from spirit-specimens.
Fig. 1. Cucumaria plance, xe (p. 37).
2. Cucumaria pentactes, X 3 (p. 37).
Fig. 3. Thyone raphanus, X 2 (p. 42),
4, Psolus phantapus, nat. size (p. 44).
5
. Holothuria nigra, x = (p. 49).
Prats IX.
Figures to illustrate the structure and variations of
Antedon bifida (p. 54).
Dorsal view of disk to show the cirrus-pits (cp), the modes
of branching of the arms, the form of the radials (R°),
and a syzygy (sz), x8.
Fig. 1
Fig.
Fig.
. Ctenodiscus crispatus (p. 64), from above
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. 201
. 2-5. Side views of arms to show the variations in the form of
the joints of the arms and of the pinnules; figs. 2-4 x 4,
fig. 5 x5.
. 6-8. Different forms presented by the cirri, x 4.
PLATE X.
> \ nat. size.
te ‘ from below,
* ; superomarginal plates to show the
irregularity in the disposition of the spines, x 2.
Pentagonaster granularis (p. 73), from above, nat. size.
Upper surface of portion of disk of P. granularis, x 3.
. Lower surface of the same, x 3.
. Porania pulvillus (p. 79), from above,
from the side, } nat. size.
. Asterina gibbosa (p. 82), from above, nat. size.
Ee ig portion of lower surface, x 2
Prats XI.
Fig. 1. Astropecten sphenoplax (p. 68), from above, nat. size.
Figs. 2
mo bw
OV oo bo
& 3. Views of the arms of different specimens seen from
below to show the variations in the form of the marginal
plates, x 4.
Prare XII.
. Asterias murrayi (p. 103), from above, to show the general
appearance of the species, nat. size.
. Portion of arm, seen from above, to show the character of
the spinulation, x 2.
. Asterias hispida (p. 103), seen from above, nat. size.
An arm of Asterias hispida, seen from above, x 3.
Prats XIII.
. Ophaocten sericeum (p. 113), from above, to show the mode
of scaling of the disk, x 2.
. Mouth-shield and papille of the same, x 6.
. Ophiocnida brachiata (p. 116), nat. size, to show the general
form of the species, seen from below.
. Portion of disk of the same, from above, x 4.
. Upper view of part of an arm of the same, x 6.
iy
bo
ww)
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XIV.
Echinus microstoma (p. 149), nat. size, to show the general
aspect of the species with the spines on.
. Part of test of same, x2, to show the characters of the
ornamentation of the test.
. Echinus elegans (small specimen) (p. 154), nat. size, to show
the general aspect of the species with the spines on.
. Part of test of same, x 2, to show the same points as fig. 2.
Prats XV.
. Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis (p. 156); portion of test,
x 2, to show the arrangement of the tubercles on the
ambulacral and interambulacral plates, and some of the
variations exhibited by the number of pores in an arc.
. Spherechinus granularis (p. 158); portion of test, x 2, to
show the arrangement of the tubercles and of the pori-
ferous plates.
. Spherechinus granularis, to show the ordinary appearance
of the species, nat. size.
Prate XVI.
1. Echinocardium cordatum (p. 169), nat. size, to show the
general appearance of this common species when found, as
it often is in abundance, thrown up on the sea-shore.
The disposition of the pores is to be specially noted.
2-4, Outlines of tests of the same, nat. size, to show some of
the variations exhibited in the shape of the test.
5. Echinocardium pennatifidum (p. 170), nat. size ; the spines
remaining on the left side, but removed from the right, so
as to show the disposition of the pores.
6. Echinocardium flavescens (p. 171), nat. size, from above ;
the absence of an anterior groove is to be noted.
. The same, seen from below.
. Echinocyamus pusillus (p. 160), x 2, seen from above.
a
8
9. The same, x 2, seen from below.
0
. Outline of labrum of Spatangus purpureus (p. 165), nat.
size, to be compared with
. 11, in which the more pointed labrum of Spatangus raschi
(p. 167) is shown.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.
:
In legend to Plate I.
For 2 read 3, and for 3 read 2.
Bepjean. & Mghley del.ct sc. Mintern Bros - amp.
1 Synaptatnherens. 2. Svnapta buskt.d.Svnapta digitata,
7
® A
a NS oo
sais ;
wy75. b M i
; 1)
A hy Wee
Aen) Buh i
“~ : ae,
*
pit
a.
ave A
3 te
PG ae.
Ninte:
LOacumuariahyndmant 2 aceumarin planer .
- BRIT.ECHINOD BM.
ah
q No oe cast
ss Beyjeau & Highley del. et sc.
@ ¥
;
Pie e
‘of
rhs
:
‘
'
‘
BRIT ECHINOD.B.M. PU. if.
i
SSS
Ses es
89
; Berjeau & Highley del.ct sc. Minterrn Bros imp
. L@mumaria pentactes. 2 Cacumaria lactew.
1) on aud
SOA» 9 PL
M4 4 »
f t NY hee!) ET ae
’ j SS i eal
' BRIT.ECHINOD.B.M.
Mintern Bros .amp
Berjeau & Highley del.etsc.
LCocumuaria hispida .2.Cneamearva trondosa
Cie
‘Tn we ety we
OT une tae
Me iy
BRIT.ECHINOD.B.M. PUL.V.
Berjeau. & Highley delet sc, . Mintern Bros.imp.
L. Thyone tusus. 2 .Thyone raphanies .
3. Phyllophorus pellucidus. 4.Phylophorus drummonde.
BRIT. EB CHINOD.B.M.
|
LPsolus phantapus 2.Psolus fabricate.
3. Holothuria intestinalis. 4.Holothuria tremula.5 Holothurva nigra
Berjeau & Highley delet sc.
Mimtern Bros. imap 2
aoe
ae
>
i
»
lev del et hth +pey
/. Synapta diguata. 2, Tentacles of Synapta diquata.
3. Thvone tusus. 4. Phxllepherus drummende .
4
ECHINOD.B.M PU. Vil.
SIO,
MANS Bet
aw
t ur ivi kT. B "OS . ing
wed. 2. Cacumaria pentactes. 3. Thyone r
Rao 2. LI 4) 3 }
Nerjeau & hieniey ic
LCQieumari p
lo
4. Psolias phantapus. 5. Holothuria nigra.
—
BRIT.ECHINOD.B.M.
Berjeau & Highley del. et Lith.
Antedon bitida.
Mintern Bros . imp.
Tk
Bia SCHINObD B.
Berjeau & Highley del. et lith.
Mintern Bros. imp
I-35. Chenodiscias eruspaius. 4-6, Pentagonaster reqularis.
1,8. Forarua pulvillus. 9,70.
Asterina gibbosa.
BRIT.ECHINOD.B.M. PUT:
Berjeau & Highley del et ith. Mintern Bros. imp
Astropecter, sphenoplas.
Pe Ce Keel O15) 0, Pa
Berjeau & Highley del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.
1,2.Asteriasmarrayt. 3,4, Asterias hispida .
BRIT.ECHINOD.B.M. PL. XM.
Berjeau & Highley del.et lth. Mintern Bros .imp
1&2. 0Ophiocten sericeunv. 5-5. Uphioenida brachiata,
~~
BRIT.ECHINOD.B.M. YAO GAVE
Berjeau & Highley del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.
1,2. Echinus microstoma. 3,4.Echinus degans..
a
Ae Pe
Vee ne ;
oN ee
BRIT. ECHINOD. BM. PU. XV:
Berjeau & Highley delet lith. Mintern Bros. imp,
1 Strongylocentrotas droebachiensis.: 2&3. Sphaerechinus grauularis.
BRIT. ECHINOD.B.M. Vil QU le
ne
Berjeau & Highley del.et Ltn Mintern Bros. imp
1-4. Echinocardium cordatum. 5.Echinocardiam pennatitidum.
6,7. Echinocardium tlavescens. 8,9 Echinocyanuis prusillis.
10. Spatangus purpurenus. Il. Spatangus rasche.
aria 0 q
wh
Cane
Palen
Lew
AE
Ny.
ae
LIST OF THE CURRENT
NATURAL HISTORY PUBLICATIONS
OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE
BRITISH MUSEUM,
The following publications can be purchased through the Agency of
Messrs. Lonemans & Co., 389, Paternoster Row ; Mr. Quaniren,
15, Piccadilly ; Messrs. Kucay Paur, Trencu, Triisner & Co.,
Paternoster House, Charing Cross Road; and Messrs. Dutau &
Co., 37, Soho Square; or at the Narurat History Musrum,
Cromwell Road, London, S.W.
Catalogue of the Specimens and Drawings of Mammals, Birds, Rep-
tiles, and Fishes of Nepal and Tibet. Presented by B. H. Hodg-
son, Hsq., to the British Museum, 2nd edition. Pp. xii., 90.
{With an account of the Collection by Mr. Hodgson.] By
John Edward Gray. 1863, 12mo. 2s. 3d.
Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean
during the voyage of H.M.S. “Alert,” 1881-2, Pp. xxv., 684.
54 Plates. 1884, 8vo.
Summary of the Voyage - By Dr. R. W. Coppinger.
Mammalia - - - 4, O. Thomas.
Aves” - - - - ,, R. B. Sharpe.
Reptilia, Batrachia, Pisces - ,, A. Ginther.
Mollusca - - See i. A. Ome,
Echinodermata — - - ont ide ed. Bell.
Crustacea - - ey ch; Wd Jo. Miers:
Coleoptera - - - ,, C. O. Waterhouse.
Lepidoptera —- - aon’, AG. Batler
Aleyonaria and Spongiida - , 8.0. Ridley.
1/. 10s.
MAMMALS.
Catalogue of the Bones of Mammalia in the Collection of the British
Museum. By Edward Gerrard. Pp. iv., 296. 1862, 8vo. 5s.
Catalogue of Monkeys, Lemurs, and Fruit-eating Bats in the Collee-
tion of the British Museum. By Dr. J. KE. Gray, F.RS., &e.
Pp. viii., 187. 21 Woodcuts. 1870, 8vo. 4s.
Catalogue of Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia
in the British Museum. By John Edward Gray, F.RS., &e.
Pp. vii, 898. 47 Wocdeuts. 1869, 8vo. Gs, Od.
U_ 67966, Wt. 7144. A
2 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE
Hand-List of Seals. Morses, Sea-Lions, and Sea-Bears in the British
Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &e. Pp. 43. 30 Plates
of Skulls. 1874, 8vo. 12s. 6d.
Catalogue of Seals and Whales in the British Museum. By Join
Edward Gray, F.R.S., &c. 2nd edition. Pp. vii.,402. 101 Wood-
cuts. 1866, 8vo. 8s.
Supplement by John Edward Gray, F.R.S., &e. Pp. vi., 103.
11 Woodcuts. 1871, 8vo. 2s. 6d.
List of the Specimens of Cetacea in the Zoological Department of
the British Museum. By William Henry Flower, LL.D., F.R.S.,
&c. [With a Systematic and Alphabetical Index.] Pp. iv., 36.
1885, 8vo. 1s. Ed.
Catalogue of Ruminant Mammalia (Pecora, Linneus) in the British
Museum. By John Edward Gray, F.R.S., &e. Pp. viii., 102.
4 Piates. 1872, 8vo. 3s. 6d.
Hand-List of the Edentate, Thick-skinned, and Ruminant Mammals
in the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &c. Pp. vii.,
176. 42 Plates of Skulls, &c. 18738, 8vo. 12s.
Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the Collection of
the British Museum. By Oldfield Thomas. Pp. xiii., 401. 4
coloured and 24 plain Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1888. 8vo. 1d. 8s.
BIRDS.
Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum :—
Vol. IIT. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds,
in the Collection of the British Museum. Coliomorphe,
containing the families Corvide, Paradiseide, Oriolida,
Dieruride, and Prionopide. By R. Bowdler Sharpe.
Pp. xiii., 343. Woodeuts and 14 coloured Plates. [Syste-
matic and Alphabetical Index.] 1877, 8vo. 17s.
Vol. LV. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds,
in the Collection of the British Museum, Ciehlomorphe:
Part I., containing the families Campophagide and Mus-
cicapide. By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xvi., 494. Wood-
cuts and 14 coloured Plates. [With a Systematic and
Alphabetical Index.] 1879, 8vo. 17.
Vol. V. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds,
in the Collection of the British Museum. Cichlomorphe:
Part IJ., containing the family Turdids: (Warblers and
Thrushes). By Henry Seebohm. Tp. xvi., 426. Wood-
euts and 18 coloured Plates. [With a Systematic and
Alphabetical Index.] 1881, 8vo. 14.
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 3
Catalegue of the Birds in the British Museum—continued.
Vol. VI. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds,
in the Collection of the British Museum. Cichlomorphe :
Part ILI., containing the first portion of the family ‘Time-
liide (Babbling ‘Thrushes). By KR. Bowdler Sharpe.
Pp. xiii., 420. Woodcuts and 18 coloured Plates. [With
a Systematic and Alphabetical Index.] 1881, 8vo. 1.
Vol. VII. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum. Cichlo-
morphe: Part IV., containing the concluding portion of
the family Timeliide (Babbling Thrushes). By R.
Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xvi., 698. Woodcuts and 15 coloured
Plates. [With a Systematic and Alphabetical Index.]
1883, Svo. 1l. 6s.
Vol. VIII. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, ov Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum. Cichlo-
morphe: Part V., containing the families Paridwe and
Laniide (Titmice and Shrikes); and Certhiomorphe
(Creepers and Nuthatches). By Hans Gadow, M.A.,
Ph.D. Pp. xiii., 886. Woodeuts and 9 coloured Plates.
[With a Systematic and Alphabetical Index.] 1883,
8vo. 17s.
Vol. iX. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds,
in the Collection of the British Museum. Cinnyrimorphe,
containing the families Nectariniide and Meliphagide
(Sun Birds and Honey-eaters). By Hans Gadow, M.A.,
Ph.D. Pp. xii., 310. Woodeuts and 7 coloured Plates.
[With a Systematic and Alphabetical Index.] 1884,
8vo. ]4s.
Vol. X. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds,
in the Collection of the British Museum. Sringilliformes :
Part I., containing the families Dicewide, Hirundinide,
Ampelidw, Mniotiltida, and Motacillide. By R. Bowdler
Sharpe. Pp. xiii., 682. Woodcuts and 12 coloured Plates.
[With a Systematic and Alphabetical Index.] 1885, 8vo.
1d, 2s.
Vol. XI. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds,
in the Collection of the British Museum. Jvingilliformes :
Part IL., containing the families Coerebida, Tanagride,
and Ieteride. By Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., F.R.S.
Pp. xvii, 431. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] Woodcuts and 18 coloured Plates. 1886, 8vo. 1d.
Vol. XIT. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum, Pringilli-
formes: Part ILL, containing the family Fringillide. By
R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xv., 87]. Woodeuts and 16
coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1888, 8vo. IU. 8s.
Vol. XIIL. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum, Sturniformes,
containing the families Artamida, Sturnide Ploceide. and
& 2
4 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE
Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum—continued.
Alaudide. Aiso the families Atrichiide and Menuride.
By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xvi., 701. Woodcuts and 15
coloured Plates, [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1890, 8vo. 17. 8s.
Vol. XIV. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum. Oligo-
myode, or the families Tyrannide, Oxyrhamphide,
Pipride, Cotingide, Phytotomide, Philepittide, Pittide,
Xenicide, and Eurylemide. By Philip Lutley Sclater,
M.A., F.R.S. Pp. xix., 494. Woodcuts and 26 coloured
Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes. ]
1888, 8vo. 12. 4s.
Vol. XV. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds,
in the Collection of the British Museum. Tvracheophone,
or the families Dendrocolaptide, Formicariide, Conopo-
phagide, and Pteroptochide. By Philip Lutley Sclater,
M.A., F.R.S. Pp. xvii. 371. Woodcuts and 20 coloured
Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes. ]
1890, 8vo. 1d.
Vol. XVIII. Catalogue of the Picarie in the Collection of
the British Museum. Scansores, containing the family
Picide. By Edward Hargitt. Pp. xv., 597. Woodcuts
and 15 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1890, 8vo. 17. 6s.
*Vol. XTX. Catalogue of the Picariw in the Collection of
the British Museum. Scansores and Coccyges : containing
the families Rhamphastide, Galbulide, and Bucconida,
by P. L. Sclater ; and the families Indicatoride, Capitonide,
Cuculidz, and Musophagide, by G. E. Shelley. Pp. xii.,
484: 13 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1891, 8vo. 11. ds.
Hand-List of Genera and Species of Birds, distinguishing tiose
contained in the British Museum. By G. R. Gray, F.RS.,
&e. :—
Part If. Conirostres, Scansores, Columba, and Gallina.
Pp. xv., 278. Table of Genera and Subgenera: Part II.
1870, 8vo. 6s.
Part III. Struthiones, Gralla, and Anseres, with Indices
of Generic and Specific Names. Pp. xi., 350. Table of
Genera and Subgenera: Part III. 1871, Svo. 8s.
List of the Specimens of Birds in the Collection of the British
Museum. By George Robert Gray :—
Part III., Sections III. and IV. Capitonide and Picide.
PWith Index.] Pp: 137. 1868; 12mo.-1s. 6d.
Part V. Gallinw. Pp. iv. 120. [Alphabetical Index. ]
1867, 12mo. 1s. 6d.
* Nove.-—Volumes XVI, and XVII. will be published in the course of
1891.
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 5
Catalogue of the Birds of the Tropical Islands of the Pacifie Ocean
in the Collection of the British Museum. By George Robert
Gray, F.LS., & Pp. 72. [With an Alphabetical Index.]
1859, 8vo. ls, 6d.
REPTILES.
Catalogue of the Tortoises, Crocodiles, and Amphisbanians in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.,
&e. Pp. viii, 80. [Alphabetical Index.] 1844, 12mo. 1s.
Catalogue of Shield Reptiles in the Collection of the British
Museum :—
Appendix. By John Edward Gray, F.R.S., &e. Pp. 28.
1872, 4to. 2s. 6d.
Part II., Emydosaurians, Rhynchocephalia, and Amphis-
benians. By John Edward Gray, F.R.S., &e. Pp. vi.
41. 25 Woodcuts. 1872, 4to. 3s. 6d.
Hand-List of the Specimens of Shield Reptiles in the British
Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e. Pp. iv., 124.
[ With an Alphabetical Index.] 1873, 8vo. 4s.
Catalogue of the Chelonians, Rhynchocephalians, and Crocodiles in
the British Museum (Natural History). New Edition. By
George Albert Boulenger. Pp. x., 311. [With Systematic and
Alphabetical Indexes.] 73 Woodecuts and 6 Plates. 1889, 8vo.
lis.
Gigantic Land Tortoises (living and extinct) in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Albert C. L. G. Giinther, M.A., M.D.,
Ph.D., F.R.S. Pp. iv., 96. 55 Plates, and two Charts of the
Aldabra group of Islands, north-west of Madagascar. [With a
Systematic Synopsis of the Extinct and Living Gigantie Land
Tortoises.] 1877, 4to. 17. 10s.
Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum (Natural History}.
Second edition. By George Albert Boulenger :—
Vol. I. Geckonidx, Eublepharide, Uroplatida, Pygopodida,
Agamide. Pp. xii, 4386. 32 Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1885, 8vo. 20s.
Vol. II. IJguanide, Xenosauride, Zonuride, Anguide,
Anniellide, Helodermatide, Varanida, Xantusiida, Teiidex,
Amphisbenide. Pp. xiii, 497. 24 Plates. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1885, 8vo. 20s.
Vol. III. Lacertide, Gerrhosauride, Scincide, Anelytropida,
Dibamide, Chameleontide. Pp. xii, 575. 40 Plates.
[With a Systematic Index and an Alphabetical Index to
the three volumes.] 1887, 8vo. 17. 6s.
Catalogue of Colubrine Snakes in the Collection of the British
Museum. By Dr. Albert Giinther. Pp. xvi, 281. [With
Geographical, Systematic, and Atphabetical Indexes.] 1853,
12mo. 4s.
6 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE
BATRACHIANS.
Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia in the Collection of the British
Museum. By Dr. Albert Giinther. Pp. xvi., 160. 12 Plates.
[With Systematic, Geographical, and Alphabetical Inderes. |
1858, 8vo. 6s. é:
Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia, s. Ecaudata, in the Collection
of the British Museum. Second edition. By George Albert
Boulenger. Pp. xvi., 508. Woodcuts and 380 Plates. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1882, 8vo. 12. 10s.
Catalogue of the Batrachia Gradientia, s. Caudata, and Batrachia
Apoda in the Collection of the British Museum. Second edition.
By George Albert Boulenger. Pp. vili., 127. 9 Plates. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1882, Syo. Ss.
FISHES.
Catalogue of the Fishes in the Collection of the British Museum.
sy Dr. Albert Giinther, F.R.S., &e. :--
Vel. If. Squamipinnes, Cirrhitide, Triglide, Trachinide,
Scienide, Polynemide, Sphyrenide, Trichiuride, Scom-
bride, Carangide, Xiphiide. Pp. xxi. 548. [With a
Systematic and Alphabetical Index. | 1860, Evo. 8s. 6d.
Vol. III. Gobiidee, Discoboli, ‘Oraiileiyarn Batrachida,
Pediculati, Blenniide, Acanthoclinide, Comephoride,
Trachypteride, Lophotide, Teuthidide, Acronuride, Hop-
lognathide, Malacanthide, Nandide, Poly centride,
Labyrinthici, Luciocephalide, Atherinide, Mugilide,
Ophiocephalide, ‘Trichonotide, Cepolide, Gobiesocide,
Psychrolutide, Centriscide, Fistularide, Mastacembelide,
Notacanthi. Pp. xxv., 556. Woodcuts. [With a Sys-
tematic and Alphabetical Index, and a Systematic Synopsis
of the fimilies of the Acanthopterygian Fishes.] 1861],
8vo. 10s. 6d.
Vol. IV. Acanthopterygii Pharyngognathi, Anacanthini.
Pp. xxi., 5384. [With a Systematic and Alphabetical
Index.] 1862, 8vo. 8s. 6d.
Vol. V. Silurida, Characinide, Haplochitonid, Sternopty-
chida, Scopelide, Stomiatidee. Pp. xxii., 455. Woodcuts.
[With a Systematic and Alphabetical Index.] 1864, 8vo. 8s.
Vol. VI. Salmonida, Percopside, Galaxide, Mormyride,
Gymnarchide, Esocide, Umbridx, Scombresocide, Cy pri-
nodontidw. Pp. xv., 368. Woodcuts. [With a Systematic
and Alphabetical Index.] 1866, &vo. 7s.
Vol. VII. Heterophygii, Cyprinidx, Gonorhynchide, Hyo-
dontide, Osteoglosside, Clupeida, Chirocentrids, Alepo-
cephalidxe, Notopteridea, Halosauride. Pp. xx., 512.
Woodeuts. [With a Systematic and Alphabetical Index. ]
1868, 8vo. &s.
Vol.VIII. Gymnotide, Symbranchide, Murenide, Pegaside,
Lophobranchii, Plectognathi, Dipnoi, Ganoidei, Chondrop-
terygii, Cyclostomata, Leptocardii. Pp. xxv., 549. [With
a Systematic and Alphabetical Index.] 1870, 8yo. 8s. 62,
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), 7
List of the Specimens of Fish in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part I. Chondropterygii. By J. E. Gray. Pp. x.,
160. 2 Plates. [Systematic and Alphabetical Index.] 1851,
12mo. 3s.
Catalogue of Fish collected and described by Laurence ‘Theodore
Gronow, now in the British Museum. Pp. vii., 196. [Systematic
Index.] 1854, 12mo. 3s. 6d.
Catalogue of Lophobranchiate Fish in the Collection of the British
Museum. By J. J. Kaup, Ph.D., &c. Pp. iv., 80. 4 Plates.
{With an Alphabetical Index.] 1856, 12mo. 2s.
MOLLUSCA.
Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca in the British
Museum. Part I. By John Edward Gray, Ph.D., I.R.S., &e.
Pp. xii., 230. 121 Woodcuts. 1857, 8vo. ds.
Catalogue of the Collection of Mazatlan Shells in the British Muscum,
collected by Frederick Reigen. Described by Philip P. Carpenter.
Pp. xvi., 552. 1857, 12mo. 8s.
List of Mollusca and Shells in the Collection of the British Museum,
collected and described by MM. Eydoux and Souleyet in the
“ Voyage autour du Monde, exécuté pendant les années 1836 et
“1837, sur la Corvette ‘La Bonite,’” and in the “ Histoire
* naturelle des Mollusques Ptéropodes,” Par. MM. P. C. A. Li.
Rang et Souleyet. Pp. iv., 27. 1855, 12mo. 8d.
Catalogue of Pulmonata, or Air Breathing Mollusca, in the Col-
lection of the British Museum. Part I. By Dr. Louis Pfeiffer.
Pp. iv., 192. Woodcuts. 1855, 12mo. 2s. 6d.
Catalogue of the Auriculide, Proserpinide, and Truncatellide in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Louis Pfeiffer.
Pp. iv., 150. Woodecuts. 1857, 12mo. Is. 9d.
List of the Mollusea in the Collection of the British Museum. By
John Edward Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., &e. Part TI. Olivide. Pp.
41. 1865, 12mo. ls.
Catalogue of the Conchifera, or Bivalve Shells, in the Collection of
the British Museum. By M. Deshayes :-
Part I. Veneridx, Cyprinide, Glauconomida, and Petricolade.
Ep. iv, 216. 1453, 12mo. 3s.
Part IJ. Petricolade (concluded), Corbicuiade. Pp. 76.
[With an Alphabetical Index to the two parts} 1854,
12mo. 6d.
BRACHIOPODA,
Catalogue of Brachiopoda Ancylopoda or Lamp Shells in the Collee-
tion of the British Museum. Pp. iv.,128. 25 Woodeuts. [With
an Alphabetical Index.] 1853, 12mo. és,
‘
8 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE
POLYZOA.
Catalogue of Marine Polyzoa in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part II. Cyclostomata. By George Busk, F.R.S. Pp.
vili., 89. 88 Plates. [Witha Systematic Index.] 1875, 8vo. 5s,
~ CRUSTACEA.
Catalogue of Crustacea in the Collection of. the British Museum,
Part I. Leucosiade. By Thomas Bell, V.P.R.S., Pres. L.S., &c.
Pp. iv., 24. 1855, 8vo. 6d.
Catalogue of the Specimens of Amphipodous Crustacea in the
Collection of the British Museum. By C. Spence Bate, F.R.S., &e.
Pp. iv., 399. 58 Plates. [Alphabetical Index.] 1862, 8vo.
12, ds.
INSECTS.
Coleopterous Insects.
Nomenciature of Coleopterous Insects in the Collection of the
British Museum ;-—
Part VI. Passalide. By Frederick Smith. Pp. 23. With
Plate and Index. 1852, 12mo. 8d.
Part VII. Longicornia, I. By Adam White. Pp. iv., 174.
4 Plates. 1853, 12mo. 2s. 6d.
Part VIII. Longicornia, II. By Adam White. Pp. 237.
6 Plates 1855, 12mo. 8s. 6d.
Part IX. Cassidide. By Charles H. Boheman, Professor of
Natural History, Stockholm. Pp. 225. [With Index. |]
1856, 12mo. 3s.
Catalogue of the Coleopterous Insects of Madeira in the Collection
of the British Museum. By T. Vernon Wollaston, M.A., F.L.S.
Pp. xvi, 234. Plate. [With a Topographical Catalogue and
Alphabetical Index.] 1857, 8vo. 3s.
Catalogue of the Coleopterous Insects of the Canaries in the Collee-
tion of the British Museum. By T, Vernon Wollaston, M.A.,
F.L.S. Pp. xiii, 648. [With Topographical and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1864, 8vo. 10s. 6d.
List of the Coleopterous Insects in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part I. Cucujide, &c. By Frederick Smith. Pp. ii, 25.
1851, 12mo. 6d.
Illustrations of Typical Specimens of Coleoptera in the Collection
of the British Museum. Part I. Lycide. By Charles Owen
Waterhouse. Pp. x., 83. 18 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1879, 8vo. 16s.
Catalogue of Halticide in the Collection of the British Museum.
By the Rev. Hamlet Clark, M.A., F.L.S. Physapodes and
Cidipodes. Part I. Pp. xii., 301. Frontispiece and 9 Plates.
1860, 8vo. 7s.
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 9
Catalogue of Hispide in the Collection of the British Museum. By
Joseph §. Baly, M.E.S., &e. Part I. Pp. x., 172. 9 Pilates.
[With an Alphabetical Index.] 1858, 8vo. 6s.
Hymenopterous Insects.
Catalegue of Hymenopterous Insects in the Collection of the British
Museum. By Frederick Smith. 12mo.:—
Part I. Andrenide and Apide. Pp. 197. 6 Plates. 1853,
2s. 6d.
Part II. Apide. Pp. 199-465. 6 Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Index.] 1854, 6s.
Part III. Mutillide and Pompilide. Pp. 206. 6 Plates,
1855, 6s.
Part IV. Sphegidx, Larridx, and Crabronidee. Pp. 207-497.
6 Plates. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1856, 6s.
Part V. Vespide. Pp. 147. 6 Plates. [With an Alpha-
betical Index.] 1857, 6s.
Part VI. Formicide. Pp. 216. 14 Plates. [With an Alpha-
betical Index.| 1858, 6s.
Part VII. Dorylide and Thynnide. Pp. 76. 3 Plates.
[ Alphabetical Index.] 1859, 2s.
Descriptions of New Species of Hymenoptera in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Frederick Smith. Pp. xxi., 240. [Syste-
matic and Alphabetical Indexes.| 1879, 8vo. 10s.
List of Hymenoptera, with descriptions and figures of the ‘l'ypical
Specimens in the British Museum. Vol. 1., Tenthredinide and
Siricide. By W. F. Kirby. Pp. xxviii, 450. 16 coloured
Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical lndexes.] 1882, 8vo.
1d, 18s.
Dipterous Insects.
List of the Specimens of Dipterous Insects in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Francis Walker, 12mo. :—
Part II. Pp. 231-484. 1849, 12mo. 3s. 6d.
Part III. Pp. 485-687. 1849, 12mo. 3s.
Part 1V. Pp. 689-1172. [With an Index to the four parts,
and an Index of Donors.] 1849, 12mo. 6s.
Part VI. Supplement II. Acroceride and part of the
family Asilide. By Francis Walker, F.L.S. Pp. ii., 331-
506. 8 Cuts. 1854, 12mo. 3s.
Part VII. Supplement III. Asilide. Pp. ii., 507-775.
1855, 12mo. 3s. 6d.
Lepidopterous Insects.
Illustrations of Typical Specimens of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the
Collection of the British Museum :—
Part Il. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. xviii., $2. 41-60
coloured Plates. [Systematic Index.] 1879, 4to. 2/. 10s.
U_ 67966. ; Av
10 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THI
Tllustrations of Typical Specimens of Lepidoptera Heterocera, &¢.—
continued.
Part V. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. xii., 74. 78-100
Coloured Plates. [Systematic Index.] 1881, 4to. 27. 10s.
Part VI. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp.xv.,89. 101-120
Coloured Plates. [Systematic Index.] 1886, 4to. 2/. 4s.
Part VII. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. iv., 124. 121-
138 Coloured Plates. [Systematic List.] 1889, 4to. 20.
Part VIII. The Lepidoptera Heterocera of the Nilgiri
District. By George Francis Hampson. Pp. iv., 144.
139-156 Coloured Plates. [Systematic List.] 1891, 4to.
21.
Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera of the family Satyridz in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Arthur Gardiner Butler,
F.L.S., &. Pp. vi., 211. 5 Plates. [Alphabetical Index. ]
1868, 8vo. 5s. 6d.
Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera described by Fabricius in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Arthur Gardiner Butler,
F.L.S., &c. Pp. iv., 303. 3 Plates. 1869, 8vo. 7s. 6d.
Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycenide in the British Museum. By
W.C. Hewitson. Pp. 15. 8 coloured Plates. 1862, 4to. 1d. 1s.
List of Lepidopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum.
Part I. Papiliondie. By G.R.Gray, F.L.S. Pp. 106. [Alpha-
betical Index.] 1856, 12mo. 2s.
List of the Specimens of Lepidopterous Insects in the Collection of
the British Museum. By Francis Walker. 12mo. :—
Part III. Lepidoptera Heterocera. Pp. 582-775. 1855. 3s.
Part IV. ee Pp. 776-976. 1855." 3s.
Part V. Sorsubart is Pp. 977-1257. 1855. 4s.
Part VI. cheninn te Pp. 1258-1507. 1855. 3s.6d.
Part VII. Pp. 1508-1808. [ With
an Alphabetical Index to Parts I1-VII.] 1856. 4s. 6d.
Part XI. Noctuide. Pp. 492-764. 1857. 3s. 6d.
Part XIT. ————— Pp. 765-982. 1857. 3s. 6d.
Part XV. -— Pp. 1520-1888. [With an Alpha-
betical Index to Parts IX.-XV.] 1858. 4s. 6d.
Part XVI. Deltoides. Pp. 253. 1858. 3s. 6d.
Part XIX. Pyralites. Pp. 799-1036. [With an Alpha-
betical Index te Parts XVI--XIX.] 1859. 3s. 6d.
Part XX. Geometrites. . Pp. 1-276. 1860. 4s.
Part XXI. Pp. 277-498. 1860. 3s.
Part XXII. —— Pp. 499-755. 1861. 3s. 6d.
Part XXIII. ——-———__ Pp. 756-1020. 1861. 3s. 6d.
Part XXIV. ——-——— Pp. 1021-1280. 1862. 3s. 6d.
Part XXV. ————— Pp. 1281-1477. 1862. 3s.
Part XX VI. —— Pp. 1478-1796. [With an Alpha-
betica! Index to Parts XX.—XXVI.] 1862. 4s. 6d.
Part XX VII. Crambites and Tortricites. Pp. 1-286. 1863. 4s.
Part XXVIII. Tortricites and Tineites. Pp, 287-56).
1863. 4s.
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 11
List of the Specimens of Lepidopterous Insects, &e.—continued.
Part XXIX. Tincites. Pp. 562-835. 1864. 4s.
Part XXX. —-——- Pp. 836-1096. [With an Alpha-
betical Index to Parts XXVII.-~XXX.] 1864. 4s.
Part XXXI. Supplement. Pp. 1-321. 1864. 5s.
Part XXXII. -—-——~—- Part 2. Pp. 322-706. 1865.
5s.
~Part XXXII. ——--—- Part 3. Pp. 707-1120. 1865.
6s.
Part XXXIV. —— —— Part4. Pp.1121-1533. 1865,
5s. Od,
Part 3 kV. Part 5. Pp. 1534-2040. [ With
an Alphabetical Index to Parts XXXI-XXXV.] 1866.
7s,
Neuropterous Insects.
Catalogue of the Specimens of Neuropierous Insects in the Collection
of the British Museum :---
Part I. (Phryganides—Perlides.) By Francis Walker,
Pp. iv., 192. 1852, 12mo. 2s. 6d.
Part Il. Sialide—Nemopterides. By Francis Walker.
Pp. ii., 193-476. 1853, 12mo. 3s. 6d.
Part III. Termitidea—Kphemeride. By Francis Walker.
Pp. ii., 477-585. 1853, 12mo. 1s. 6d.
Catalogue of the Specimens of Neuropterous Insects in the Collection
of the British Museum. By Dr. H. Hagen. Part I. ‘Termitina.
Pp. 34. 1858, 12mo. 6d.
Orthopterous Insects.
Catalogue of Orthopterous Insects in the Collection of the British
Museum, Part I. Phasmide. By John Obadiah Westwood,
F.L.S., &e. Pp. 195. 48 Plates. (With an Alphabetical Index. ]
1859, 4to. 32.
Catalogue of the Specimens of Blattarize in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Francis Walker, F.L.S., &. Pp. 239.
[ With an Alphabetical Index.] 1868, 8vo. 5s. 6d.
Catalogue of the Specimens of Dermaptera Saltatoria and Supple-
ment to the Blattaria in the Collection of the British Museum.
Gryllide. Blattariz. Locustide. By Francis Walker, F.L.S., &e.
Pp. 224. {With an Alphabetical Index.] 1869, 8vo. 5s.
Catalogue of the Specimens of Dermaptera Saltatoria in the Collee-
tion of the British Museum :—
Part IT. Locustidex (continued). By Francis Walker, F.L.S.,
&e. Pp. 225-423. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1869,
8vo. 4s. 6d,
12 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE
Catalogue of the Specimens of Dermaptera Saltatoria, &e.—continued.
Part ILI. Locustide (continued).